to download complete black and white catalog

ABS-AMERICAN BUILDING SUPPLY, INC.ABS-AMERICAN BUILDING SUPPLY, INC.

Dallas - 1/16 American Building Supply, Inc. 1

Access Control Products Alarm Lock ........................ 1-2Schlage CO Locks. .........16-17Schlage NDE Locks. ............ 18

Astragals Pemko .............................. 6-8

Bath Accessories Bobrick .............................. 1-8

Bolts Manual/ Automatic Deltana ................................ 1Doormerica .................... 25-26Rockwood .................... 6-7, 10

Catch Ball/Roller Deltana ................................ 4Rockwood ............................. 8

ClosersDoormerica ........................ 1-5Falcon............................13-15 LCN .................................. 1-4Norton ............................... 1-5

Continuous Hinges Hager/ Roton ..................... 6-8 Pemko ............................... 12

Coordinators Rockwood ............................. 9

CylindersFalcon................................... 9Schlage Commercial ......13-14

Deadbolts Doormerica ......................... 19Falcon................................... 2Schlage Commercial .......... 3-5Schlage Residetial .......... 1,5-6

Door Bottoms Pemko ...............................3, 5

Door Viewers Doormerica ......................... 24 Rockwood ............................. 8

Dust Proof Strikes Rockwood ......................... 7

Electric Accessories/ SuppliesFalcon................................. 16Von Duprin ..................... 13-14

Electric Locks Schlage Commercial ............. 6

Electric Strikes HES ................................... 1-5Von Duprin ............................ 6

Exit Alarms/ Controls Alarm Lock ........................... 2Von Duprin ............................ 5

Exit Devices/Trim Doormerica ...................... 6-11Falcon............................10-12Von Duprin .................1-3,7-12

Flush Pulls Deltana .............................. 5-8

Gasketing / Seals Pemko ............................. 9-11

Hinges Doormerica .................... 20-23 Hager ................................ 2-5SOSS .................................... 1

Interconnected Locks Doormerica ......................... 18Schlage Commercial ......11-12

Kick Plates Doormerica ......................... 29

LocksetsDoormerica .................... 13-17Falcon................................1-8 Schlage Commercial ..1-2,6-10Schlage Residential ...1-4,7-11

Low Energy OperatorsFalcon................................. 13 Norton .................................. 2

Magnetic Door Holders LCN ............................................5

MullionsVon Duprin .......................... 13

Overhead HoldersGlynn Johnson .................. 1-4

Plates Push/PullDoormeria .......................... 29Rockwood ............................. 1

Power SuppliesVon Duprin .......................... 15

SilencersRockwood ............................. 8

Stops and HoldersDoormerica .................... 27-28Deltana ................................ 2Rockwood .......................... 2-5

SweepsPemko .................................. 4

ThresholdsPemko ............................... 1-2

Index

(469) 322-8100 • Fax (469) 322-8122


2 American Building Supply, Inc. Dallas - 1/16

Finish ChartANSI/MHMS Code

US Code Finish Description Base Material Common Names

600 USP Primed for painting Steel601 US1B Bright black japanned Steel603 US2G Zinc plated Steel604 Zinc plated and dichromate sealed Steel605 US3 Bright brass, clear coated Brass Polished Brass606 US4 Satin brass, clear coated Brass Brushed/Satin Brass609 US5 Satin brass, blackened, satin relieved, clear coated Brass Antique Brass610 US7 Satin brass, blackened, bright relieved, clear coated Brass611 US9 Bright bronze, clear coated Bronze Polished Bronze612 US10 Satin bronze, clear coated Bronze Brushed/Satin Bronze613 US10B Dark oxidized, satin bronze, oil rubbed Bronze Duro, Duranodic616 US10A Satin bronze, blackened, satin relieved, clear coated Brass, Bronze“” US11 SAME AS ABOVE Brass, Bronze618 US14 Bright nickel plated, clear coated Brass, Bronze Polished Nickel619 US15 Satin nickel plated, clear coat Brass, Bronze Brushed/Satin Nickel620 US15A Satin nickel plated, blackened, satin relieved, clear coated Brass, Bronze Antique Nickel621 US17A Nickel, blackened, relieved, clear coated Brass, Bronze622 US19 Flat Black Coated Brass, Bronze624 US20A Dark oxidized, statuary bronze, clear coated Bronze625 US26 Bright chromium plated Brass, Bronze Polished Chrome626 US26D Satin Chromium plated Brass, Bronze Brushed/Satin Chrome627 US27 Satin aluminum, clear anodized aluminum Aluminum628 US28 Satin aluminum, clear anodized Aluminum629 US32 Bright Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Polished Stainless630 US32D Satin stainless steel Stainless Steel Brushed/Satin Stainless631 US19 Flat Black Coated Steel632 US3 Bright brass, clear coated Steel633 US4 Satin brass, clear coated Steel636 US7 Satin brass, blackened, bright relieved, clear coated Steel637 US9 Bright bronze, clear coated Steel638 US5 Satin brass, blackened, satin relieved, clear coated Steel639 US10 Satin bronze, clear coated Steel640 US10B Dark oxidized, satin bronze, oil rubbed Steel643 US10A Satin bronze, blackened, satin relieved, clear coated Steel“” US11 SAME AS ABOVE Steel645 US14 Bright nickel plated, clear coated Steel646 US15 Satin nickel plated, clear coat Steel647 US15A Satin nickel plated, blackened, satin relieved, clear coated Steel648 US17A Nickel, blackened, relieved, clear coated Steel651 US26 Bright chromium plated Steel652 US26D Satin Chromium plated Steel



Standard Powder Coated Finishes

Misc

689 Aluminum

690 Dark Statuary Bronze

691 Light Bronze (Dull Bronze)

692 Tan

693 Black

695 Medium Amber

696 Brass (Gold)

1B Black

1D Black

1DM Black-bright brass bearings & tips

2C Zinc plated, commercial

2CD Brushed zinc plated

2D Brass tone dichromate

3LB Light brass

9A Bright bronze, no lacquer

10A Antique bronze, lacquered

10D Light Bronze (Dull Bronze)

10R Matt lacquer antique bronze

14A Bright nickel, oxidized & highlighted

14B Black nickel, bright

17A Black nickel, dull

20 Statuary bronze, light

BY White enamel

GP/BGA Gold polished (bright gold anodized)

GY Grey enamel

L1 Luma color-black

L2 Luma color-dark bronze

L3 Luma color-med bronze

LS Luma color-alum paint

P Prime coat, beige



Commercial Keying9LAB001 Keying of commercial locks, deadbolts, $4.00 NET & cylinders, including interchangeable cores.

9LAB002 Master keying of commercial locks, deadbolts, $5.00 NET & cylinders, including interchangeable cores to any multi level system.

9LAB003 Cutting commercial keys, I/C core keys, $1.20 NET control keys, and master keys.

Keying Information

KEYING NOTES: If we can use keys from the units you are buying we will use them and not charge you for keys. If not, we will charge you for the key blanks we need to use and the labor charge to cut them. Our standard is to provide two keys per change.

Residential Keying9LAB001R Keying of residential locks and deadbolts.$2.00 NET 9LAB002R Master keying of residential locks and deadbolts.$3.00 NET

9LAB003R Cutting of residential keys and master keys.$1.00 NET

How to Determine Hand of Parts (Handed Levers)

How to Determine Hand of Door

LH RH

LHLeft Hand

LHRBLeft HandReverse Bevel

RHRBRight Hand

Reverse Bevel

RHRight Hand

INSIDE

INSIDE

OUTSIDE

OUTSIDE

STAMPING: Visual Key Codes (VKC) can be stamped on any cut key for an additional $1.00 NET cost per key. Limited to three symbols per key.



Alarm LockT2 - DL2700 Series Stand Alone Digital LocksFeatures:• Clutch mechanism offers long lasting performance• Heavy duty trim design with self contained, fully programmable, 12 digit key pad• Non handed• Key bypass capability• Multi level user, up to 15 different codes• Individual, group or total lockout codes

Specifications:• Fits 1-5/8” to 1-7/8” door thickness• 2-3/4” backset• Power 5 AA alkaline batteries (included)• Standard ANSI A115 series prep• Compliance grade 1 heavy duty lockset• Furnished standard Schlage C keyway for all overide locks• IC model - supplied less core

Options• “WP” Weatherproof with operated temperature Range -20F to 151F

Stocked Product• Finishes: 26D (Schlage

Override Only) • Key Override: Best LC (less

Core), Schlage C Keyway



Alarm LockPG Series Door AlarmsFeatures:• Max flex terminals that provide: - continuous power with additional external power supply - multiple door monitoring with external reed switches - form C relay output permits remote monitoring• Conventional plug in• Improved 95db siren• Visual magnetic alignment mode• Supplied less cylinder - requires 1-1/4” mortise cylinderNote: PG21 same as PG21E but without max flex terminals

Stocked Product• PG21• Finish: Metallic Silver

Model 700 / 715 Alarm Exit Device

Features:• Model 700 has changable 2 minute alarm cut off of

manual reset• Non handed• Audible low battery warning and cam for exterior key

control• Includes door warning sign and bar dogging function• Power 9VDC alkaline battery• Lock bolt: 1” throw - heavy die cast zinc alloy with

steel inserts• Sound level 95db• Supplied less cylinder, requires rim cylinder

Model 715:• Stand alone delayed egress panic. 15 second delayed

latch, instant egress in case of emergency or fire. Meets NFPA 101 Lite Safety code. Includes monitoring output for secondary siren. CCTV or remote monitoring

• Supplied less cylinder, requires rim cylinder

Stocked Product• For 36” width door• Finish: Aluminum

Supplied less cylinder



Bobrick - Washroom AccessoriesPRESTIGE BUILDINGSCorporate HeadquartersClass A Office ProjectsCivic Center IconsUniversities

Restroom Usage andAccessory Requirements:Low to moderate trafficMinimal use and abuseArchitectural design excellenceQuality materials and equipment

STANDARD USE BUILDINGSCommercial Office FacilitiesHealthcare CentersHospitality ProjectsManufacturing Plants

Restroom Usage andAccessory Requirements:Moderate to heavy trafficSome heavy use and abuseEquipment durability importantBudget-sensitive specifications

Automatic touch-free sensor eIiminates cross con tamination. MeetsBarrier-Free accessibility standards. Sensor detects user’s hand to auto matically dispense controlled amount (O.8ml) of soap; activationrange is 4" (100mm) from sensor lens. Reduces soap usage, waste.Bright-polished chrome spout cover.

Dispenses 1000 handwashes per 800ml, 2000 hand washes per 1600ml OneShot® soap refills. Soap refills available from sanitary supplydistri bu tors. Red LED light blinks when soap refill is low. Yellow LED lightblinks when battery life is low (average battery life 100 soap refills or2 years). Water-resistant battery compart ment and motor housing.

Mounts through 1" (25mm) diameter hole in lavatory or countertop.Maximum countertop mounting thickness 2" (50mm). Spacer for use withlavatory rim 3⁄4" (19mm) or greater is included. Battery requirements:4 Alkaline D Cells (not included).

B-826.18 Starter Kit Includes B-826 Automatic Lavatory-MountedSoap Dispenser, an 800ml lotion soap refill, and 4 Alkaline D Cell batteries.

826-20 AC ADAPTER (6V) for one B-826 Automatic Lavatory-Mounted Soap Dispenser.

Available on special order: All-metal soap dispenser for vandal-proneinstallations. AC Adapter (6V) for up to four B-826 Automatic LavatoryMounted Soap Dispensers.

22

bobrick.com/LavatoryMountedSoapDispensers

ƒ USA & Canada QuickShip model. ƒ USA QuickShip model.

B-8221B-822

For ease of maintenance and labor savings • Vandal-resistant lockingcover and free-turning spout • Corrosion-resistant • Bright-polishedspout, cover and escutcheon • High-impact-resistant ABS body andshank • Shatter-resistant polyethylene container • Patented

IMPORTANT NOTE:All Bobrick B-822 Series Soap Dispensers are designed to dispense commercially marketed all-purpose hand soaps including liquid and lotionsoaps, synthetic detergents, and antibacterial soaps containing PCMXand/or Triclosan. Bobrick soap dispensers are not designed to dispensealcohol-based hand sanitizers or iodine-based surgical soaps.

B-822 DESIGNER’S NOTES:1. Mount through 1" (25mm) diameter hole in lavatory or countertop.

2. Diameter of escutcheon: 2 1⁄16" (50mm).

3. Maximum height from base of body to bottom of container: 14 5⁄8"(370mm) for B-822, B-8226; 8 1⁄4" (210mm) for B-8221, B-82216.Allow clearance below basin for 3 1⁄2" (90mm) diameter container.

4. Mount with end of spout extending over inner edge of bowl.

B-826 AUTOMATIC SOAP DISPENSER

OneShot is a registered trademark of Technical Concepts LLC.

B-826 DESIGNER’S NOTES: 1. Maximum height from base of dis penser to bottom of refill 14 7⁄8"

(380mm) for 800ml refill; 16 5⁄8" (420mm) for 1600ml refill.

2. Allow 5" (125mm) diameter clearance below lavatory or countertop formotor housing and 800ml refill. For 1600ml refill allow 5 1⁄2" (140mm)diameter clearance.

3. Battery compartment equipped with 36" (915mm) cord, mounts on wallunder lavatory or countertop.

LIQUID & LOTION SOAPS, AND SYNTHETICDETERGENT DISPENSERS:MODEL CAPACITY SPOUT MAX. MTG.NUMBER LENGTH THICKNESS

B-822 34-fl oz (1.0-L) 4" (100mm) 4" (100mm)B-8221 20-fl oz (0.6-L) 4" (100mm) 1" (25mm)B-8226 34-fl oz (1.0-L) 6" (150mm) 4" (100mm)B-82216 20-fl oz (0.6-L) 6" (150mm) 1" (25mm)

ƒƒƒƒ

B-822 SERIES SOAP DISPENSERS







22



B-8221B-822















ƒƒƒƒ








22



B-8221B-822















ƒƒƒƒ


ASI # Bobrick# Moen/CSI0185 71200030 28880332 8220469 39440620 165 3700 5806 0210 2620347 2111

0477SM 2210462AD 369

0828 2790535 293 0852 2540345 21120710 110CH

7305-S P1780

HEAVY TRAFFIC BUILDINGSHeavy Traffic BuildingsK–12 SchoolsRetail MallsAmusement, RecreationTransportation Centers

Restroom Usage andAccessory Requirements:Periods of extreme traffic flowsVandal-prone use and abuseEquipment durability over designExtra-large capacities

Conversion Chart



Bobrick - Washroom AccessoriesB5806 - SeriesGRAB BARS - CONCEALED MOUNTING WITH SNAP FLANGE

FEATURES• Constructed of 18-gauge (1.2mm), type 304 satin-finish stainless steel tub-

ing in 1 1⁄4” diameters.• Concealed mounting flange 1⁄8” (3mm) thick, type 304 stainless steel plate,

2” W x 3 1⁄8” H (50 x 80mm), with screw holes for concealed anchors.• Cover is 22-gauge (0.8mm), type 304 stainless steel with satin finish, 3 1⁄4”

(85mm) diameter.

• Cover snaps over mounting flange to conceal screws.• Peened nonslip gripping surface available.• Optional mounting kits and anchor devices are available.

GRAB BAR BARRIER-FREE WASHROOM GUIDELINES:Diameter of grab bars should be 1 1⁄4” to 1 1⁄2” (32–38mm) with 1 1⁄2”(38mm) clearance from the wall. Grab bars should not rotate in their fittings.The required mounting height is universally 33” to 36” (840–915mm) fromthe centerline of the grab bar to the finish floor. The structural strength of allgrab bars and their mounting devices should withstand more than 250pounds of force (1112 N). For all Barrier-Free toilet compartments, individualtoilet rooms and guest bathrooms, it is recommended that a 36” (915mm)minimum horizontal grab bar be installed on the back wall over the toilet anda 42” (1065mm) minimum horizontal grab bar be installed on the side wallor partition nearest the toilet. This can also be accomplished with a singlehorizontal two-wall grab bar.

38

bobrick.com/GrabBars


CONCEALED MOUNTING WITH SNAP FLANGE• Constructed of 18-gauge (1.2mm), type 304

satin-finish stainless steel tubing in 1 1⁄4" and 1 1⁄2" (32 and 38mm) diameters.

• Concealed mounting flange 1⁄8" (3mm) thick, type 304 stainless steel plate, 2" W x3 1⁄8" H (50 x 80mm), with screw holes for concealed anchors.

• Cover is 22-gauge (0.8mm), type 304 stainless steel with satin finish, 3 1⁄4" (85mm) diameter.

• Cover snaps over mounting flange toconceal screws.

• Peened nonslip gripping surface available.

GRAB BAR BARRIER-FREE WASHROOM GUIDELINES: Diameter of grab bars should be 1 1⁄4" to 1 1⁄2" (32–38mm) with 1 1⁄2"(38mm) clearance from the wall. Grab bars should not rotate in their fittings.The required mounting height is universally 33" to 36" (840–915mm) fromthe centerline of the grab bar to the finish floor. The structural strength of allgrab bars and their mounting devices should withstand more than 250pounds of force (1112 N). For all Barrier-Free toilet compartments, individualtoilet rooms and guest bathrooms, it is recommended that a 36" (915mm)minimum horizontal grab bar be installed on the back wall over the toilet anda 42" (1065mm) minimum horizontal grab bar be installed on the side wallor partition nearest the toilet. This can also be accomplished with a singlehorizontal two-wall grab bar.

SERIES DIAMETER FINISH*

B-6806* 1 1⁄2" (38mm) Satin FinishB-5806* 1 1⁄4" (32mm) Satin Finish*Peened nonslip gripping surface available. Add suffix.99 to model number.

CONFIGURATIONS, DIMENSIONS, FINISHES:

TWO-WALLTUB/SHOWERTOILET COMPT. 24" W x 36" D (61 x 91cm)1 1⁄2" (38mm) Dia. B-68616 Satin B-68616.99 Peened 1 1⁄4" (32mm) Dia.B-58616 Satin B-58616.99 Peened

TWO-WALL SHOWER 15 7⁄8" W x 30 7⁄8" D(40 x 78cm)1 1⁄2" (38mm) Dia.

ƒB-6861 Satin B-6861.99 Peened

SWING UP29" (74cm) Patented1 1⁄4" (32mm) Dia.B-4998 SatinB-4998.99 Peened

TWO-WALLTUB/SHOWERTOILET COMPT.36" W x 54" D (91 x 137cm) 1 1⁄2" (38mm) Dia.

ƒB-68137 Satin B-68137.99 Peened 1 1⁄4" (32mm) Dia.B-5837 Satin B-5837.99 Peened

TWO-WALLTOILET COMPT.42" W x 54" D(107 x 137 cm)1 1⁄2" (38mm) Dia.


OPTIONAL MOUNTING KITSOrder one per flange. Part No. ƒ252-30 (3) sheet-metal screws;2521-30 (3) machine screws with toggle nuts; 2522-30 (3) machinescrews with expansion shields.

OPTIONAL ANCHOR DEVICESOrder one per flange. Part No. 2583 anchors for œ" to 1" (19–25mm) panels; 2586 anchors for 1⁄2" (13mm) panels.

1 1⁄2" (38MM) DIA.STRAIGHT/SATIN B-6806x12" (305mm)

ƒB-6806x18" (455mm)ƒB-6806x24" (610mm)ƒB-6806x30" (760mm)ƒB-6806x36" (915mm)ƒB-6806x42" (1065mm)ƒB-6806x48" (1220mm)

1 1⁄2" (38MM) DIA.STRAIGHT/PEENED

ƒB-6806.99x18" (455mm)ƒB-6806.99x24" (610mm)

B-6806.99x30" (760mm)ƒB-6806.99x36" (915mm)ƒB-6806.99x42" (1065mm)

B-6806.99x48" (1220mm)

1 1⁄4" (32MM) DIA.STRAIGHT/SATINB-5806x12" (305mm)

ƒB-5806x18" (455mm)ƒB-5806x24" (610mm)

B-5806x30" (760mm)ƒB-5806x36" (915mm)ƒB-5806x42" (1065mm)ƒB-5806x48" (1220mm)

1 1⁄4" (32MM) DIA.STRAIGHT/PEENEDB-5806.99x12" (305mm)

ƒB-5806.99x18" (455mm)ƒB-5806.99x24" (610mm)

B-5806.99x30" (760mm)ƒB-5806.99x36" (915mm)ƒB-5806.99x42" (1065mm)

B-5806.99x48" (1220mm)

ƒ251-4 WingIt™ GRAB BAR FASTENER For 2 1⁄2" and 3 1⁄2" (65 and 90mm) or deeper hollow walls with finished wall surfaces 1⁄4" to 1 1⁄2" (6 to 38mm) thick. One fastener required foreach flange. Corrosion-resistant stainless steel. Install grab bars withoutbacking. The fastener will support 300 lbs (136 kg) load. Patented.

WingIt™ is a trademark of WingIt Innovations, LLC.

38


























ƒB-6806.99x18" (455mm)ƒB-6806.99x24" (610mm)

B-6806.99x30" (760mm)ƒB-6806.99x36" (915mm)ƒB-6806.99x42" (1065mm)

B-6806.99x48" (1220mm)


ƒB-5806x18" (455mm)ƒB-5806x24" (610mm)



ƒB-5806.99x18" (455mm)ƒB-5806.99x24" (610mm)

B-5806.99x30" (760mm)ƒB-5806.99x36" (915mm)ƒB-5806.99x42" (1065mm)

B-5806.99x48" (1220mm)



Stocked Product 1 1⁄4” (32MM) DIA. STRAIGHT/SATIN

B-5806x18” (457mm)B-5806x24” (610mm)B-5806x36” (915mm)B-5806x42” (1065mm)B-5806x48” (1220mm)

B293 - SeriesFIXED-POSITION TILT MIRRORS

FEATURESProvide visibility for wheelchair patients. Frame is type 304 stainlesssteel, satin finish. Beveled edges of frame hug mirror; provides gapless fitfor improved appearance, and safety when cleaning mirror. No. 1 quality,1⁄4” (6mm) glass mirror electrolytically copper plated. Mirror extends 4”(100mm) from wall at top and tapers to 1” (25mm) at bottom. B-293 SERIES FIXED-POSITION TILT MIRRORS

Provide visi bility for wheelchair patients. Frame is type 304 stainless steel, satin finish. Beveled edges of frame hug mirror; provides gapless fitfor improved appearance, and safety when cleaning mirror. No. 1 quality,1⁄4" (6mm) glass mirror electrolytically copper plated. Mirror extends 4"(100mm) from wall at top and tapers to 1" (25mm) at bottom.

B-294 SERIES ANGLE-FRAME TWO POSITION TILT MIRROR Tilt forward to provide full visibility for wheelchair patients or return to uprightposition. Frame is 3⁄4" x 3⁄4" (19 x 19mm), type 304 stainless steel angle,satin finish. Beveled edges of frame hug mirror; provides gapless fit forimproved appearance, and safety when cleaning mirror. No. 1 quality, 1⁄4"(6mm) glass mirror electrolytically copper-plated. Top of mirror tilts 7"(180mm) from wall with self-locking mechanisms; bottom of mirror mountsto wall with full-length stainless steel hinge.

MODEL NO. W H MODEL NO. W H

B-293 1630 16" 30" (41 x 76cm) Ï B-293 1836 18" 36" (46 x 91cm)B-293 1830 18" 30" (46 x 76cm) Ï B-293 2436 24" 36" (61 x 91cm)

ƒÏ


B-294 1624 16" 24" (41 x 61cm) B-294 1630 16" 30" (41 x 76cm)

SPECIAL-ORDER CUSTOM SIZE B-293 SERIES MIRRORSMaximum size mirror: 36" x 48" (91 x 122cm).

B-293

B-2908 SERIES B-1658 SERIES

B-294


B-942 FRAMELESS MIRROR (FRONT SECURED) Mirror is 11 1⁄4" x 17 1⁄4" (285 x 440mm) overall, 1⁄4" (6mm) deep.18-gauge (1.2mm), type 430 stainless steel with bright-polished finish.


B-1556 1620 151⁄2" 191⁄2" (39 x 50cm) B-1556 1830 171⁄2" 291⁄2" (44 x 75cm)B-1556 1824 171⁄2" 231⁄2" (44 x 60cm) B-1556 2436 231⁄2" 351⁄2" (60 x 90cm)

bobrick.com/Mirrors

STANDARD SIZE TEMPERED GLASS MIRRORS

B-1556 SERIES FRAMELESS MIRRORS Bright- polished stainless steel. Mirror has 1⁄4" (6mm) return concealing 1⁄4"(6mm) tempered masonite backing. Furnished with four mounting screws.

Tempered glass mirrors are engineered for heavy-traffic, vandal-prone restrooms in K–12 school buildings, stadiums, outdoor recreation centersand low-supervision facilities such as parks and highway rest stops. Tempered glass mirrors resist breakage and provide a measure of safetyfrom broken glass, but differ in color and reflective quality from standardglass mirrors. Bobrick uses the highest quality tempered glass mirrors.Modest distortion or heat-generated markings are normal in the temperedglass mirror manufacturing process. Therefore, Bobrick will not acceptreturns of tempered glass mirrors with random distortion or markings.

MODEL NO. W H

B-2908 1830 18" 30" (46 x 76cm)B-2908 1836 18" 36" (46 x 91cm)B-2908 2436 24" 36" (61 x 91cm)

B-1658 SERIES STANDARD SIZE TEMPEREDGLASS CHANNEL-FRAME MIRRORS • Same frame as B-165 Series • 1⁄4" (6mm) tempered glass mirror

SPECIAL-ORDER REFLECTIVE SURFACESPolished Stainless Steel, Tempered and Laminated Glass Mirrorsresist breakage and provide a measure of safety from broken glass, but differ in color and reflective quality from standard glass mirrors.Modest distortion is normal and not a returnable condition. Available on special order.

POLISHED STAINLESS STEELB-1656 Series Mirrors (up to 60" x 36"; 152 x 92cm)B-2906 Series Mirrors (up to 60" x 24"; 152 x 61cm)TEMPERED GLASSB-1658 Series Mirrors (up to 72" x 48"; 183 x 122cm)B-2908 Series Mirrors (up to 120" x 48"; 305 x 122cm)LAMINATED GLASSB-1659 Series Mirrors (up to 72" x 48"; 183 x 122cm)B-2909 Series Mirrors (up to 84" x 48"; 214 x 122cm)

B-2908 SERIES STANDARD SIZE TEMPEREDGLASS WELDED-FRAME MIRRORS • Same frame as B-290 Series • 1⁄4" (6mm) tempered glass mirror

MODEL NO. W H

B-1658 1830 18" 30" (46 x 76cm)B-1658 1836 18" 36" (46 x 91cm)B-1658 2436 24" 36" (61 x 91cm)

Prestige Buildings Standard Use Heavy Traffic 27

Stocked Product B-293 1830 - 18” x 30”

B165 - SeriesCHANNEL-FRAME MIRRORS

FEATURES• One-piece, roll-formed 3⁄4” x 3⁄4” (19 x 19mm) angle-frame • Type304 stainless steel angle with satin finish • Corners heliarc welded,ground and polished smooth • Beveled frame edge at mirror for improvedappearance • No. 1 quality, 1⁄4” (6mm) glass mirror; warranted againstsilver spoilage for 15 years • Galvanized steel back • Secured toconcealed wall hanger with theft-resistant mounting

26 ƒ USA & Canada QuickShip model. ƒ USA QuickShip model.

B-165 SERIES CHANNEL-FRAME MIRRORS • One-piece, 1⁄2" x 1⁄2" x 1⁄2" (13 x 13 x 13mm) channel-frame • Type 430 stainless steel with bright-polished finish • Mitered corners • Framescrew permits easy replacement of glass • No. 1 quality, 1⁄4" (6mm) glassmirror warranted against silver spoilage for 10 years • Galvanized steelback • Secured to concealed wall hanger with theft-resistant mounting


B-165 1624 16" 24" (41 x 61cm) Ï B-165 2448 24" 48" (61 x 122cm)B-165 1824 18" 24" (46 x 61cm) B-165 2460 24" 60" (61 x 152cm)B-165 1830 18" 30" (46 x 76cm) B-165 3636 36" 36" (91 x 91cm)B-165 1836 18" 36" (46 x 91cm) B-165 4836 48" 36" (122 x 91cm)B-165 2430 24" 30" (61 x 76cm) B-165 6036 60" 36" (152 x 91cm)B-165 2436 24" 36" (61 x 91cm)

ÏÏƒƒÏ


B-166 1824 18" 24" (46 x 61cm) B-166 1836 18" 36" (46 x 91cm)B-166 1830 18" 30" (46 x 76cm) B-166 2436 24" 36" (61 x 91cm)

B-166 SERIES CHANNEL-FRAME MIRROR/SHELF COMBINATION • Same mirror as B-165 Series • Type 304 satin-finish stainless steelshelf • Shelf projects 5" (127mm) with 3⁄8" (10mm) return on front andsides; front return edge hemmed for rigidity and safety

SPECIAL-ORDER CUSTOM SIZE B-165 SERIES MIRRORS Maximum size mirror: 72" x 60" (183 x 152cm). To specify special sizes,use Series Number followed by width and height.

SPECIAL-ORDER CUSTOM SIZE B-166 SERIES MIRRORS Maximum size mirror: 24" x 60" (61 x 152cm). Maximum shelf length: 24" (61cm). To specify special sizes, use Series Number followed by widthand height.

bobrick.com/Mirrors

B-290 SERIES WELDED-FRAME MIRRORS • One-piece, roll-formed 3⁄4" x 3⁄4" (19 x 19mm) angle-frame • Type 304 stainless steel angle with satin finish • Corners heliarc welded,ground and polished smooth • Beveled frame edge at mirror for improvedappearance • No. 1 quality, 1⁄4" (6mm) glass mirror; warranted against silver spoilage for 15 years • Galvanized steel back • Secured to concealed wall hanger with theft-resistant mounting

B-292 SERIES WELDED-FRAME MIRROR/SHELF COMBINATION • Same mirror as B-290 Series • Type 304 satin-finish stainless steelshelf • Shelf projects 5" (127mm), with 3⁄4" (19mm) return on front andsides; front return edge hemmed for rigidity and safety • Shelf cornersheliarc welded, ground and polished smooth


B-290 1824 18" 24" (46 x 61cm) B-290 2448 24" 48" (61 x 122cm)B-290 1830 18" 30" (46 x 76cm) B-290 2460 24" 60" (61 x 152cm)B-290 1836 18" 36" (46 x 91cm) B-290 2472 24" 72" (61 x 183cm)B-290 2430 24" 30" (61 x 76cm) B-290 7236 72" 36" (183 x 91cm)B-290 2436 24" 36" (61 x 91cm)

ƒƒ

ƒ


B-292 1824 18" 24" (46 x 61cm) B-292 1836 18" 36" (46 x 91cm)B-292 1830 18" 30" (46 x 76cm) B-292 2436 24" 36" (61 x 91cm)

MIRROR BARRIER-FREE WASHROOM GUIDELINES: Bottom edge of reflective surface should be mounted no higher than40" (1015mm) above the finish floor. A single full-length mirror is recom mended in each washroom because it is universally usable.

SPECIAL-ORDER CUSTOM SIZE B-290 AND B-292SERIES MIRRORS

B-290 Maximum size of one piece of mirror: 144" x 72" (366 x 183cm).Maximum frame size available: 180" x 72" (457 x 183cm) with twopieces of glass. B-292 Maximum frame size available: 96" x 72" (244 x 183cm) with one pieceof glass. Maximum size of shelf: 96" (244cm) furnished as one piece. To specify special sizes, use Series Number followed by width and heightin inches.

DESIGNER’S NOTES:To specify mirrors, use Series Number desired followed by width andheight in inches. Width dimension must always be stated first followingSeries Number. Framed mirrors are manufactured to overall dimensions,as shown in all mirror tables on pages 26 and 27. Overall height of mirror/shelf models includes shelf. Framed mirrors must be installed with width and height dimensions as ordered. Mirror back and wall hangercannot be installed side ways to reverse width and height dimensions.Provide minimum 3⁄4" (19mm) clearance at top of mirror for mounting onwall hanger and 1" (25mm) clearance on each side.

Stocked Product B-165 2436 - 24” x 36”B-165 1830 - 18” x 30”

38


























ƒB-6806.99x18" (455mm)ƒB-6806.99x24" (610mm)

B-6806.99x30" (760mm)ƒB-6806.99x36" (915mm)ƒB-6806.99x42" (1065mm)

B-6806.99x48" (1220mm)


ƒB-5806x18" (455mm)ƒB-5806x24" (610mm)



ƒB-5806.99x18" (455mm)ƒB-5806.99x24" (610mm)

B-5806.99x30" (760mm)ƒB-5806.99x36" (915mm)ƒB-5806.99x42" (1065mm)

B-5806.99x48" (1220mm)



B-293 SERIES FIXED-POSITION TILT MIRRORS Provide visi bility for wheelchair patients. Frame is type 304 stainless steel, satin finish. Beveled edges of frame hug mirror; provides gapless fitfor improved appearance, and safety when cleaning mirror. No. 1 quality,1⁄4" (6mm) glass mirror electrolytically copper plated. Mirror extends 4"(100mm) from wall at top and tapers to 1" (25mm) at bottom.

B-294 SERIES ANGLE-FRAME TWO POSITION TILT MIRROR Tilt forward to provide full visibility for wheelchair patients or return to uprightposition. Frame is 3⁄4" x 3⁄4" (19 x 19mm), type 304 stainless steel angle,satin finish. Beveled edges of frame hug mirror; provides gapless fit forimproved appearance, and safety when cleaning mirror. No. 1 quality, 1⁄4"(6mm) glass mirror electrolytically copper-plated. Top of mirror tilts 7"(180mm) from wall with self-locking mechanisms; bottom of mirror mountsto wall with full-length stainless steel hinge.


B-293 1630 16" 30" (41 x 76cm) Ï B-293 1836 18" 36" (46 x 91cm)B-293 1830 18" 30" (46 x 76cm) Ï B-293 2436 24" 36" (61 x 91cm)

ƒÏ


B-294 1624 16" 24" (41 x 61cm) B-294 1630 16" 30" (41 x 76cm)


B-293

B-2908 SERIES B-1658 SERIES

B-294


B-942 FRAMELESS MIRROR (FRONT SECURED) Mirror is 11 1⁄4" x 17 1⁄4" (285 x 440mm) overall, 1⁄4" (6mm) deep.18-gauge (1.2mm), type 430 stainless steel with bright-polished finish.


B-1556 1620 151⁄2" 191⁄2" (39 x 50cm) B-1556 1830 171⁄2" 291⁄2" (44 x 75cm)B-1556 1824 171⁄2" 231⁄2" (44 x 60cm) B-1556 2436 231⁄2" 351⁄2" (60 x 90cm)

bobrick.com/Mirrors

STANDARD SIZE TEMPERED GLASS MIRRORS

B-1556 SERIES FRAMELESS MIRRORS Bright- polished stainless steel. Mirror has 1⁄4" (6mm) return concealing 1⁄4"(6mm) tempered masonite backing. Furnished with four mounting screws.

Tempered glass mirrors are engineered for heavy-traffic, vandal-prone restrooms in K–12 school buildings, stadiums, outdoor recreation centersand low-supervision facilities such as parks and highway rest stops. Tempered glass mirrors resist breakage and provide a measure of safetyfrom broken glass, but differ in color and reflective quality from standardglass mirrors. Bobrick uses the highest quality tempered glass mirrors.Modest distortion or heat-generated markings are normal in the temperedglass mirror manufacturing process. Therefore, Bobrick will not acceptreturns of tempered glass mirrors with random distortion or markings.

MODEL NO. W H

B-2908 1830 18" 30" (46 x 76cm)B-2908 1836 18" 36" (46 x 91cm)B-2908 2436 24" 36" (61 x 91cm)

B-1658 SERIES STANDARD SIZE TEMPEREDGLASS CHANNEL-FRAME MIRRORS • Same frame as B-165 Series • 1⁄4" (6mm) tempered glass mirror

SPECIAL-ORDER REFLECTIVE SURFACESPolished Stainless Steel, Tempered and Laminated Glass Mirrorsresist breakage and provide a measure of safety from broken glass, but differ in color and reflective quality from standard glass mirrors.Modest distortion is normal and not a returnable condition. Available on special order.

POLISHED STAINLESS STEELB-1656 Series Mirrors (up to 60" x 36"; 152 x 92cm)B-2906 Series Mirrors (up to 60" x 24"; 152 x 61cm)TEMPERED GLASSB-1658 Series Mirrors (up to 72" x 48"; 183 x 122cm)B-2908 Series Mirrors (up to 120" x 48"; 305 x 122cm)LAMINATED GLASSB-1659 Series Mirrors (up to 72" x 48"; 183 x 122cm)B-2909 Series Mirrors (up to 84" x 48"; 214 x 122cm)

B-2908 SERIES STANDARD SIZE TEMPEREDGLASS WELDED-FRAME MIRRORS • Same frame as B-290 Series • 1⁄4" (6mm) tempered glass mirror

MODEL NO. W H

B-1658 1830 18" 30" (46 x 76cm)B-1658 1836 18" 36" (46 x 91cm)B-1658 2436 24" 36" (61 x 91cm)


38


























ƒB-6806.99x18" (455mm)ƒB-6806.99x24" (610mm)

B-6806.99x30" (760mm)ƒB-6806.99x36" (915mm)ƒB-6806.99x42" (1065mm)

B-6806.99x48" (1220mm)


ƒB-5806x18" (455mm)ƒB-5806x24" (610mm)



ƒB-5806.99x18" (455mm)ƒB-5806.99x24" (610mm)

B-5806.99x30" (760mm)ƒB-5806.99x36" (915mm)ƒB-5806.99x42" (1065mm)

B-5806.99x48" (1220mm)





Bobrick - Washroom AccessoriesB221 - Classic SeriesSURFACE MOUNTED SEAT-COVER DISPENSER

FEATURESSatin-finish stainless steel. Dispenses 250 single- or half-fold toilet seatcovers. Fills from bottom. Unit 15 3⁄4” W, 11” H, 2” D (400 x 280 x 50mm).Av. Mtg. Ht.: 45–59” (1145–1500mm) to top of unit, Barrier-Free, 30–48”(760–1220mm). Allow 5” (125mm) minimum clearance from bottom ofdispenser to top of any horizontal projection for filling dispenser frombelow unit.

B2888 - Classic SeriesSURFACE-MOUNTED MULTI-ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER

FEATURESSatin-finish stainless steel unit with stainless steel dispensing mechanism.Door has flat face with protruding tumbler lock. Holds two rolls up to 5 1⁄4”(135mm) diameter (1800 sheets). Extra roll automatically drops in placewhen bottom roll is depleted. Theft-resistant, heavy-duty spindles. Unit6 1⁄16” W, 11” H, 5 15⁄16” D (155 x 280 x 150mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 28–36”(710–915mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 28” (710mm).

ƒB-4288 Contura Series SURFACEMOUNTED MULTI-ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel unit with stainless steel dispensing mecha nism.Flush tumbler lock. Holds two rolls up to 5 1⁄4" (135mm) diameter (1800sheets). Extra roll automatically drops in place when bottom roll is depleted.Theft-resistant, heavy-duty spindles. Unit 6 1⁄16" W, 11" H, 5 15⁄16" D (155 x280 x 150mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 28–36" (710–915mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 28" (710mm).

ƒB-2888 ClassicSeriesSURFACE-MOUNTED MULTI-ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel unit with stainless steel dispensing mech an ism.Door has flat face with protruding tumbler lock. Holds two rolls up to 5 1⁄4"(135mm) diameter (1800 sheets). Extra roll automatically drops in placewhen bottom roll is depleted. Theft-resistant, heavy-duty spindles. Unit6 1⁄16" W, 11" H, 5 15⁄16" D (155 x 280 x 150mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 28–36"(710–915mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 28" (710mm).

B-386 PARTITION-MOUNTED MULTIROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER (SERVES TWO TOILET COMPARTMENTS) Satin-finish stainless steel. Mounts centered through toilet partitions,1⁄2–2" (12–50mm) thick; used from both sides. Holds four standard coretoilet tissue rolls up to 5 1⁄8" (130mm) diameter; two for each side.Chrome-plated plastic spindles with heavy-duty internal springs. RoughPartition Opening: 11 1⁄2" W, 10 7⁄8" H (290 x 275mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 36"(915mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 27 1⁄2" (700mm). Theft-Resistant Spindle (Part No. 283-604) available as an option for above model, see page 32.

ƒB-2892 ClassicSeries SURFACEMOUNTED TWIN JUMBO-ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Equipped with tumbler lock. Spindles hold two10" (255mm) diameter rolls with 2 1⁄4" (55mm) diameter core rolls;convertible for 3" (75mm) diameter core rolls. Sliding access panel exposes one roll at a time, allows easy roll change-over. Wide viewing slot in door.Quick reloading. Unit 20 13⁄16" W, 11 3⁄8" H, 5 5⁄16" D (530 x 290 x 135mm).Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 30" (760mm) to top of unit.

B-2890 SINGLE JUMBO-ROLL SURFACEMOUNTED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Equipped with spring lock. Spindle holds one 10" (255mm) diameter roll with 3" (75mm) diameter core.Convertible for 2 11⁄16" (70mm) and 1 5⁄8" (40mm) diameter core rolls.Powder-coated mounting plate. Slot reveals tissue supply. Unit 10 5⁄8" W,10 5⁄8" H, 4 1⁄2" D (270 x 270 x 115mm). Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 29 1⁄2" (750mm) to top of unit.

TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER BARRIER-FREEWASHROOM GUIDELINES:For universal access, roll-type dispensers without controlled delivery arepreferred. Folded-tissue dispensers are not recommended because theyrequire a finger-pinching action. Standard toilet tissue rolls should bemounted with their forward edge no more than 36" (915mm) from the backwall, their vertical centerline 7" to 9" (180–230mm) in front of toilet seat,and their horizontal centerline at least 19" (485mm) above the finish floor.

bobrick.com/ToiletTissueDispensers


1/2 " – 2"12–50mm

B262 - Classic SeriesSURFACE-MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER

FEATURESSatin-finish stainless steel. Dispenses 400 C-fold or 525 multifoldtowels measuring 3 1⁄8” to 3 13⁄16” (79–97mm) deep without adjustmentor adapters. Door has tumbler lock and piano-hinge. Cabinet slots indicaterefill time. Unit 10 3⁄4” W, 14” H, 4” D (275 x 355 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.:66–70” (1675–1780mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 54” (1370mm).

bobrick.com/PaperTowelDispensers


ƒB-262 ClassicSeries SURFACEMOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Dispenses 400 C-fold or 525 multifoldtowels measuring 3 1⁄8" to 3 13⁄16" (79–97mm) deep without adjustmentor adapters. Door has tumbler lock and piano-hinge. Cabinet slots indicaterefill time. Unit 10 3⁄4" W, 14" H, 4" D (275 x 355 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.:66–70" (1675–1780mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 54" (1370mm).

ƒB-2620 Similar to B-262, but with knob-latch.

ƒB-2621 SURFACE-MOUNTED PAPERTOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Dispenses 200 C-fold or 275 multifoldtowels measuring 3 1⁄8" to 3 13⁄16" (79–97mm) deep without adjustmentor adapters. Door has knob-latch Cabinet slots indicate refill time. Unit10 3⁄4" W, 7 1⁄8" H, 4" D (275 x 180 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 58–62"(1475–1575mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 47" (1195mm).B-26212 Similar to B-2621, but with tumbler lock.

B-318 RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERSatin-finish stainless steel. Dispenses 600 C-fold or 800 multifold towels. Towels load into bottom of cabinet concealed behind wall or mirror;only the towel tray is visible. Rough Wall Opening: 12" W, 18 1⁄4" H (305 x465mm) to accept cabinet height, plus 6" (150mm) min. clearance spacebelow towel tray; 4 1⁄2" (115mm) min. depth. Av. Mtg. Ht.: 68–73"(1725–1855mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 56 3⁄4" (1440mm).

ƒB-5262 MatrixSeries™ SURFACE-MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Durable ABS plastic; grey color. Dispenses 400 C-fold or 525 multifold towelsmeasuring 3 1⁄8" to 3 13⁄16" (79–97mm) deep without adjustment or adapter.Cabinet slots indicate refill time. Door has concealed locking device. Unit11 1⁄2" W, 15 1⁄4" H, 4 3⁄4" D (290 x 385 x 120mm). Patented.

5262-25 INTERNAL TOWEL TRAY ADAPTER KIT Optional for Models B-262, B-2620, B-2621, B-26212, B-4262, and B-5262to dispense narrower paper towels 2 1⁄2" to 3 1⁄8" (64–79mm) deep.

ƒB-263 SURFACE-MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Tumbler lock on top of cabinet. Dispenses 400singlefold towels. Cabinet slots indicate refill time. Unit 12 1⁄8" W, 7 1⁄4" H,6 1⁄8" D (310 x 185 x 155mm).

ƒB-2860 SURFACE-MOUNTED ROLL TOWEL DISPENSER Satin- finish stainless steel. Touch-free, pull-towel mechanism dispenses12" (305mm) length per pull of economical, non-perforated, universal rollpaper towels. Accommodates 8" (205mm) wide, up to 8" (205mm)diameter rolls, 800 ft (244m) long, plus 3 1⁄2" (90mm) dia. stub roll withautomatic transfer. Pull force to operate 1.8 lbs (8.0 N). Door has tumblerlock and piano-hinge. Cabinet slots indicate refill time. Unit 11 3⁄4" W,15" H, 9" D (300 x 380 x 230mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 67–74" (1700–1880mm)to top of unit; Barrier-Free 60–66" (1525–1675mm). Patented.

ƒB-221 ClassicSeries SURFACEMOUNTED SEAT-COVER DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Dispenses 250 single- or half-fold toilet seatcovers. Fills from bottom. Unit 15 3⁄4" W, 11" H, 2" D (400 x 280 x 50mm).Av. Mtg. Ht.: 45–59" (1145–1500mm) to top of unit, Barrier-Free, 30–48"(760–1220mm). Allow 5" (125mm) minimum clearance from bottom ofdispenser to top of any horizontal projection for filling dispenser frombelow unit.

ƒB-5221 MatrixSeries SURFACEMOUNTED SEAT-COVER DISPENSER Durable ABS plastic; grey color. Dispenses 250 single- or half-fold toiletseat covers. Fills from bottom. Unit 16 1⁄8" W, 11 1⁄2" H, 2 1⁄2" D (410 x290 x 65mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 45–59" (1145–1500mm) to top of unit,Barrier-Free, 30–48" (760–1220mm). Allow 5" (125mm) minimumclearance from bottom of dispenser to top of any horizontal projectionfor filling dispenser from below unit. Patented.

ƒB-4221 ConturaSeries SURFACEMOUNTED SEAT-COVER DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Dispenses 250 single- or half-fold toilet seatcovers. Fills from bottom. Unit 15 3⁄4" W, 11 1⁄4" H, 2 1⁄16" D (400 x 285 x55mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 45–59" (1145–1500mm) to top of unit, Barrier-Free,30–48" (760–1220mm). Allow 5" (125mm) minimum clearance frombottom of dispenser to top of any horizontal projection for filling dispenserfrom below unit.

ƒB-3013 TrimLineSeries RECESSED SEAT-COVER DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Door has 90° return, conceals flange.Dispenses 500 toilet seat covers. Rough Wall Opening: 15 5⁄8" W,11 1⁄4" H, 2 3⁄4" min. depth (395 x 285 x 70mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 60"(1525mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 49" (1245mm).

ƒB-301 ClassicSeries RECESSED SEAT-COVER DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Seamless beveled flange. Dispenses 500 toilet seat covers. Rough Wall Opening: 15 5⁄8" W, 11 " H, 2 5⁄8" min.depth (395 x 285 x 67mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 60" (1525mm) to top of unit;Barrier-Free, 49" (1245mm).

bobrick.com/ToiletSeatCoverDispensers










1/2 " – 2"12–50mm

Stocked Product B-221

Stocked ProductB-2888




ƒB-262 ClassicSeries SURFACEMOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Dispenses 400 C-fold or 525 multifoldtowels measuring 3 1⁄8" to 3 13⁄16" (79–97mm) deep without adjustmentor adapters. Door has tumbler lock and piano-hinge. Cabinet slots indicaterefill time. Unit 10 3⁄4" W, 14" H, 4" D (275 x 355 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.:66–70" (1675–1780mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 54" (1370mm).

ƒB-2620 Similar to B-262, but with knob-latch.

ƒB-2621 SURFACE-MOUNTED PAPERTOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Dispenses 200 C-fold or 275 multifoldtowels measuring 3 1⁄8" to 3 13⁄16" (79–97mm) deep without adjustmentor adapters. Door has knob-latch Cabinet slots indicate refill time. Unit10 3⁄4" W, 7 1⁄8" H, 4" D (275 x 180 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 58–62"(1475–1575mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 47" (1195mm).B-26212 Similar to B-2621, but with tumbler lock.

B-318 RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERSatin-finish stainless steel. Dispenses 600 C-fold or 800 multifold towels. Towels load into bottom of cabinet concealed behind wall or mirror;only the towel tray is visible. Rough Wall Opening: 12" W, 18 1⁄4" H (305 x465mm) to accept cabinet height, plus 6" (150mm) min. clearance spacebelow towel tray; 4 1⁄2" (115mm) min. depth. Av. Mtg. Ht.: 68–73"(1725–1855mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 56 3⁄4" (1440mm).

ƒB-5262 MatrixSeries™ SURFACE-MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Durable ABS plastic; grey color. Dispenses 400 C-fold or 525 multifold towelsmeasuring 3 1⁄8" to 3 13⁄16" (79–97mm) deep without adjustment or adapter.Cabinet slots indicate refill time. Door has concealed locking device. Unit11 1⁄2" W, 15 1⁄4" H, 4 3⁄4" D (290 x 385 x 120mm). Patented.

5262-25 INTERNAL TOWEL TRAY ADAPTER KIT Optional for Models B-262, B-2620, B-2621, B-26212, B-4262, and B-5262to dispense narrower paper towels 2 1⁄2" to 3 1⁄8" (64–79mm) deep.

ƒB-263 SURFACE-MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Tumbler lock on top of cabinet. Dispenses 400singlefold towels. Cabinet slots indicate refill time. Unit 12 1⁄8" W, 7 1⁄4" H,6 1⁄8" D (310 x 185 x 155mm).

ƒB-2860 SURFACE-MOUNTED ROLL TOWEL DISPENSER Satin- finish stainless steel. Touch-free, pull-towel mechanism dispenses12" (305mm) length per pull of economical, non-perforated, universal rollpaper towels. Accommodates 8" (205mm) wide, up to 8" (205mm)diameter rolls, 800 ft (244m) long, plus 3 1⁄2" (90mm) dia. stub roll withautomatic transfer. Pull force to operate 1.8 lbs (8.0 N). Door has tumblerlock and piano-hinge. Cabinet slots indicate refill time. Unit 11 3⁄4" W,15" H, 9" D (300 x 380 x 230mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 67–74" (1700–1880mm)to top of unit; Barrier-Free 60–66" (1525–1675mm). Patented.










Bobrick - Washroom AccessoriesB264

B369 - Classic Series

B265

SINGLE-ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER WITH CONTROLLED DELIVERY

FEATURESHeavy-gauge chrome-plated steel with bright polished finish. Mounting bracket is 18-gauge (1.2mm). Equipped with a vandalresistantself-locking mechanism and two heavy-duty brake springs. Heavy-duty brake springs provide controlled delivery. Toilet tissue roll will not spin freely. Eliminates waste. Accommodatesone standard-core toilet tissue roll up to 4-1/2” (115mm) diameter. Toilet tissue roll cannot be removed from holder until empty.

RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER AND WASTE RECEPTACLE FEATURESCabinet -18-8 S, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel. All-welded construction. Exposed surfaces have satin finish.Flange -18-8 S, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin finish. Drawn and beveled, one-piece, seamless construction.Door -18-8 S, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin finish. Secured to cabinet with a full-length stainless steel piano-hinge. Equipped with a knob latch.Paper Towel Dispenser -18-8 S, type-304, 22-gauge (0.8mm) stainless steel with satin finish. Capacity: 350 C-fold or 475 multifold paper towels.Waste Receptacle -18-8 S, type-304, Heavy-gauge stainless steel with satin finish. Top edges are hemmed for safe handling. Friction catch.Capacity: 2-gal. (7.6-L).

DOUBLE-ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER WITH CONTROLLED DELIVERY

FEATURESHeavy-gauge chrome-plated steel with bright polished fin-ish. Mounting bracket is 18-gauge (1.2mm). Equipped with vandalresistant self-locking mechanisms and four heavy-duty brake springs. Heavy-duty brake springs provide controlled delivery. Toilet tissue rolls will not spin freely. Eliminates waste. Accommodates two standard-core toilet tissue rolls up to 4-1/2” (115mm) diameter. Toilet tissue rolls cannot be removed from holder until empty.






Bobrick - Washroom Accessories

B3944 - Classic SeriesRECESSED CONVERTIBLE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE

FEATURESUnit includes convertible folded paper towel module and 12-gallon wastereceptacle module which can be interchanged with a universal touch-freeroll towel module and 18-gallon waste receptacle module, respectively.Cabinet is not replaced when changing modules. Satin-finish stainlesssteel. Seamless beveled flange. Dispenses 600 C-fold or 800 multifoldtowels. Removable waste receptacle is locked into cabinet. Receptacleis 8” (205mm) deep with capacity of 12-gal. (45.4-L); extends 4 1⁄8”(105mm) from wall. Rough Wall Opening: 16” W, 54 3⁄4” H, 4” min. depth(405 x 1390 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 67–74” to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 601/2”.

11

ƒB-3944 ClassicSeries™ RECESSED CONVERTIBLE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE Unit includes convertible folded paper towel module and 12-gallon wastereceptacle module which can be interchanged with a universal touch-freeroll towel module and 18-gallon waste receptacle module, respectively.Cabinet is not replaced when changing modules. Satin-finish stainlesssteel. Seamless beveled flange. Dispenses 600 C-fold or 800 multifoldtowels. Removable waste receptacle is locked into cabinet. Receptacleis 8" (205mm) deep with capacity of 12-gal. (45.4-L); extends 4 1⁄8"(105mm) from wall. Rough Wall Opening: 16" W, 54 3⁄4" H, 4" min. depth(405 x 1390 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 67–74" (1700–1880mm) to top ofunit; Barrier-Free, 60 1⁄2" (1535mm). Patent pending.

ƒB-3942 Similar to B-3944, but with skirt for semi-recessing in 2"(50mm) walls.

ƒB-3949 Similar to B-3944, but with skirt for surface mounting.

B-3947 Similar to B-3944, but with 18-gallon (68.0-L) waste receptacle.

ƒB-3961 ClassicSeries RECESSED CONVERTIBLE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE Unit includes convertible universal, roll paper towel module and 12-gallon waste receptacle module which can be interchanged with afolded towel module and 18-gallon waste receptacle module, respectively.Cabinet is not replaced when changing modules. Satin-finish stainless steel. Seamless beveled flange. Touch-free, pull-towel mechanismdispenses 12" (305mm) length per pull of universal roll paper towels.Accommodates 8" (205mm) wide, up to 8" (205mm) diameter rolls, 800 ft(244m) long, plus 3 1⁄2" (90mm) diameter stub roll with automatic transfer.Removable waste receptacle is locked into cabinet. Receptacle is 8"(205mm) deep with capacity of 12-gal. (45.4-L); extends 4 1⁄8" (105mm)from wall. Rough Wall Opening: 16" W, 54 3⁄4" H, 4" min. depth (405 x1390 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 67–74" (1700–1880mm) to top of unit;Barrier-Free, 60 1⁄2" (1535mm). Patent pending.

B-39619 Similar to B-3961, but with skirt for surface mounting.


3961-50 Convertible touch-free, pull-toweluniversal roll towel dispenser module is inter-changeable with folded towel dispenser module.Patent pending.

368-60 Interchangeable 18-gallon wastereceptacle module.


3944-52 Convertible folded towel dispensermodule is inter change able with touch-free, pull-towel universal roll towel dispenser module. Patentpending.

bobrick.com/CombinationTowelWasteUnits

Prestige Buildings Standard Use Heavy Traffic




11

ƒB-3944 ClassicSeries™ RECESSED CONVERTIBLE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE Unit includes convertible folded paper towel module and 12-gallon wastereceptacle module which can be interchanged with a universal touch-freeroll towel module and 18-gallon waste receptacle module, respectively.Cabinet is not replaced when changing modules. Satin-finish stainlesssteel. Seamless beveled flange. Dispenses 600 C-fold or 800 multifoldtowels. Removable waste receptacle is locked into cabinet. Receptacleis 8" (205mm) deep with capacity of 12-gal. (45.4-L); extends 4 1⁄8"(105mm) from wall. Rough Wall Opening: 16" W, 54 3⁄4" H, 4" min. depth(405 x 1390 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 67–74" (1700–1880mm) to top ofunit; Barrier-Free, 60 1⁄2" (1535mm). Patent pending.

ƒB-3942 Similar to B-3944, but with skirt for semi-recessing in 2"(50mm) walls.

ƒB-3949 Similar to B-3944, but with skirt for surface mounting.


ƒB-3961 ClassicSeries RECESSED CONVERTIBLE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE Unit includes convertible universal, roll paper towel module and 12-gallon waste receptacle module which can be interchanged with afolded towel module and 18-gallon waste receptacle module, respectively.Cabinet is not replaced when changing modules. Satin-finish stainless steel. Seamless beveled flange. Touch-free, pull-towel mechanismdispenses 12" (305mm) length per pull of universal roll paper towels.Accommodates 8" (205mm) wide, up to 8" (205mm) diameter rolls, 800 ft(244m) long, plus 3 1⁄2" (90mm) diameter stub roll with automatic transfer.Removable waste receptacle is locked into cabinet. Receptacle is 8"(205mm) deep with capacity of 12-gal. (45.4-L); extends 4 1⁄8" (105mm)from wall. Rough Wall Opening: 16" W, 54 3⁄4" H, 4" min. depth (405 x1390 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 67–74" (1700–1880mm) to top of unit;Barrier-Free, 60 1⁄2" (1535mm). Patent pending.

B-39619 Similar to B-3961, but with skirt for surface mounting.


3961-50 Convertible touch-free, pull-toweluniversal roll towel dispenser module is inter-changeable with folded towel dispenser module.Patent pending.



3944-52 Convertible folded towel dispensermodule is inter change able with touch-free, pull-towel universal roll towel dispenser module. Patentpending.


Prestige Buildings Standard Use Heavy Traffic



B279 - Classic SeriesSURFACE MOUNTED WASTE RECEPTACLE

FEATURESSatin-finish stainless steel. Bottom edges hemmed for safety. Hookshold furnished reusable vinyl liner; removable for servicing. Capacity:6.4-gal. (24.2-L). Unit 14” W, 18” H, 6” D (355 x 455 x 150mm).


24

bobrick.com/SoapDispensers


ƒB-2112 ClassicSeries SURFACE MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER Horizontal tank is satin-finish stainless steel. Valve dispenses all-purposehand soaps. Capacity: 40-fl oz (1.2-L). Soap refill window. Concealed wallfastening. Hinged filler-top requires special key to open. Vandal-resistant.Unit 8 1⁄8" W, 4 3⁄4" H (205 x 120mm); wall to pushbutton, 3 1⁄2" (90mm).Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 47 1⁄2" (1205mm) to top of unit with pushbutton 44" (1120mm) above floor. Patented.

ƒB-2111 ClassicSeries SURFACEMOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER Vertical tank is satin-finish stainless steel. Valve dispenses all-purposehand soaps. Capacity: 40-fl oz (1.2-L). Soap refill window. Concealed wallfastening. Hinged filler-top requires special key to open. Vandal-resistant.Unit 4 3⁄4" W, 8 1⁄8" H (120 x 205mm); wall to pushbutton, 3 1⁄2" (90mm).Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 50 7⁄8" (1290mm) to top of unit with pushbutton 44" (1120mm) above floor. Patented.

ƒB-4112 ConturaSeries SURFACE MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER Corrosion-resistant valve dispenses commercially marketed all-purposehand soaps. Container is satin-finish stainless steel. Capacity: 40-fl oz(1.2-L). Soap refill window. Concealed wall fastening. Hinged filler-toprequires special key to open. Vandal-resistant. Unit 7" W, 6 1⁄8" H (180 x155mm); wall to pushbutton, 3 5⁄16" (85mm). Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg.Ht.: 49" (1245mm) to top of unit with pushbutton 44" (1120mm) abovefloor. Patented.

B-2014 SoaperShelf® SURFACE-MOUNTEDCOMBINATION UNIT Soap vessel and shelf are satin-finish stainless steel. Capacity: 80-fl oz(2.4-L). Corrosion-resistant valve dispenses commercially marketed all-purpose hand soaps. Soap refill window. Unit 17 5⁄16" W, 3 5⁄16" H, 5" D(440 x 85 x 125mm); wall to pushbutton, 5 1⁄4" (135mm). Universal/BarrierFree Mtg. Ht.: 46 1⁄2" (1180mm) to top of unit with pushbutton 44"(1120mm) above floor. Patented.

ƒB-155 ClassicSeries LiquidMate®

WALL-MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSERS Corrosion-resistant valve dispenses thin, free-flowing commercially marketed all-purpose hand soaps. Translucent polyethylene container provides visible soap level. 24-fl oz (0.7-L) capacity. Unit 4" W, 7 5⁄8" H (100 x 195mm). Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 50 1⁄2" (1285mm) to top of unit with push button 44" (1120mm) above floor. Bright-polished, chrome-plated ABS mounting bracket.

ƒB-156 ClassicSeries LiquidMateWALL-MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSERS Corrosion-resistant valve dispenses thin, free-flowing commercially marketed all-purpose hand soaps. Translucent polyethylene container provides visible soap level. 24-fl oz (0.7-L) capacity. Unit 4" W, 7 5⁄8" H(100 x 195mm). Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 50 1⁄2" (1285mm) to top of unit with push button 44" (1120mm) above floor. Beige ABS mounting bracket.

18

bobrick.com/WasteReceptacles


ƒB-279 ClassicSeries SURFACEMOUNTED WASTE RECEPTACLE Satin-finish stainless steel. Bottom edges hemmed for safety. Hooks hold furnished reusable vinyl liner; removable for servicing. Capacity:6.4-gal. (24.2-L). Unit 14" W, 18" H, 6" D (355 x 455 x 150mm).

B-2250 FLOOR-STANDING WASTE RECEPTACLE WITH TOP Satin-finish stainless steel. Top with self-closing doors. Vinyl wall bumper,rubber feet. Hooks for liners. Capacity: 13-gal. (49.2-L). Unit 12 1⁄2" x12 1⁄2" (320 x 320mm) at top, 29 1⁄2" (750mm) high.

B-5277 MatrixSeries SURFACE-MOUNTED WASTE RECEPTACLE Impact-resistant polymer; grey color. Capacity: 13-gal. (49.2-L). Clipssecure optional vinyl liner. Unit 17" W, 23" H, 9 1⁄2" D (430 x 585 x240mm). Patented.

B-275 SURFACE-MOUNTED WASTE RECEPTACLE Satin-finish stainless steel. Bottom edges hemmed for maximum safety.Hooks hold furnished reusable vinyl liner; removable for servicing. Capacity:20-gal. (75.7-L). Unit 16 1⁄2" W, 23" H, 12 1⁄2" D (420 x 585 x 320mm).

WASTE RECEPTACLE BARRIER-FREE WASHROOM GUIDELINES:Access to receptacle openings should be 15" to 48" (380–1220mm)above the finish floor to allow forward and side reach by people in wheelchairs. Hinged panels covering waste receptacle openings should not require more than 5 pounds of force (22.2 N) to open. It is recommended that units projecting more than 4" (100mm) from the wallbe located in corners, alcoves, or between other protruding structural elements so as not to be a hazard to blind people or interfere withrequired access aisles and 60" (1525mm) minimum dia meter turningspaces for wheelchairs.

B-261 SURFACE-MOUNTED FACIAL TISSUE WASTE RECEPTACLE Satin-finish stainless steel. Bottom edges hemmed for maximum safety.Capacity: 1 1⁄2-gal. (5.7-L). 10 1⁄2" (265mm) W at top, 8 5⁄8" (220mm) Wat bottom. Unit 9" H, 4 3⁄8" D (230 x 110mm).



B2112 - Classic SeriesSURFACE MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER

FEATURESHorizontal tank is satin-finish stainless steel. Valve dispenses all-purposehand soaps. Capacity: 40-fl oz (1.2-L). Soap refill window. Concealed wallfastening. Hinged filler-top requires special key to open. Vandal-resistant.Unit 8 1⁄8” W, 4 3⁄4” H (205 x 120mm); wall to pushbutton, 3 1⁄2” (90mm).Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 47 1⁄2” (1205mm) to top of unit withpushbutton 44” (1120mm) above floor. Patented.

24











24











B2111 - Classic SeriesSURFACE MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER

FEATURESVertical tank is satin-finish stainless steel. Valve dispenses all-purposehand soaps. Capacity: 40-fl oz (1.2-L). Soap refill window. Concealed wallfastening. Hinged filler-top requires special key to open. Vandal-resistant.Unit 4 3⁄4” W, 8 1⁄8” H (120 x 205mm); wall to pushbutton, 3 1⁄2” (90mm).Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 50 7⁄8” (1290mm) to top of unit withpushbutton 44” (1120mm) above floor. Patented.

24












24










24










B4112 Contura SeriesSURFACE MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER

FEATURESCorrosion-resistant valve dispenses commercially marketed all-purposehand soaps. Container is satin-finish stainless steel. Capacity: 40-fl oz (1.2-L). Soap refill window. Concealed wall fastening. Hinged filler-top requires specialkey to open. Vandal-resistant. Unit 7” W, 6 1⁄8” H (180 x 155mm); wall to push-button, 3 5⁄16” (85mm). Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 49” (1245mm) to top of unit with push-button 44” (1120mm) above floor.



Bobrick - Washroom AccessoriesB4288 - Contura SeriesSURFACE MOUNTED MULTI-ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER

FEATURESSatin-finish stainless steel unit with stainless steel dispensing mechanism.Flush tumbler lock. Holds two rolls up to 5 1⁄4” (135mm) diameter (1800sheets). Extra roll automatically drops in place when bottom roll is depleted.Theft-resistant, heavy-duty spindles. Unit 6 1⁄16” W, 11” H, 5 15⁄16” D (155 x280 x 150mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 28–36” (710–915mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 28” (710mm).









1/2 " – 2"12–50mm


ƒB-4369 ConturaSeries RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE Satin-finish stainless steel. Flush tumbler lock. Dispenses 350 C-fold or475 multifold towels. Waste receptacle has 2.6-gal. (9.8-L) capacity;extends 2 1⁄2" (65mm) from wall. Removable front panel for easy cleaning.Rough Wall Opening: 11 3⁄8" W, 26 5⁄8" H, 4" min. depth (290 x 675 x100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 71" (1805mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 52 3⁄4"(1340mm).

B-43699 Similar to B-4369, but with stainless steel skirt for surfacemounting.

ƒB-369 ClassicSeries RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE Satin-finish stainless steel. Seamless beveled flange. Dispenses 350 C-fold or 475 multifold towels. Knob-latch retains door. Removable wastecontainer has 2-gal. (7.6-L) capacity. Rough Wall Opening: 12 5⁄8" W,26 5⁄8" H, 4" min. depth (320 x 675 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 71"(1805mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 51 1⁄2" (1310mm).

ƒB-3699 Similar to B-369, but with stainless steel skirt for surface mounting.

ƒB-36903 TrimLineSeries RECESSED PAPERTOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE Satin-finish stainless steel. Door has 90° return, conceals flange. Dis -penses 300 C-fold or 400 multifold towels. Removable, leak-proof, 1.6-gal.(6.1-L) waste container. Rough Wall Opening: 11 1⁄2" W, 29 1⁄2" H, 3 3⁄4"min. depth (290 x 750 x 95mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 69" (1753mm) to top ofunit; Barrier-Free, 51" (1295mm).



COMBINATION TOWEL/WASTE UNIT BARRIER-FREE WASHROOM GUIDELINES:Access to paper towels should be 15" to 48" (380–1220mm) abovethe finish floor to allow forward and side reach by people in wheelchairs.Hinged panels covering waste receptacle openings should not requiremore than 5 pounds of force (22.2 N) to open. It is recommended thatunits projecting more than 4" (100mm) from the wall be located incorners, alcoves, or between other protruding structural elements soas not to be a hazard to blind people or interfere with required accessaisles and 60" (1525mm) minimum dia meter turning spaces forpersons using wheelchairs.

B4262 - Contura SeriesSURFACE-MOUNTED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER

FEATURESSatin-finish stainless steel. Tumbler lock on top of cabinet. Door swingsdown for loading towels. Dispenses 400 C-fold or 525 multifold towelsmeasuring 3 1⁄8” to 3 13⁄16” (79–97mm) deep without adjustment oradapter. Furnished with internal towel tray adapter kit for dispensingnarrower towels 2 1⁄2” to 3 1⁄8” (64–79mm) deep. Cabinet slotsindicate refill time. Unit 10 13⁄16” W, 13 1⁄4” H, 4 11⁄16” D (275 x335 x 120mm).

14



B-4362 ConturaSeries RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Flush tumbler lock. Dispenses 600 C-fold or800 multifold towels. Rough Wall Opening: 11 3⁄8" W, 26 1⁄2" H, 4" min.depth (290 x 675 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 78" (1980mm) to top of unit;Barrier-Free, 59 1⁄2" (1510mm).

ƒB-4262 ConturaSeries SURFACE-MOUNTEDPAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Tumbler lock on top of cabinet. Door swingsdown for loading towels. Dispenses 400 C-fold or 525 multifold towelsmeasuring 3 1⁄8" to 3 13⁄16" (79–97mm) deep without adjustment oradapter. Furnished with internal towel tray adapter kit for dispensingnarrower towels 2 1⁄2" to 3 1⁄8" (64–79mm) deep. Cabinet slots indicate refill time. Unit 10 13⁄16" W, 13 1⁄4" H, 4 11⁄16" D (275 x 335 x 120mm).

B-35903 TrimLineSeries RECESSEDPAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Door has 90° return, conceals flange.Dispenses 300 C-fold or 400 multifold towels. Rough Wall Opening:11 1⁄2" W, 17 1⁄4" H, 3 œ" min. depth (290 x 440 x 95mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 67" (1700mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 52" (1320mm).

ƒB-359 ClassicSeries RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERSatin-finish stainless steel. Seamless beveled flange. Dispenses 350C-fold or 475 multifold towels. Door equipped with full-length stainlesssteel piano-hinge at bottom; swings down for easy filling. Rough WallOpening: 11 1⁄4" W, 15 5⁄8" H, 4" min. depth (285 x 395 x 100mm). Av.Mtg. Ht.: 67" (1700mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 52 1⁄2" (1335mm).

B-38616 ClassicSeries SEMI-RECESSED ROLL TOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Seamless beveled flange. Delivers preset lengthof paper towel: 2 1⁄2", 4" or 5" (65, 100 or 125mm) per stroke. Acceptsrolls 8" (205mm) wide, 800 ft (244 m) long. Extends 9 1⁄2" (240mm) fromwall. Rough Wall Opening: 15 3⁄4" W, 18 5⁄8" H, 3 1⁄2" min. depth (400 x 475 x 90mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 70–78" (1780–1980mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 46 1⁄2" (1180mm).

17 3/16 "43mm

1 "25mm

6 "150mm

3 15/16 "85mm

18 1/16 "460mm

15 3/16 "385mm

14 "355mm

19 15/16 "505mm

4 15/16 "125mm


14



B-4362 ConturaSeries RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Flush tumbler lock. Dispenses 600 C-fold or800 multifold towels. Rough Wall Opening: 11 3⁄8" W, 26 1⁄2" H, 4" min.depth (290 x 675 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 78" (1980mm) to top of unit;Barrier-Free, 59 1⁄2" (1510mm).

ƒB-4262 ConturaSeries SURFACE-MOUNTEDPAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Tumbler lock on top of cabinet. Door swingsdown for loading towels. Dispenses 400 C-fold or 525 multifold towelsmeasuring 3 1⁄8" to 3 13⁄16" (79–97mm) deep without adjustment oradapter. Furnished with internal towel tray adapter kit for dispensingnarrower towels 2 1⁄2" to 3 1⁄8" (64–79mm) deep. Cabinet slots indicate refill time. Unit 10 13⁄16" W, 13 1⁄4" H, 4 11⁄16" D (275 x 335 x 120mm).

B-35903 TrimLineSeries RECESSEDPAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Door has 90° return, conceals flange.Dispenses 300 C-fold or 400 multifold towels. Rough Wall Opening:11 1⁄2" W, 17 1⁄4" H, 3 œ" min. depth (290 x 440 x 95mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 67" (1700mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 52" (1320mm).

ƒB-359 ClassicSeries RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERSatin-finish stainless steel. Seamless beveled flange. Dispenses 350C-fold or 475 multifold towels. Door equipped with full-length stainlesssteel piano-hinge at bottom; swings down for easy filling. Rough WallOpening: 11 1⁄4" W, 15 5⁄8" H, 4" min. depth (285 x 395 x 100mm). Av.Mtg. Ht.: 67" (1700mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 52 1⁄2" (1335mm).

B-38616 ClassicSeries SEMI-RECESSED ROLL TOWEL DISPENSER Satin-finish stainless steel. Seamless beveled flange. Delivers preset lengthof paper towel: 2 1⁄2", 4" or 5" (65, 100 or 125mm) per stroke. Acceptsrolls 8" (205mm) wide, 800 ft (244 m) long. Extends 9 1⁄2" (240mm) fromwall. Rough Wall Opening: 15 3⁄4" W, 18 5⁄8" H, 3 1⁄2" min. depth (400 x 475 x 90mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 70–78" (1780–1980mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 46 1⁄2" (1180mm).

17 3/16 "43mm

1 "25mm

6 "150mm

3 15/16 "85mm

18 1/16 "460mm

15 3/16 "385mm

14 "355mm

19 15/16 "505mm

4 15/16 "125mm



B4221 - Contura SeriesSURFACE MOUNTED SEAT-COVER DISPENSER

FEATURESSatin-finish stainless steel. Dispenses 250 single- or half-fold toilet seatcovers. Fills from bottom. Unit 15 3⁄4” W, 11 1⁄4” H, 2 1⁄16” D (400 x 285 x55mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 45–59” (1145–1500mm) to top of unit, Barrier-Free,30–48” (760–1220mm). Allow 5” (125mm) minimum clearance frombottom of dispenser to top of any horizontal projection for filling dispenserfrom below unit.

B270 - Contura SeriesSURFACE MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL

FEATURESSatin-finish stainless steel. Cover is drawn, one-piece construction;secured to cabinet with full-length stainless steel piano-hinge. Capacity:1.0-gal. (3.8-L). Unit 7 1⁄2” W, 10” H, 3 13⁄16” D (190 x 255 x 95mm).Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 25–30” (635–760mm) to top of unit.

ƒB-4369 ConturaSeries RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE Satin-finish stainless steel. Flush tumbler lock. Dispenses 350 C-fold or475 multifold towels. Waste receptacle has 2.6-gal. (9.8-L) capacity;extends 2 1⁄2" (65mm) from wall. Removable front panel for easy cleaning.Rough Wall Opening: 11 3⁄8" W, 26 5⁄8" H, 4" min. depth (290 x 675 x100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 71" (1805mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 52 3⁄4"(1340mm).

B-43699 Similar to B-4369, but with stainless steel skirt for surfacemounting.

ƒB-369 ClassicSeries RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE Satin-finish stainless steel. Seamless beveled flange. Dispenses 350 C-fold or 475 multifold towels. Knob-latch retains door. Removable wastecontainer has 2-gal. (7.6-L) capacity. Rough Wall Opening: 12 5⁄8" W,26 5⁄8" H, 4" min. depth (320 x 675 x 100mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 71"(1805mm) to top of unit; Barrier-Free, 51 1⁄2" (1310mm).

ƒB-3699 Similar to B-369, but with stainless steel skirt for surface mounting.

ƒB-36903 TrimLineSeries RECESSED PAPERTOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE Satin-finish stainless steel. Door has 90° return, conceals flange. Dis -penses 300 C-fold or 400 multifold towels. Removable, leak-proof, 1.6-gal.(6.1-L) waste container. Rough Wall Opening: 11 1⁄2" W, 29 1⁄2" H, 3 3⁄4"min. depth (290 x 750 x 95mm). Av. Mtg. Ht.: 69" (1753mm) to top ofunit; Barrier-Free, 51" (1295mm).



COMBINATION TOWEL/WASTE UNIT BARRIER-FREE WASHROOM GUIDELINES:Access to paper towels should be 15" to 48" (380–1220mm) abovethe finish floor to allow forward and side reach by people in wheelchairs.Hinged panels covering waste receptacle openings should not requiremore than 5 pounds of force (22.2 N) to open. It is recommended thatunits projecting more than 4" (100mm) from the wall be located incorners, alcoves, or between other protruding structural elements soas not to be a hazard to blind people or interfere with required accessaisles and 60" (1525mm) minimum dia meter turning spaces forpersons using wheelchairs.

36

bobrick.com/SanitaryNapkinDisposals


ƒB-270 ConturaSeries SURFACEMOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL Satin-finish stainless steel. Cover is drawn, one-piece construction;secured to cabinet with full-length stainless steel piano-hinge. Capacity:1.0-gal. (3.8-L). Unit 7 1⁄2" W, 10" H, 3 13⁄16" D (190 x 255 x 95mm).Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 25–30" (635–760mm) to top of unit.

B-3094 ClassicSeries RECESSED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL AND TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERSatin-finish stainless steel. Disposal door is self-closing. Receptacleretained in cabinet by tumbler lock. Capacity: 3⁄4-gal. (2.8-L). Holds tworolls up to 5 1⁄4" (135mm) diameter (1800 sheets). Rough Wall Opening:15 5⁄8" W, 11 1⁄4" H, 4" min. depth (395 x 285 x 100mm). Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 30" (760mm) to top of unit.

Theft-Resistant Spindle (Part No. 283-604) available as an option forabove model, see page 32.

ƒB-254 ClassicSeries SURFACE-MOUNTEDSANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSALSatin-finish stainless steel. Door has tumbler lock. Self-closing panel covers disposal opening. Removable, leak-proof, 1.2-gal. (4.6-L) plastic recep tacle. Unit 10 11⁄16" W, 15 1⁄8" H, 4 1⁄16" D (270 x 385 x 105mm).Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 30" (760mm) to top of unit.

ƒB-5270 MatrixSeries SURFACE-MOUNTEDSANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL Durable ABS plastic; grey color. Lid features finger tip handles for easyaccess. Capacity: 1.3-gal. (4.8-L). Unit 9 1⁄4" W, 11 3⁄8" H, 3 7⁄8" D (235 x290 x 100mm). Universal/ Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 25–30" (635–760mm)to top of unit. Patented.

DISPOSABLE PAPER LINERS, 1000 PER CASE:ORDER PART NO. FOR MODEL NO.

270-12 B-270, B-5270353-12 B-254, B-353, B-35303,

B-354, B-357, B-3571,B-3574, B3579, B4353,B-4354

TOILET COMPARTMENT ACCESSORIES BARRIERFREE WASHROOM GUIDELINES:It is critical to consult state and local jurisdictions and accessibility codesto confirm compliance of horizontal and vertical mounting locations ofindividual and combination accessories within toilet compartments,including toilet tissue dispensers, toilet seat cover dispensers, sanitarynapkin disposals and grab bars.








36

bobrick.com/SanitaryNapkinDisposals


ƒB-270 ConturaSeries SURFACEMOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL Satin-finish stainless steel. Cover is drawn, one-piece construction;secured to cabinet with full-length stainless steel piano-hinge. Capacity:1.0-gal. (3.8-L). Unit 7 1⁄2" W, 10" H, 3 13⁄16" D (190 x 255 x 95mm).Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 25–30" (635–760mm) to top of unit.

B-3094 ClassicSeries RECESSED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL AND TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERSatin-finish stainless steel. Disposal door is self-closing. Receptacleretained in cabinet by tumbler lock. Capacity: 3⁄4-gal. (2.8-L). Holds tworolls up to 5 1⁄4" (135mm) diameter (1800 sheets). Rough Wall Opening:15 5⁄8" W, 11 1⁄4" H, 4" min. depth (395 x 285 x 100mm). Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 30" (760mm) to top of unit.

Theft-Resistant Spindle (Part No. 283-604) available as an option forabove model, see page 32.

ƒB-254 ClassicSeries SURFACE-MOUNTEDSANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSALSatin-finish stainless steel. Door has tumbler lock. Self-closing panel covers disposal opening. Removable, leak-proof, 1.2-gal. (4.6-L) plastic recep tacle. Unit 10 11⁄16" W, 15 1⁄8" H, 4 1⁄16" D (270 x 385 x 105mm).Universal/Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 30" (760mm) to top of unit.

ƒB-5270 MatrixSeries SURFACE-MOUNTEDSANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL Durable ABS plastic; grey color. Lid features finger tip handles for easyaccess. Capacity: 1.3-gal. (4.8-L). Unit 9 1⁄4" W, 11 3⁄8" H, 3 7⁄8" D (235 x290 x 100mm). Universal/ Barrier-Free Mtg. Ht.: 25–30" (635–760mm)to top of unit. Patented.

DISPOSABLE PAPER LINERS, 1000 PER CASE:ORDER PART NO. FOR MODEL NO.

270-12 B-270, B-5270353-12 B-254, B-353, B-35303,

B-354, B-357, B-3571,B-3574, B3579, B4353,B-4354

TOILET COMPARTMENT ACCESSORIES BARRIERFREE WASHROOM GUIDELINES:It is critical to consult state and local jurisdictions and accessibility codesto confirm compliance of horizontal and vertical mounting locations ofindividual and combination accessories within toilet compartments,including toilet tissue dispensers, toilet seat cover dispensers, sanitarynapkin disposals and grab bars.






Deltana-Bolts

Specifications:DIMENSIONS: 6”x3/4”x 1/8”CORNER: ROUNDBOX QTY: 5 PCCASE QTY: 150 PC

Stocked Product• Finishes:

US3, 10B, 15, 26D • Ives Equal# 265

6FBR Series 6” Flush Bolt Radius Corner

Specifications:DIMENSIONS: 6”x3/4”x 1/8”CORNER: SQUAREBOX QTY: 5 PCCASE QTY: 150 PC

Stocked Product• Finishes: US3, 10B, 15, 26D • Ives Equal# 262

6FBS Series 6” Flush Bolt Square Corner



Deltana - Bumpers & Stops

BDS30 Series - 3-1/4” Baseboard Door Bumpers, Solid Brass

Specifications:PROJECTION 4”BOX QTY: 10 PCCASE QTY: 200 PCCASE WEIGHT: 50 LBINCLUDED: Packed in individual poly bag with two rubber tips.

BDS425 Series - 4” Baseboard Door Bumpers, Solid Brass

Stocked Product• Finishes: 10B, 15 • Ives Equal# 62MB

Stocked Product• Finishes: 10B, 15, 26, 26D • Ives Equal# 61MB

Gray & white rubbertips included.

Gray & white rubbertips included.

Specifications:PROJECTION: 3-1/4”BOX QTY: 10 PCCASE QTY: 200 PCCASE WEIGHT: 60 LBINCLUDED: Packed in individual poly bag with two rubber tips.





Specifications:PROJECTION: 3-3/4”BOX QTY: 50 PCCASE QTY: 500 PC

SDS375 Series - 3 3/4” Baseboard Door Bumpers, Steel Spring, Heavy Duty

Stocked Product• Finishes: 10B, 15, 26• Ives Equal# 061

HP70 Series - Hinge Pin Stops, Hinge Mounted

Stocked Product• Finishes: 10B, 15• Ives Equal# 70

Specifications:PROJECTION: 2-1/2” x 1-15/16””BOX QTY: 30 PCCASE QTY: 300 PCCASE WEIGHT: 25 LBINCLUDED: Packed in individual poly bag.



Deltana - Catches

BC218R Series - Ball Catch, Round Corners, Solid Brass

Stocked Product• Finishes: US3, 10B, 15, 19, 26 • Ives Equal# 347

Specifications:SIZE: 2-1/8” x 1”STRIKE: 2-1/8” x 1-3/8”BOX QTY: 20 PCCASE QTY 200 PCCASE WEIGHT: 42 LBINCLUDED: Packed in individual poly bag withstrike plate and matching screws.

BC218 Series - Ball Catches, Solid Brass


Specifications:SIZE: 2-1/8” x 1”STRIKE: 2-1/8” x 1-3/8”BOX QTY: 20 PCCASE QTY: 200 PCCASE WEIGHT: 42 LBINCLUDED: Packed in individual poly bag withstrike plate and matching screws.



FP221R Series


Specifications:DESCRIPTION: ROUNDDIMENSIONS: 2-1/8” DIAMETERBOX QTY: 50 PCCASE QTY: 500 PCCASE WT: 21 LB

Deltana - Knobs & Pulls

FP222 Series

Stocked Product• Finishes: 10B, 15 • Ives Equal# 222

Specifications:DESCRIPTION: RECTANGLEDIMENSIONS: 3-1 /8” x 1-5/16 “ x

7/16”BOX QTY: 20 PCCASE QTY: 200 PCCASE WT: 30 LB

FP223 Series

Stocked Product• Finishes: 10B, 15 • Ives Equal# 223

Specifications:DESCRIPTION: OBLONGDIMENSIONS: 3-1 /2” x 1-1/4” x 5/16”BOX QTY: 40 PCCASE QTY: 400 PCCASE WT: 21 LB



Deltana - Knobs & Pulls


Specifications:BOX QTY: 20 PCCASE QTY: 200 PCCASE WEIGHT: 40 LBINCLUDED: Packed in individual poly bag.

EP475 Series - Edge Pulls, Solid Brass

Stocked ProductFinishes: 10B, 15

Specifications:SIZE: 4”x 13/4”x7/16”BOX QTY: 20 PCCASE QTY: 200 PCCASE WEIGHT: 30 LB

FP413 - Flush Pull



Deltana - Accessories

Specifications:SIZE: 2-1/2”x 2-3/4”BOX QTY: 10 PCCASE QTY: 50 PCCASE WT: 52 LB

SDL25 Series - Sliding Door Pocket Locks, Solid Brass - Privacy

Stocked Product• Finishes: 10B, 15, 26 • Ives Equal# 991



Deltana - Accessories

SDLA325 Series - Heavy Duty Pocket Locks, Adjustable, Solid Brass - Privacy

Specifications:SIZE: 3-1/4”x 2-1/4”BOX QTY: 10 PCCASE QTY: 50 PCCASE WT: 56 LB

SDPA325 Series - Heavy Duty Pocket Locks, Adjustable, Solid Brass - Passage

Stocked Product• Finishes: 10B, 15

Specifications:SIZE: 3-1/4”x 2-1/4”BOX QTY: 10 pcCASE QTY: 50 PCCASE WT: 62 LBSolid brass knob projection: 1-3/4”

Stocked Product• Finishes: 10B, 15

ABS-AMERICAN BUILDING SUPPLY, INC.

3/16 American Building Supply, Inc. 1

DoormericaPRODUCT/DESCRIPTION PAGETouch Screen Digital Lock ....................................................................................................................................................2-3Heavy Duty Commercial Cylindrical LHV Locks - Grade 1 .....................................................................................................4Standard Duty Commercial Cylindrical LSV Locks - Grade 2 .................................................................................................5Medium Duty Commercial Cylindrical LDV Locks - Grade 2 ..................................................................................................6Residential Cylindrical ECL Latchset - Grade 3 .....................................................................................................................7General Lock Information .....................................................................................................................................................8Deadlatches and Spring Latches ..........................................................................................................................................9Strikes and Accessories .......................................................................................................................................................9ASIL Adjustable - Simultaneous Retraction Interconnected Locks - Grade 2 .........................................................................10Deadbolts - Standard Duty Commercial 700 Series Deadbolt - Grade 2 ................................................................................11Deadbolts - Standard Duty 200 Series Deadbolt ..................................................................................................................12Heavy Duty Commercial Mortise Locks ................................................................................................................................13Mortise Locks - Function Chart ............................................................................................................................................14Handing Chart ......................................................................................................................................................................15Heavy Duty Exit Device 700 Series - Grade 1 .......................................................................................................................16Heavy Duty Vertical Rod Exit Device 700 Series - Grade 1 ....................................................................................................17Heavy Duty Vertical Rod Fire Rated Less Bottom Rod 700 Series - Grade 1 ..........................................................................18Heavy Duty Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device 700 Series - Grade 1 ...................................................................................19-20Escutcheon Levers - 700 Series ...........................................................................................................................................21Pull & Thumbpiece - 700 Series ...........................................................................................................................................21Glass Bead Shim Kit - 700 Series.........................................................................................................................................21Overlapping Strike - 700 Series ...........................................................................................................................................21Firebolt - 700 Series ...........................................................................................................................................................22Exit Alarm Kit - 700 Series ...................................................................................................................................................22Exit Device - Standard Duty Commercial Rim 500 Series .....................................................................................................23Exit Device - Standard Duty Commercial Surface Vertical Rod 500 Series ............................................................................24Exit Device Trim - 500 Series ...............................................................................................................................................25Pull Trim - 500 Series .........................................................................................................................................................25Exit Device Alarm Kit - 500 Series ........................................................................................................................................25Exit Device Vertical Rod Extension - 500 Series ....................................................................................................................25Exit Device Vertical Rod Back Plate - 500 Series ..................................................................................................................25Mullions ...............................................................................................................................................................................26Heavy Duty Door Closers - DC40 ..........................................................................................................................................27Heavy Duty Door Closers - DC851 ........................................................................................................................................28Standard Duty Door Closers - DC70 .....................................................................................................................................29Standard Duty Door Closer - DC161 .....................................................................................................................................30Standard Duty Door Closer - DC50 .......................................................................................................................................31Door Holder - Electro Magnetic ...........................................................................................................................................32Coordinators & Mounting Brackets .......................................................................................................................................33Automatic Flushbolts - For Metal and Wood Doors ...............................................................................................................34Manual Flushbolts................................................................................................................................................................35Dust Proof Strikes ................................................................................................................................................................36Full Line of Commercial and Residential Hinges ...................................................................................................................37-41Continuous Geared Aluminum Hinges ..................................................................................................................................42-43Premium Sliding Barn Door Hardware ..................................................................................................................................44-48Premium Sliding - Door Pulls ...............................................................................................................................................49Rustic Sliding Barn Door Hardware ......................................................................................................................................50-52Pushes and Pulls .................................................................................................................................................................53Kick Plates ...........................................................................................................................................................................53Door Guards - Swing Bar Lock, Door Angle Protector, Door Guard Shim................................................................................54Viewers - Solid Cast Brass ...................................................................................................................................................54Door Holders ........................................................................................................................................................................55Wall Stops ...........................................................................................................................................................................55Floor Stops ..........................................................................................................................................................................56Roller Latches ......................................................................................................................................................................57Ball Catches ........................................................................................................................................................................58Wall & Door Signs / ADA.......................................................................................................................................................59Doormerica Warranty ...........................................................................................................................................................60

CATEGORYLOCKS

LOCK/ACC.

LOCKS

HANDING CHARTEXITS

EXIT/TRIM

EXIT/ACC. 700

EXITS

EXIT/TRIM

EXIT/ACC. 500

MULLIONSCLOSERS

ELECT. HOLDERCOORDINATORS

AUTO FLUSHMANUAL FLUSHDUST STRIKES

HINGESCONTINUOUS HINGES

BARN DOOR HARDWARE

PLATES

GEN. H/W

SIGNSWARRANTY

2 American Building Supply, Inc. 3/16


DoormericaDMH Touch - Touch Screen Digital Lock with Smart+ Prox Card

Features:• Stand-alone Touchscreen responds to human touch

enabling convenient entrance or access to programming menu. After operation has been completed, the lock reverts to sleep mode.

• Grade 1 lockset with electronic modern touch screen.• Easy programmable menu.• Smart+ Prox card compatible - slim “no slot” design.• Convenient wake-up button illuminates and activates easy

to read key pad.• Low battery indicator.• Allows up to 1,000 individual user codes and credentials.• Free wheeling lever mechanism.• 9 volt battery terminal for emergency power supply.• Saturn lever design.• Allows continuous entry for non-restricted traffic.• Non-handed, field reversible.• Wake-up Button activates and illuminates the number pad

for PIN code and Prox Card entry.• Includes 2 Smart+ Prox Cards. Additional cards available.

CODE COMPLIANCE:• ANSI/BHMA - Certified ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 4000,

Grade 1 strength and operational requirements.• A.D.A. - All levers conformed to ADA requirement for barrier-

free accessibility.• UL/cUL - UL listed to USA and Canadian safety standards

listed for 3 hour doors. Letter F and UL symbol latch fronts indicate listing.

• Positive Pressure - Meets UL 10C and UBC 7-2(1997)• California State Reference Code - Levers with less than

1/2”(13mm) returns comply : Levers returns to within

1/2”(13mm) door face.

WARRANTY - ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF INSTALLATION

Continue to next page

Stocked Product Item Finish DMH Touch Lock 10A, 26DDMH Smart+ Prox Card



Doormerica

Stocked Product Item Finish DMH Touch Lock 10A, 26DDMH Smart+ Prox Card

Specifications: • User PIN Code

1,000 individual users codes + credentials• Smart+ Prox Card

- Compatible with existing MIFARE infrastructures - Operates at 13.56 MHz in accordance with ISO14443A - Inductive Distance up to 1-3/16”(~30mm) - PVC 1/32” x 2-1/8” x 3-3/8”(.076mm x 54mm x 85.6mm)

• Handing Non-Handed, Field reversible levers

• Lever mechanism Free wheeling lever mechanism. When the outside lever is locked, it will rotate freely up and down while remaining securely locked.

• Door thickness 1-3/8”~2”(35mm~51mm) standard

• Backset 2-3/4”(70mm) standard or 2-3/8”(60mm) special order

• Face plate 1-1/8” x 2-1/4” (28mm x 57mm) square corner, beveled, for 2-3/4”(70mm) backset standard 1” x 2-1/4”(25mm x 57mm) square corner, beveled, for 2-3/8”(60mm) backset optional

• Strike ANSI Curved lip strike 1-1/4” x 4-7/8” x 1-3/16”(32mm x 124mm x 30mm) lip to center standard. Optional (“T”, “Full- lip”) strike available on request.

• Exposed Trim Lever: pressure cast zinc, plated to match finish symbols. All metal escutcheon provide quality and durability.

• Latch bolt 1/2”(13mm) throw solid brass, deadlocking on keyed function.

• Lever design Saturn

• Cylinder 6-pin solid brass “Schlage C” keyway standard with two brass keys per lock.

• Finish US10A/US26D Other finishes available with lead time.

• Power source Powered by 4 AA Alkaline battery with optional hardwire. 9 volt battery terminal for emegency power supply.

• Environmental performance Weather resistant Temperature ranging from -30°F~150°F(-30°C~+66°C) at 85% relactive humidity.

Programming Functions: • Master PIN code

It is used for programming and register some kinds of PIN codes. It can open door and factory default setting.

• User PIN code It can open door and registered up to 1,000 codes, 3-6 digits.

• One-time user PIN code It can only be used once and the PIN code information is deleted automatically after use. It can be registered up to 3 different codes, 3-6 digits.

• Manager PIN code It can open the door with lockout mode and be used like User PIN code. It can be registered up to 3 different codes, 3-6 digits.

• Smart+ Prox Card It can be registered with each registration number(No.1~999) consecutively by Master PIN code. If not needed anymore, delete registration number only.

• Passage Mode Enabling Passage mode allows continuous entry for non-restricted traffic. Passage mode enabled or disabled through feature programming by either the Master or Manager PIN code. When the unit is in Passage Mode, the unlocked padlock icon will appear on the screen.

• Lock-out Mode This feature is enabled by either the Master or Manager PIN Codes. When enabled, it restricts all User PIN Code access except Master and Manager PIN Codes. When the unit is in Lock-out, the padlock will appear on the screen.

• Low Battery When battery power is low, the low battery icon will begin blinking. If battery power is completely lost, the key and cylinder can be used or the 9 volt battery terminal can be used for emegency power.

• Auto Re-lock time After successful code entry and the units unlocks, it will automatically re-lock in a default of five (5) seconds. RE-lock time can be changed by either Master or Manager PIN code.

• Sound Volume Can be changed by either Master or Manager PIN code. The factory default is 2 Level. ( Min1- Max3, Mute4).

DMH Touch - Touch Screen Digital Lock (Continued from previous page)



Doormerica

Features: • Non-Handed and Reversible. • 2-3/4” Backset, 1-1/8”x 2-1/4” Face Plate, UL 3 Hour Fire Listed

Stainless Steel Latch or Dead-latch. • 1-1/4” x 4-7/8” ANSI Strike. • Schlage “C” 6 Pin Keyway Standard. • Saturn Lever Trim. • Barrier Free and Returns within 1/2” from the Door Face. • Door Thickness 1-3/4” -2”

Options: • CL -Clutch Function -Lever Rotates without Unlatching Lock. • IC -Small format Interchangeable Core available.

Core NOT included. • PLKLHVSL238 -2-3/8” Backset, Spring Latch.

(SOLD SEPERATELY) • PLKLHVDL238 -2-3/8” Backset. Dead Latch.

(SOLD SEPERATELY)

Stocked Product Item Style Finish LHV10, LHV40, LHV50, LHV53, LHV70, LHV80, LHV170 Saturn 10B, 26DLHV10, LHV40, LHV50, LHV53, LHV70, LHV80, LHV170 Sparta 10B, 26DLHV53, LHV70, LHV80 IC core less core Saturn 26DLHV50, LHV53, LHV70, LHV80 IC core less core Sparta 26DLHVCL53, LHVCL70, LHVCL80 Clutch Saturn 10B, 26DLHVCL53, LHVCL70, LHVCL80 Clutch Sparta 26DLHVCL53, LHVCL70, LHVCL80 IC With clutch Saturn 26DLHVCL53, LHVCL70, LHVCL80 IC With clutch Sparta 26D

LHV - Heavy Duty Commercial Cylindrical Locks-Grade 1

CODE COMPLIANCE: • ANSI A156.2 Grade 1. UL10C and UBC 7.2 for positive

pressure. • ANSIA117.1 and ADA for barrier-free accessibility • C-UBC -California Amended Uniform Builders Code -2001 • NFPA-80 -National Fire Protection -1999 • NFPA-101 National Fire Protection-Life Safety 2000

LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY



DoormericaLSV - Standard Duty Commercial Cylindrical Locks-Grade 2

Stocked Product Item Style Finish LSV10, LSV20, LSV40, LSV53, LSV70, LSV80, LSV170 Saturn/Sparta 26DLSV10, LSV40, LSV53, LSV80 Saturn/Sparta US3, 10B, 26LSV20 Saturn 10BLSV53, LSV70, LSV80 IC core less core Saturn 26DLSV53, LSV70, LSV80 clutch Saturn 10B, 26DLSV70 Saturn 10B, 26LSV70 Sparta US3, 10B, 26LSV170 Saturn US3, 10B, 26LSV170 Sparta 10B, 26

Features: • Non-Handed and Reversible. • 2-3/4” Backset, 1-1/8” x 2-1/4” Face Plate, UL 3 Hour Fire

Listed Stainless Steel Latch or Dead-latch. • 1-1/4” x 4-7/8” ANSI Strike. • Schlage “C” 6 Pin Keyway Standard. • Barrier Free & Returns within 1/2” from Door Face. • Saturn and Sparta Lever Trim. • Door Thickness 1-3/8” -1-3/4” • RTB-Removable thru bolts supplied but NOT installed.

Options: • CL -Clutch Function -Lever Rotates without unlatching the door • IC -Small format Interchangeable Core available.

Core NOT included. • PLSVSL238 2-3/8” Backset Spring Latch. (SOLD SEPERATELY)• PLSVDL238 2-3/8” Backset Dead Latch. (SOLD SEPERATELY)• Suffix “1” -1” x 2-1/4” Latch Face Plate. • PLKEXT5 -Extension for 5” Backset.

CODE COMPLIANCE: • ANSI A156.2 Grade 2. UL10C and UBC 7.2 for positive

pressure. • ANSIA117.1 and ADA for barrier-free accessibility • C-UBC -California Amended Uniform Builders Code -2001 • NFPA-80 National Fire Protection Assoc.-1999 • NFPA-101 National Fire Protection-Life Safety 2000




Doormerica

Features: • Non-handed and reversible • 2-3/4” backset, 1-1/8” x 2-1/4” face plate • PLKASA -4-7/8” x 1-1/4” ANSI strike • Schlage “C” 6 pin keyway standard • Saturn lever trim • Barrier free and returns within 1/2” from the door face • Door thickness 1-3/8” -1-3/4”

Options: • PLSVSL238 -2-3/8” backset, spring latch

(SOLD SEPERATELY)• PLSVDL238 -2-3/8” backset, dead latch

(SOLD SEPERATELY)• 1” x 2-1/4” latch & dead-latch available • PLKFL -2-1/4” x 1-1/4” full lip strike

(SOLD SEPERATELY)• PLKT -2-3/4” x 1-1/4” - “T” strike

(SOLD SEPERATELY)

LDV - Medium Duty Commercial Cylindrical Locks-Grade 2

CODE COMPLIANCE: • ANSI A156.2 Grade 2. UL10C and UBC 7.2 for positive pressure. • ANSIA117.1 and ADA for barrier-free accessibility • C-UBC -California Amended Uniform Builders Code -2001 • NFPA-80 National Fire Protection Assoc.-1999 • NFPA-101 National Fire Protection-Life Safety 2000

1 YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY

Stocked Product Item Style Finish LDV10,LDV20,LDV40,LDV53,LOV70,LDV80,LDV170 Saturn/Sparta 26D



Doormerica

Features: • Non-handed and reversible • PECL-SlADJ -Adjustable backset, 2-3/8’ or 2-3/4” • 1” x 2-1/4” faceplate spring latch • PLKT-2-3/4” x 1-1/4” -”1” strike • LEV lever trim only • Barrier free • Door thickness 1-3/8” -1-3/4”

ECL - Residential Cylindrical Latchset-Grade 3

Stocked Product Item Design Finish ECL10, ECL40, ECL170 LEV 10B, 26D, US3

CODE COMPLIANCE: • ANSIA117.1 and ADA for barrier-free accessibility • NFPA101 National Fire Protection-Life Safety 2000


Options: • PLKFL -2-1/4” x 1-1/4” full lip strike (SOLD SEPERATELY) • PLKASA -4-7/8” x 1-1/4” ASA strike (SOLD SEPERATELY)

ECL10 Passage • Latch by lever either side. • Both levers always free.

ECL40 Privacy• Latch by lever either side.• Outside lever locked by push button. • Outside lever unlocked by emergency

release or by rotating inside lever. Inside lever always free.

ECL170 Dummy • Lever acts as pull only. • No operation.

Functions:



DoormericaLock - General Information

Options:



DoormericaLock - General AccessoriesDeadlatches and Spring Latches

PLSVSL238 GRADE 2

PLHVSL238 GRADE 12-3/8” Backset Spring Latch

PLKASA 4-7/8” x 1-1/4” ASA

PLKT 2-3/4” x 1-1/4” “T” Strike

PLKFL 2-1/4” x 1-1/4” Full Lip Strike

Stocked Product Item Finish PLHV latches 10B,26DPLSV latches US3,10B,26DFaceplate Standard 1-1/8” x 2-1/4” Optional Faceplate 1” x 2-1/4” stocked for LSV (DL and SL) In 2-3/4” and 2-3/8” BS PLEASE SPECIFY

PLSVDL238 GRADE 2

PLHVDL238 GRADE 12-3/8” Backset Dead Latch

PLSVSL234 GRADE 2

PLHVSL234 GRADE 12-3/4” Backset Spring Latch

PLSVDL234 GRADE 2

PLHVDL234 GRADE 1

2-3/4” Backset Dead Latch

Strikes and Accessories

Stocked Product Item Finish Strikes US3, 1OB, 26D

PLSVEXT5 Extension for Backset



Doormerica

ASIL Adjustable - Simultaneous Retraction Interconnected Grade 2 Locks

CODE COMPLIANCE:• ANSI A156.12 Grade 2. UL10C and UBC 7.2 for positive pressure. • ANSIA 117.1 and ADA for barrier-free accessibility. • C-UBC -California Amended Uniform Builders Code-2001. • NFPA-80-National Fire Protection Association 1999. • NFPA101 National Fire Protection Association Life Safety -2000


Stocked Product Item Lever Finish ASIL10 Saturn 10B, 26DASIL10 Sparta 10B, 26DASIL53 Saturn 10B, 26D ASIL53 Sparta 10B, 26D

Features: • LEVER -Saturn (SAT) Style with 4 -1/2” Length and Returns

1/2” from Door Face. • ESCUTCHEON -6-7/8” x 2-5/8” Brass Interconnecting Plate • LATCHBOLT -2-3/4” Backset, UL 3 Hour Fire Listed with 1/2”

Throw. (2-3/8” Backset Optional) (SOLD SEPERATELY)• DEADBOLT -2-3/4” Backset, 1” Throw Brass with Hardened

Steel Pins. DEADBOLT ADJ. 2-3/8 -2 3/4

• PLKT -TLockset Strikes & 2-3/4 x 1-1/8” Latch Strike. • PDBS -Deadbolt Strikes & 2-3/4 x 1-1/8” Deadbolt Strike. • Schlage “C” 6 Pin Keyway. Other Keyways Available. • ASIL CTC 4” or 5-1/2”

Functions: • SIL10 -Single Locking

Deadbolt thrown or retracted by dead bolt key or inside thumb turn. Outside lever always retracts latch. Inside lever simultaneously retracts deadbolt and latch for immediate egress.

• SIL53 -Double Locking Deadbolt may be thrown or retracted by outside key or inside thumb turn. The lever may be locked or unlocked by key or rotating inside turn button. Turning inside lever always simultaneously retracts both deadbolt and latch for immediate egress.

or 5-1/2”



Doormerica

Features: • Tested to exceed 150,000 operational cycles ANSI Grade 2

requirements for durability.• 3” steel screws provide the added strength to prevent against

break-in attacks for Wood Door. (Exclusive concealed wood frame reinforcer protects wood jambs from kick-in attacks.)

• 1” throw, high-strength deadbolt with hardened steel roller resists sawing and kick-in attacks.

• Standard dust box includes additional space inside strike box for true deadlatch. Provides deep anchoring and added strength.

• Concealed screws on double cylinder deadbolts for enhanced security and safety.

Specifications:• Handing Non-handed• Door Thickness 1-3/8” -1-3/4” • Backset 2-3/4” standard, 2-3/8” optional• Faceplate 1-1/8” x 2-1/4” standard• Dead bolt 1” throw with saw resistant hardened

steel roller inserted • Strike 1-1/8” x 2-3/4” metal and wood strikes

with strike reinforcement supplied standard

• Cylinder 5 & 6 pin solid brass “Schlage C” keyway standard with two brass keys per lock

• Keyways Available for all keyways of most major manufacturers

Options: • SFIC (small format) interchangeable core and high security

cylinders• Compatible 6 or 7 pin cores with Best style• Master keying, Grand master keying and construction keying

Stocked Product Item Finish DB751 US3, 10B, 15, 26, 26D DB751 IC less core 10B, 26, 26DDB760 (DBL CYL) US3, 10B, 15, 26, 26DDB760 (DBL CYL) IC less core 10B, 26, 26DDB780 US3, 10B, 26, 26D


CODE COMPLIANCE:Meets ADA Requirements specifically designed for Barrier Free ApplicationANSI/BHMA A 156.5 Series 4000, Grade 2 strength and operational requirementsUL listed to USA and Canadian safety standards listed for 3 hour doorsMeets UL 10C and UBC 7-2 (1997) Positive Pressure

Wood Door Frame Reinforcer(Concealed under strike/deeply anchored to jamb with 2 3” screws)Functions:

• Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key from outside or by turning inside turn.

• Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown.

• Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key from either side.


DB760 Double Cylinder

DB751 Single Cylinder

• Deadbolt thrown or retracted by turn only. • No through holes in door. Designed for

half door preparation. • Half bore is 1-5/8” (Do not bore through)

DB780 - Door Bolt

SeeTemplate

700 Series - Standard Duty Commercial Deadbolt - Grade 2



Doormerica

Features: • Deadbolt has Hardened Steel Inserts to Prevent

Sawing Through. • Full 1”Throw Deadbolt. • Adjustable Backset 2-3/8” or 2-3/4” Steel Bolt. • PDB-S -2-3/4” x 1-1/8” Deadbolt Strike • Schlage “C” 6 Pin Keyway Standard. • Door thickness 1-3/8” -1-3/4” • 1/4” Heavy Duty Gauge Thru Bolts.

Options: • IC -Small format Interchangeable Core available.

Core NOT included. • NDBADJ Adjustable Deadbolt only.

Stocked Product Item Finish DB251 US3,10B,26D,32D DB251 IC less core 26D,32DDB260 (DBL CYL) 32DDB280 US3,10B,26,32D DB290 US3,10B,32D DBADJ (ADJ. BOLT ONLY) 10B, 26D

200 Series - Standard Duty Deadbolts - Grade 2

Functions:

Functions:

• Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key from outside or by turning inside turn.



DB260

DB251

• Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key from either side.


DB260 - Double Cylinder

• Deadbolt thrown or retracted by turn only.

• No through holes in door. Designed for half door preparation.

• Half bore is 1-5/8” (Do not bore through)

• Deadbolt thrown or retracted by turn only.

• Outside plate covers and mounts over standard deadbolt door Preparation.

DB290 - Bolt & Plate



Doormerica

Features:• Non Handed• Stock 6 pin Schlage “C” keyway, drilled for construction keying• Door thickness 1-3/4” standard, other thicknesses

available when specified• Backset 2-3/4 “• Lock case Heavy gauge plated steel• Armored Front Wrought stainless steel or brass-

adjustable angle and attached by screws to the lock case front

• Dead bolt 1” throw, stainless steel with hardened anti-saw pins

• Latch bolt Stainless steel latch and anti-friction insert

• Guard bolt Stainless steel• Stop works Push buttons- chrome plated brass• Strike Stainless steel or brass, 4-7/8” x

1-1/4” curved lip ANSI strike• Handing Handed, reversible in field• UL Listings UL listed, 3 hour fire doors, single

and pairs• ANSI Specification Meets all Grade 1 security,

operational, dimensional and cycling requirements of ANSI/BHMA A156.13 Series 1000, Lock body conforms to Federal Standatd FF-H-106 Type 86/87

Specifications:Mortise Locks – ML series. All locks or latches are provided with 3 hour listed stainless steel dead latch or spring latch. Lock chassis shall be stainless steel, steel bar and cold rolled steel case with ball-bearing roller retractors.

Options:• Trim: 06, 17, 03, specify “A” for sectional trim• Finish: US26D• Available with “clutch type” lever, Specify ML “C”.

Note: Different template required. Clutch only available with 06 lever.

CODE COMPLIANCE:

• ANSI A156.13 Series 1000 Grade 1 • Listed UL10C and UBC 7.2 for positive pressure.• ANSI A117.1 ADA Barrier-free Accessibility • C-UBC California Uniform Builders Code -2001• NFPA-80 National Fire Protection -1999

• NFPA-101National Fire Protection-Life Safety-2000


Heavy Duty Commercial Mortise Locks



Doormerica

PICTURE SERIES FUNCTION ANSI NUMBER

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

ML9010Passageor Closet

F01

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side at all times.

ML9040Privacy orBathroom

F19

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side. Dead bolt operated by turn frominside and emergency release from outside. Operating inside lever retractsboth bolts.

ML9050Entry/Office

F04

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side, except when outside lever is madeinoperative by a stop or mechanical means other than key. When outside lever islocked, latch bolt is retracted by key from outside or by operating inside lever.***Auxiliary dead bolt latch.

ML9070 Classroom F05

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side, except when outside lever is lockedfrom outside by key or push button mechanism. When outside lever is locked,latch bolt may be retracted by key, or by operating key or push button mechanismand outside lever from outside or by operating inside lever. ***Auxiliarydead bolt latch.

ML9080Storeroomor Closet

F07

Latch bolt operated by key from outside or by rotating inside lever. Outside leveris always inoperative. ***Auxiliary dead bolt latch.

ML9453Entranca/

Apartment/Dormitory

F20

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side, except when outside lever is madeinoperative by bush button rocker. Dead bolt projected by key from outside andby thumb turn from inside. Key outside operates both bolts. Operating inside leverretracts both bolts and outside remains locked. Latch bolt is deadlocked whenoutside lever is made inoperative or when the dead bolt is projected. When dead boltis retracted, lever is unlocked by stop or mechanical means other than key.

Pig 2

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side. Dead bolt operated by key fromeither side.

MSS-14

MSE-14

MSW-14

Storeroom F14

Latch bolt operated by key from outside or by rotating inside lever. Outside lever is always inoperative. Dead bolt operated by thumb turn from inside and all keys except emergency and display key are shut out. Operating inside lever retractsboth bolts. ***Auxiliary dead bolt latch.

MSS-15

MSE-15

MSW-15

Hotel or

MotelF15

Dead bolt operated by key on either side.

MSS-16

MSE-16

MSW-16

Deadlock F16

Dead bolt operated by key outside and turn piece inside.

MSS-17

MSE-17

MSW-17

Deadlock F17

Dead bolt by key from outside only.

MSS-18

MSE-18

MSW-18

Deadlock F18

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side. Dead bolt operated by turn frominside and emergency release from outside. Operating inside lever retractsboth bolts.

MSS-19

MSE-19

MSW-19

Privacy orBathroom

F02

F19

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side. Dead bolt projected by key from outside and thumb turn from inside. Operating inside lever retracts both boltsand unlock outside.

MSS-13

MSE-13

MSW-13

Dormitory

or ExitF13

Pg 3

Latch bolt operated by lever either side. Dead bolt operated by key outside or by turn from inside.

MSS-21

MSE-21

MSW-21

Dormitory

with

Dead bolt

F21

Latch bolt operated by lever either side, except when outside lever is locked by inside turn. Operating inside lever, closing door or operating outside emergency release unlocks outside lever.

MSS-22

MSE-22

MSW-22

Privacy F22

Key from outside operates dead bolt. Turn from inside retracts but does notproject dead bolt.

MSS-29

MSE-29

MSW-29

Classroom

Dead bolt

(only)

F29

Latch bolt operated by key either side. Both levers always inoperative. ***Auxiliarylatch deadlocks latch bolt.

MSS-30

MSE-30

MSW-30

Institution F30

Latch bolt operated by lever from inside. Non removable blank lever or no leveroutside. ***Auxiliary latch deadlocks latch bolt.

MSS-31

MSE-31

MSW-31

Exit F31

Latch bolt operated by lever either side, except when outside lever is locked frominside or outside by key. When outside lever is locked, latch bolt is retracted bykey from inside or outside or by operating inside lever. ***Auxiliary latch Deadlock latch bolt.

MSS-32

MSE-32

MSW-32

IntruderLatch bolt

F32

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side, except when outside lever is madeinoperative by bush button rocker. Dead bolt projected by key from outside andby thumb turn from inside. Key outside operates both bolts. Operating inside leverretracts both bolts and outside remains locked. Latch bolt is deadlocked whenoutside lever is made inoperative or when the dead bolt is projected. When dead boltis retracted, lever is unlocked by stop or mechanical means other than key.

MSS-20

MSE-20

MSW-20

Entranca/

Apartment/

Dormitory

F20

Pg 1


MSS-01

MSE-01

MSW-01

Passage

or ClosetF01

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side, except when outside lever is made inoperative by a stop or mechanical means other than key. When outside lever is locked, latch bolt is retracted by key from outside or by operating inside lever. ***Auxiliary dead bolt latch.

MSS-04

MSE-04

MSW-04

Entry/

OfficeF04

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side, except when outside lever is locked from outside by key or push button mechanism. When outside lever is locked, latch bolt may be retracted by key, or by operating key or push button mechanismand outside lever from outside or by operating inside lever. ***Auxiliary dead bolt latch.

MSS-05

MSE-05

MSW-05

Classroom F05

Latch bolt operated by lever either side, except when outside lever is locked from

outside by key. Latch bolt can be locked in a retracted position by key. When

outside lever is locked, latch bolt is retracted by key from outside or by operating

inside lever unless latch bolt has been locked in a retracted position.

***Auxiliary latch deadlocks latch bolt.

MSS-06

MSE-06

MSW-06

Holdback F06

Latch bolt operated by key from outside or by rotating inside lever. Outside lever is always inoperative. ***Auxiliary dead bolt latch.

MSS-07

MSE-07

MSW-07

Storeroom

or ClosetF07

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side, except when outside lever is locked by key from inside. When outside lever is locked, latch bolt is retracted by key from outside or by operating inside lever. ****Auxiliary dead bolt latch

MSS-09

MSE-09

MSW-09

Apartment / Exit or

Public ToiletF09

Latch bolt operated by lever from either side, except when outside lever is madeinoperative by a stop or mechanical means other than key. Dead bolt projected by key from outside and by turn from inside. Deadbolt retracted by key fromoutside and by turn from inside. Operating inside lever retracts both bolts andoutside remains locked.

MSS-12

MSE-12

MSW-12

Dormitory

or ExitF12

Pg 1


MSS-01

MSE-01

MSW-01

Passage

or ClosetF01


MSS-04

MSE-04

MSW-04

Entry/

OfficeF04


MSS-05

MSE-05

MSW-05

Classroom F05






MSS-06

MSE-06

MSW-06

Holdback F06


MSS-07

MSE-07

MSW-07

Storeroom

or ClosetF07


MSS-09

MSE-09

MSW-09

Apartment / Exit or

Public ToiletF09


MSS-12

MSE-12

MSW-12

Dormitory

or ExitF12

Pg 1


MSS-01

MSE-01

MSW-01

Passage

or ClosetF01


MSS-04

MSE-04

MSW-04

Entry/

OfficeF04


MSS-05

MSE-05

MSW-05

Classroom F05






MSS-06

MSE-06

MSW-06

Holdback F06


MSS-07

MSE-07

MSW-07

Storeroom

or ClosetF07


MSS-09

MSE-09

MSW-09

Apartment / Exit or

Public ToiletF09


MSS-12

MSE-12

MSW-12

Dormitory

or ExitF12

Pg 1


MSS-01

MSE-01

MSW-01

Passage

or ClosetF01


MSS-04

MSE-04

MSW-04

Entry/

OfficeF04


MSS-05

MSE-05

MSW-05

Classroom F05






MSS-06

MSE-06

MSW-06

Holdback F06


MSS-07

MSE-07

MSW-07

Storeroom

or ClosetF07


MSS-09

MSE-09

MSW-09

Apartment / Exit or

Public ToiletF09


MSS-12

MSE-12

MSW-12

Dormitory

or ExitF12

Heavy Duty Commercial Mortise Locks

MSE (Standard Escutcheon)

How To Order

Function

Lever

Finish

MSE (Standard Escutcheon), MSS (Sectional)MSW (Wide Escutcheon)

See Function Chart

See Lever Listing

See Finish Listing

Example

1. Sectional Trim

2. Office Function

3. Gala Lever

4. Satin Chrome

MSS-04-G-626

Trim

707 N. Barranca Ave., Bldg #6, Covina, CA 91723Toll Free: 877-858-0888 Tel: 626-858-5080 Fax: 626-858-3393 [email protected] TownSteel Inc.

Heavy-Duty Mortise Locks

MSS (Sectional)

Thumb Turn MSW (Wide Escutcheon)

TownSteel®

MSE (Standard Escutcheon)

How To Order

Function

Lever

Finish

MSE (Standard Escutcheon), MSS (Sectional)MSW (Wide Escutcheon)

See Function Chart

See Lever Listing

See Finish Listing

Example

1. Sectional Trim

2. Office Function

3. Gala Lever

4. Satin Chrome

MSS-04-G-626

Trim

707 N. Barranca Ave., Bldg #6, Covina, CA 91723Toll Free: 877-858-0888 Tel: 626-858-5080 Fax: 626-858-3393 [email protected] TownSteel Inc.

Heavy-Duty Mortise Locks

MSS (Sectional)

Thumb Turn MSW (Wide Escutcheon)

TownSteel®

06 03

17

For Sectional trim specify “A”



DoormericaHanding Chart

HAND



Doormerica

Features: • Chassis mounted unit construction. • Minimum style 4-1/2”. • Standard door thickness 1-3/4”. • For all doors up to 36”. • Universal design retrofits on Von Duprin 99 series &

Sargent 88 Series. • Material: Cover, and cap and rail are made of brass, bronze

or stainless steel. • 161 ANSI cutout. • Mounting: Furnished with wood & machine screws.

Thru bolts, standard on fire rated devices. • Non Handed. • Latch Bolt: Stainless Steel 3/4”

Dimensions: Touchbar Height to finish floor .... 41” at centerTouchbar Projection Neutral ........................ 2-1/2” Depressed ................... 1-3/4”Center case ................................... 8-1/2” x 2-1/2” x 2”Device Length Standard ..................... 2’2” - 3’ Long (L) ....................... 2’9” - 4’

Options: • Stocked 48” length, specify “L” • Available different functions. Lever escutcheon trims are

Grade 1 construction with clutch free wheeling mechanism. Covers 161 cutout, see page 11.

• ALRMKIT700 Alarm Kit available for 3’ & 4’ applications. • Glass Bead Kits available.

Stocked Product Item Finish EDR701 10B, 28, 32D 36” & 48” length applications EDFR701 10B, 28, 32D 36” & 48” length applications

EDR701 / EDFR701 - Heavy Duty Grade 1 Rim Exit Device

CODE COMPLIANCE: • ANSI A165.3, Grade 1 • UL listed for Panic and UL 10C, UBC 7-2-1997 codes. • UL listed for Fire Exit Hardware. 3 Hours. • (A) label rating on pairs of doors up to 8’0” x 8’O” swinging

in same or opposite directions.


Specifications: • All exit devices shall be of touch bar design with smooth

operation and be operative over 2/3 of the door’s clear opening width.

• All exit devices must be listed under “Panic Hardware” in the Accident Equipment List of Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc. Where labeled doors are used as exits, they must be equipped with labeled Fire Exit Hardware and UL 10C, UBC 7-2-1997 codes.

• All exit devices shall be of chassis mounted unit construction.



Doormerica

Features: • Chassis mounted unit construction. • Minimum style 3-1/2”. • Standard door thickness 1-3/4”. • For all doors up to 36”. • Universal design retrofits on Von Duprin 9927 series

& Sargent 88 Series. • Material: Cover, and cap and rail are made of brass,

bronze or stainless steel. • 161 ANSI cutout. • Mounting: Furnished with wood & machine screws.

Thru bolts. standard on fire rated devices. • Non Handed. • Latch Bolt: Stainless Steel 3/4” • Limited Lifetime Warranty

EDV701 / EDFV701 - Heavy Duty Grade 1 Vertical Rod Exit Device

Options: • Stocked 48” x 96” length, specify “L” • Available different functions. Lever escutcheon trims

are Grade 1 construction with clutch free wheeling mechanism. Covers 161 cutout.

• Alarm Kit available for 3’ & 4’ applications. • Glass Bead Kits available.

CODE COMPLIANCE:• ANSI A165.3, Grade 1• UL listed for Panic and UL 10C, UBC 7-2-1997 codes.• UL listed for Fire Exit Hardware. 3 Hours.• (A) label rating on pairs of doors up to 8’0” x 8’O”

swinging in same or opposite directions.


Stocked Product Item Finish EDV701 10B, 28, 32D 36”x 96”, 48” x 96” EDFV701 10B, 28, 32D 36”x 96”, 48” x 96”

Dimensions: Touchbar Height to finish floor .. 41” at center Touchbar Projection Neutral ...................... 2-1/2” Depressed ................. 1-3/4” Center case .................................. 8-1/2” x 2-1/2” x 2” Device length Standard.................... 2’2” to 3’ Long (L) .................... 2’9” to 4’ Top and Bottom latch case................... 3-15/16” x 2-1/8” x 1-3/8” Fire Rated Bottom case ........................ 3-15/16” x 2-11/16” x 2-1/6” Top and Bottom Rod length standard .. . Top Rod 53 - 1/6” Bottom Rod 37-3/4” Top and Bottom Rod 48” x 96” ............. Top Rod 53-1/6” Bottom Rod 37-3/4”

Specifications:• All exit devices shall be of touch bar design with

smooth operation and be operative over 2/3 of the door’s clear opening width.

• All exit devices must be listed under “Panic Hardware” in the Accident Equipment List of Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc. Where labeled doors are used as exits, they must be equipped with labeled Fire Exit Hardware and UL 1OC, UBC 7-2-1997 codes.

• All exit devices shall be of chassis mounted unit construction.



Doormerica

Features: • LBR No Bottom Strike. Free access for wheel

chairs, stretcher and carts • For all doors 3’x 8’ • Standard door thickness 1-3/4”. • Minimum style 3-1/2” for double door

applications. • Mounting: thru bolts are standard • Material: Cover, and cap and rail are made of

brass, bronze or stainless steel. • Non Handed. • 161 ANSI cutout. • Latch Bolt & Spring: Stainless Steel • Auxiliary spring latch (fire Bolt) is installed in

lower edge of door, when exposed fire bolt releases keeping the door closed and regulated.

EDFV701 x LBR - Heavy Duty Grade 1 Vertical Rod Fire Rated - Less Bottom Rod

Options: • Stocked 48” x 96” length, specify “L” • Fire bolt separate part number FB385 • Available different functions. Lever escutcheon

trims are Grade 1 construction with clutch free wheeling mechanism. Covers 161 cutout.

• ALRMKIT700 Alarm Kit available for 3’ & 4’ applications.

• Glass Bead Kits available.

CODE COMPLIANCE: • ANSI A165.3, Grade 1 • UL & ULC listed. LBR series for fire exit hardware

for all types of 8’x 8’ double doors icluding double egress for up to 3 hour metal, H/2 hour wood doors fire labeled installtions. Conforms to standard UL 1DC, UBC 7-2-1997 codes.


Dimensions: Touchbar height to finished floor......... 41” at center Touchbar Projection Neutral ........................ 2-1/2” Depressed ................... 1-3/4” Center case ................................... 8-1/2” x 2-1/2” x 2” Device length Short 3’ ....................... 2’2” to 3’ Long 4’ ........................ 2’9” to 4’ Panic grade top latch case ................. 3-15/16” x 2-1/8” x 1-3/8” Fire grade top latch case .................... 3-15/16” x 2-11/16” x 2-1/16” Top rod length for 36” x 84” doors ...... Top rod 43-1/4” Top rod length for 48” x 96” doors ...... Top rod 53-1/16” Vertical rod ................................... 1/2” Round tubing

Stocked Product Item Finish EDFV701 x LBR 10B, 28, 32D36” x 96”, 48” x 96”



DoormericaEDCVM701 / EDFCVM701 - Heavy Duty Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device (for metal doors)

Specifications: For Doors ...................... Metal. 13/4” (44.5mm) minimum thickness 4 1/2” (114mm) minimum stile widthChassis ......................... Nonferrous alloyChassis Cover ............... Bronze or stainless steelMounting ...................... Furnished standard with machine screws.End Cap ........................ Brass, Bronze or stainless Steel ConstructionHanding ........................ Easily field reversible. Specify at time of order LHRB, RHRB for convenience.ANSI standard ............... A156.3, Grade 1.Strike ............................ 260 top and 265 bottom.

Top and bottom bolts- Stainless steel. Top and bottom bolt travel 7/16” (11mm) Projection adjustable up to 1(25mm)Fire Exit hardware ......... EDFCVM701 Series for fire Exit hardware for all types of 8’0” x 8’0” Double doors for up to 3 hour fire labeled installations, conforms to standards UL10C and UBC 7-2-1997 codes.Rail height ................... Specify door opening and mounting height of center line of rail ordering an vertical Rod Exit Device 41” from floor.Trim .............................. See trim Designs sectionDoor size ...................... 36” x 84” 36” x 96” 48” x 84” 48” x 96”

CODE COMPLIANCE: ANSI A 156.3 Grade 2. UL 1 OC and UBC 7.2 for positive pressure. ANSIA117.1 and ADA for barrier-free accessibility C-UBC -California Uniform Builders Code 2001 NFPA-80 -National Fire Protection Association 1999NFPA101 National Fire Protection -Ufe Safety 2000

LIFETIME WARRANTY

Stocked Product Item Finish EDCVM701 10B, 32D36”x 84”, 48” x 84”, 36” x 96”, 48” x 96”

EDFCVM701 10B, 32D36”x 84”, 48” x 84”, 36” x 96”, 48” x 96”



Doormerica

Stocked Product Item Finish EDCVW701 10B, 32D36”x 84”, 48” x 84”, 36” x 96”, 48” x 96”

EDFCVW701 10B, 32D36”x 84”, 48” x 84”, 36” x 96”, 48” x 96”

EDCVW701 / EDFCVW701 - Heavy Duty Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device (for wood doors)

Specifications: For Doors ...................... Wood. 13/4” (44.5mm) minimum thickness 4 1/2” (114mm) minimum stile widthChassis ......................... Nonferrous alloyChassis Cover ............... Bronze or stainless steelMounting ...................... Furnished standard with wood and machine screws.End Cap ........................ Brass, Bronze or stainless Steel ConstructionHanding ........................ Easily field reversible. Specify at time of order LHRB, RHRB for convenience.ANSI standard ............... A156.3, Grade 1.Strike ............................ 260 top and 265 bottom.

Top and bottom bolts- Stainless steel. Top and bottom bolt travel 7/16(11mm) Projection adjustable up to 1” (25mm)Fire Exit hardware ......... EDFCVW701 Series for fire Exit hardware for all types of 8’0” x 8’0” Double doors for up to 1-1/2 hour fire labeled installations, conforms to standards UL10C and UBC 7-2-1997 codes.Rail height ................... Specify door opening and mounting height of center line of rail ordering an vertical Rod Exit Device 41” from floor.Trim .............................. See trim Designs sectionDoor size ...................... 36” x 84” 36” x 96” 48” x 84” 48” x 96”


LIFETIME WARRANTY



Doormerica

Features: • Grade 1, thrubolted design, clutch freewheeling. Non handed design.

Easily field reversible. • Hardened steel heavy duty tailpiece. Available for fire and non fire rated rim

and vertical rod exit devices. • Keyed functions stock “C” keyway, 1-1/8” mortise cylinder • Door thickness 1-3/4” • Escutcheon dimensions: 2-5/16” width x 8 1/2” length, lever 3/4”.

Fits & covers 2-1/8” 161 cutout.

Functions: Entry (L) ETL Key locks and unlocks lever ANSI 13 Passage (BE) ETLBE Trim always free operable ANSI 15

Dummy (DT) ETLDT Dummy trim, One sided ANSI 10

Store Room (NL) ETLNL Key retracts latch bolt otherwise locked ANSI 04

Escutcheon Lever Design

Pull & Thumbpiece Design

Options: Available with SFIC less core cylinder contact sales department

Stocked Product Item FinishETDT 10B, 32D ETNL 10B, 32DETTP 10B, 32D“C” keyway Cylinder type: ETTP mortise, ETNL rim

Stocked Product Item FinishETL 10B, 26DETLBE 10B, 26DETLDT 10B, 26DETLNL 10B, 26DLever: Rhodes type

For Concealed ApplicationsItem FinishETL06CV 10B, 26DETLBE06CV 10B, 26DETLDT06CV 10B, 26DETLNL06CV 10B, 26D

Entrance• ETTP Key locks and unlocks thumb piece.• ANSI Function 13.• covers 161 cutout.

Store Room• ETNL Outside by pull key retracts latchbolt.• ANSI Function 03.• covers 161 cutout.

Dummy• ETDT Outside by pull only, pull when dogged.• ANSI Function 02.• covers 161 cutout.



Doormerica

• GBKR for rim devices, 1/8” thick • GBKV for vertical rod devices, 1/8” thick • GBKVF for fire rated devices, 1/8” thick

Note: When exit devices use both trim and shim kits then spindle length on thumb pieces and thru bolts must be increased accordingly

Glass Bead Shim Kits

254ZN Overlapping Strike

FB385 Firebolt

Exit Alarm Kit

• Surface applied. Used on inactive leaf for device on active leaf of pair of doors without mullion.

Specify ALARM KIT• Used with 700 series

exit devices • Length 3’ door

Specify “L” for 4’ door • Type: Rim or vertical rod • Key “C” keyway furnished

Stocked Product Zinc Dichromate Finish ZN

Stocked Product Item Finish FB385 32D

Stocked Product Item Finish ALMRKIT700 (FOR 36” DEVICE) 10B, 28ALMRKIT700L (FOR 48” DEVICE) 10B, 28

Stocked Product Item FinishGBKR ZNGBKV ZNGBKVF ZN



Doormerica

Features: • Deadlatching and Non-Handed. • Dogging Standard Only on NON-UL listed Device. • Baked Enamel Aluminum (AL) and Duronodic (DU) Finish. • For all doors up to 36”. • PEDPS01 & PEDSS01 -Standard Strike and Shim. • PEDFP161 & PEDFP-ANSI -Latch & Strike Filler Plate. • PEDSNB -Standard with Sex Bolts. • EDF501 -UL Listed for Fire and Egress -Listed for 1-1/2 Hour

for Doors Under 38” (3’-2”) x 86” (7’-2”).

Options: • EDS551 -Exit Device made from Stainless Steel. • ALRMKIT500 -Alarm Kit. Mortise Cylinder NOT Included • ETLHL500 -Entry Function -Lever -161 Cylindrical Prep. • ETLHL580 -Storeroom Function -Lever -161 Cylindrical Prep. • ETPP05 -Pull Plate with Cylinder cut-out, Rim Cylinder NOT

Included. • ETPP06 -Pull Plate Only.

Stocked Product Item Finish ED501 Aluminum, Duro EDF501 Aluminum, Duro EDS551 Stainless Steel

ED501 / EDF501 - Standard Duty Commercial Rim Exit Device

CODE COMPLIANCE:• ANSI A 156.3 Grade 2. UL 1 OC and UBC 7.2 for positive pressure. • ANSIA117.1 and ADA for barrier-free accessibility • C-UBC -California Amended Uniform Builders Code -2001 • NFPA-80 -National Fire Protection Association 1999 • NFPA-101 National Fire Protection AssociationLife Safety -2000




Doormerica

Features: • Deadlatching and Non-Handed. Dogging

Standard Only on NON-UL listed Device. • Interlocking Top and Pullman Bottom Latch. • Baked Enamel Aluminum (AL) and Duronodic

(DU) Finish. • PEDPS03 & PEDPS11 -Standard Top & Bottom

Strike. • PEDFP161 & PEDFP-ANSI -Latch & Strike

Filler Plate. • PEDSNB -Standard with Sex Bolts. • For all doors up to 36” (3’) x 84” (7’). • EDFVR531 -UL Listed for Fire and Egress

-Listed for 1-1/2 Hour Fire doors under 38” (3’2”) x 86” (7’2”)



Options: • ALRMKIT500 -Alarm Kit. Cylinder NOT

Included, See Cylinder Section. • ETLHL500 -Entry Function Lever #161

cylindrical preparation. • ETLHL580 -Storeroom Function Lever

#161 cylindrical Prep. • ETPP05 Pull Plate with Cylinder cut-out,

Rim Cylinder NOT Included. • ETPP06 -Pull Plate Only.

Stocked Product Item Finish EDVR531 Alumnium and Duro EDFVR531 Alumnium and Duro

EDVR531 / EDFVR531 - Standard Duty Commercial Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device



DoormericaExit Device Trim

Pull Trim Accessories

Stocked Product Item Finish ALRMKIT500 Aluminum, Duro ETPP05/ETPP06 Aluminum, Duro PED531EXT Aluminum, DuroPEDBPVR Aluminum PEDMP161 Non-Finished

Stocked Product Item Finish ETLHL500 10B, 26D ETLHL510 10B, 26DETLHL580 10B, 26D

PEDMP161ANSI 161 2-1/8” BORETRIM MOUNTING PLATE

ETPP05RIM CYLINDER NOT INCLUDED

PED531EXTOPTIONAL 12” VERTICAL

ROD EXTENSION(500 SERIES ONLY)

PEDBPVRBACK PLATE FOR USE WITH

VERTICAL ROD TRIM

ETLHL500 - ENTRY FUNCTION

ETLHL510 - PASSAGE LEVER TRIM

ETLHL580 - STOREROOM LEVER TRIM

ETPP06

ALRMKIT500 - ALARM KIT USED WITH 500 SERIES EXIT DEVICES

1-1/8 MORTISE CYLINDER NOT INCLUDED



Doormerica

Specifications: Mullion Size .............. 2” x 3” x 96” Steel Tube. Mullion may be field cut to fit proper size.Rim Cylinder ............ Use 1-1/4” Rim Cylinder, cylinder not included. Top Bracket .............. Steel, using key allows the mullion to be removed in seconds. Mullion can be locked in top bracket easily without using the key. Bottom Bracket ......... Steel, fixed by 4 hex bolts with stainless steel anchors. Strike ........................ Use two standard Rim Strikes, not included Finish........................ Gray baked powder coating only

Mullion 7100 - For use with Non-Rated Rim Exit Devices on non-rated pairs of doors

Mullion 7100F - For use with Fire-Rated Rim Exit Devices on fire-rated pairs of doorsSpecifications:Mullion Size .............. 2” x 3” x 96” Steel Tube. Mullion may be field cut to fit proper size.Rim Cylinder ............. Use 1-1/4” Rim Cylinder, cylinder not included. Top Bracket .............. Stainless Steel, using key allows the mullion to be removed in seconds. Mullion can be locked in top bracket easily without using the key. Bottom Bracket ......... Stainless Steel, fixed by 4 hex bolts with stainless steel anchors. Strike ........................ Use two (2) sets of Mullion Strikes (688) & Strike Hooks (689) Finish........................ Gray baked powder coating only

Stocked Product Item DescriptionMULL700 Mullion Non-RatedMULL700F Mullion Fire-Rated

FOR USE WITH FIRE-RATED FOR USE WITH NON-RATED



DoormericaDC40 / DC40BF - Heavy Duty Commercial Door Closer

Features: • Same hole pattern as LCN 4040/4041.• Tri-Pack with regular, parallel ·and top-jamb mounting,

instructions and full size template. • Spring adjustment from size 1 to 6. • DC40 also conforms to the minimum opening force

requirements of the ADA and ANSI/BHMA Standard A117.1• Non handed • Standard with adjustable sweep, latch and back check. • Full plastic cover • SNB -Sex Nuts and Bolts • Limited Lifetime Warranty• 4 closers per shipping carton

Options: • BF: Barrier free spring adjustment from size 1 to 4 • CUSH: Heavy Duty Cush Arm • DA: Delayed Action • EDA: Extra Duty Arm• H: Hold Open Arm• HCUSH: Hold Open Cush Arm • HEDA: Hold Open Extra Duty Arm• SCUSH: Spring Cush Arm • SHCUSH: Spring Hold Open Cush Arm

Stocked Product Item FinishDC40 Regular Arm Aluminum, Duro, US3, US26, GoldDC40 Barrier Free Aluminum, DuroCush Arm Aluminum, DuroDelayed Action Aluminum, DuroEDA Arm Aluminum, DuroH Cush Arm Aluminum, DuroH EDA Arm Aluminum, DuroHold Open Arm Aluminum, DuroS Cush Arm Aluminum, DuroSH Cush Arm Aluminum, Duro

CODE COMPLIANCE: • ANSI A156.4 Grade 1. UL10C and UBC 7.2 for positive pressure. • C-UBC -California Amended Uniform Builders Code -2001 • California State Fire Marshall (CSFM) approved• ADA compliant




Doormerica

Features: • Same hole pattern as Norton 8301/8501.• Tri-Pack with regular, parallel, and top-jamb mounting,

instructions and full size template • Standard Spring adjustment Size BF-6 • Non handed • Standard with adjustable sweep, latch, and back check • Full plastic cover • SNB: Sex nuts and bolt fasteners

Options: • CUSH: Heady Duty Parallel Mount Cush arm • DA: Delayed Action• EDA: Extra Duty Arm • H: Friction Hold-Open non handed arm • HCUSH: Hold Open Cush Arm • HEDA: Hold Open Extra Duty Arm• SCUSH: Spring Cush Arm • SHCUSH: Spring Hold Open Cush Arm• PDC831: Slimline Cover Only - Special Order

DC851 - Heavy Duty Commercial Door Closer

Stocked Product Item Finish DC851 Regular Arm Aluminum, DuroCush Arm Aluminum, DuroDelayed Action Aluminum, DuroEDA Arm Aluminum, DuroH Cush Aluminum, DuroH EDA Aluminum, DuroHold Open Arm Aluminum, DuroS Cush Aluminum, DuroSH Cush Aluminum, Duro

CODE COMPLIANCE:• ANSI A156.4 Grade 1 UL1DC and UBC 7.2 for positive pressure.• ANSI A117.1 and ADA for barrier-free accessibility• C-UBC -California Uniform Builders Code -2001 • California State Fire Marshall (CSFM) approved.




Doormerica

OUTSIDE

Features: • Tri-Pack with regular, parallel and top-jamb mounting,

instructions and full size template. • Standard spring adjustment from size 1 to 6 • Non handed • Standard with adjustable sweep, latch and back check. • Full plastic cover • SNB -Sex Nuts and Bolts • Standard hole pattern and mounting location. • Limited Lifetime Warranty• 6 closers per shipping carton

Options: • BF: Barrier free spring adjustment from size 1 to 4 • CUSH: Heavy Duty Parallel Mount Cush Arm. • DA: Delay Closing Action. • H: Friction Hold Open Non-Handed Arm. • HCUSH: Hold Open Parallel Mount Cush Arm.

Stocked Product Item Finish DC70 Regular Arm: Aluminum, Duro, Gold, US3, US26 BF Spring option: Aluminum, Duro, Gold Cush Arm: Aluminum, Duro Delayed Action: Aluminum, Duro H Cush: Aluminum, DuroHold Open Aluminum, Duro, Gold

DC70 / DC70BF - Standard Duty Commercial Door Closer

CODE COMPLIANCE: • ANSI A 156.4 Grade 1. UL 1 OC and UBC 7.2 for positive pressure. • ANSIA 117.1 and ADA for barrier-free accessibility C-UBC

-California Amended Uniform Builders Code -2001 • California State Fire Marshall (CSFM) approved




Doormerica

Features: • Same hole pattern as Norton 1600.• Tri-Pack with regular, parallel and top-jamb mounting,

instructions and full size template. • Standard spring adjustment from size 2 to 6 • Non handed • Standard with adjustable sweep, latch and back check. • Slimline Plastic Cover • SNB -Sex Nuts and Bolts

Options: • BF: Barrier free spring adjustment from size 1 - 4 • H: Hold Open Arm

DC161 / DC161BF - Standard Duty Commercial Door Closer

Stocked Product Item Finish DC161 Aluminum, Duro DC161BF Aluminum, DuroDC161H Aluminum, Duro

Specifications: Full rack and pinion type with cast aluminum alloy body. All closers shall be provided with non-critical valves adjustment to independently regulate the sweep, latch and back-check. Closer shall have full spring adjustment from size 1 to size 4 for barrier free (BF) size and size 2 to size 6 for standard size. The closer shall be pre-adjusted at the factory to size 2 for the DC161BF and size 3 for DC161. Closer shall be non-handed with slim line cover with a projection of 3” from the surface of the door. All closers shall be mounted to allow the maximum degree of swing.

CODE COMPLIANCE:

• ANSI A156.4 Grade 1 UL1OC and UBC 7.2 for positive pressure. • ANSI A117.1 and ADA for barrier-free accessibility • C-UBC -California Uniform Builders Code -2001 • California State Fire Marshall (CSFM) approved




Doormerica

Features: • 54 series fits Norton 1600 series hole pattern and

mounting location • Tri-Pack with regular, parallel and top-jamb mounting.

instructions and full size template. • Standard Closer Spring Sized to 3, 4 with NO adjustment. • Non handed • Standard with adjustable sweep, latch. • Slim line Plastic Cover • SNB -Sex Nuts • 10 year warranty • 10 closers per shipping carton

Options: • BC: Backcheck adjustment valve

DC50 - Standard Duty Commercial Door Closer

Stocked Product Item Finish DC53 Aluminum, Duro DC54 Aluminum, Duro DC54BC Aluminum, Duro

CODE COMPLIANCE: • ANSI A156.4 Grade 2. UL10C and UBC 7.2 for positive pressure. • C-UBC -California Amended Uniform Builders Code -2001• California State Fire Marshall (CSFM) approved • NOTE: May need to consider other closer if barrier free required.

Please discuss with sales associate.




Doormerica2100 Series - Electro Magnetic Door Holder

Stocked Product:Item Finish MH2100 Aluminum, Duro PMH20050 1/2” AL extension PMH20075 3/4” AL extension

Features: • Multiple voltages standard 24VAC, 24VDC,120VAC • Recessed wall mounted fits inside standard single gang

electrical box. • Includes 1/2” extension with product.• 1/2” and 3/4”extensions available.

Specifications: The 2100 Series Electro-magnetic Door Holder is stocked Tri Voltage. It can be wired to 12V DC, 24VAC/DC or 120VAC. Units can be used on fire/smoke barrier doors hold open until released by a remote switching device. They can also be used to just hold a door open. The armature is thru-bolted to the door for security. Extensions available for different projection requirements.

CODE COMPLIANCE:

Under Writers US and Canada ListedCalifornia State Fire Marshal ListedMeets ANSI 156.15



Doormerica

Features:• Extruded Aluminum Housing.• Adjustable Tension Override Spring.• Filler Bar provided allowing an even, unbroken line the

full width of the opening.• Mounting Screws #12 x 24 x 1-1/4” MS.• For use on Fire Rated Openings.

Specifications: Coordinator – Coordinator shall be by Doormerica model number COR flat bar type and made from extruded Aluminum. Coordinator shall control the closing sequence so the active door is held open until the inactive door closes, triggering the release of the active door allowing for proper latching. Filler bar shall be provided allowing an even, unbroken line the full width of the opening. Optional PCORMB434 or PCORMB414 shall be ordered for each piece of hardware to be mounted over the bar coordinator.

COR 60 / COR 72 / COR 84 - Coordinator and Accessories

Stocked Product Item Finish COR 60 AluminumCOR 72 AluminumCOR 84 AluminumPCORMB414 BlackPCORMB434 Black

Options:OpeningWidth

CoordinatorSize

FillerSize

COR 60 5’ 42” 18”

COR 72 6’ 52” 20”

COR 84 7’ 52” 32”

CODE COMPLIANCE:

• ANSI 156.3 Type 21A.• Conforms to UL10C and UBC 7-2.• ANSI A117.1 and ADA for barrier-free accessibility.• C-UBC - California Uniform Builders Code.• NFPA 80 - National Fire Protection Association.• NFPA 101 - National Fire Protection, Life Safety .


PCORMB434 Mounting Bracket (2 step)Jamb Depth 4-3/4” Min. 5/8” Stop Height - For Stop Width 7/8” to 2-1/4”

PCORMB414 Mounting Bracket (1 step)Jamb Depth 4-1/4” Min. 5/8” Stop Height - For Stop over 2-1/4”



Doormerica

Features: • Fully Automatic, Non-Handed. • Automatic 3/4” Throw with 1” Vertical Adjustment. • 12” Rod to Fit Standard ANSI Preparation. • Spring Override in Case of Misalignment. • Steel Body and Stainless Steel Components. • Bolt Housing Screws #8 x 32 x 3/4” MS

#8 x 1” SM • Strike Screws #8 x 32 x 3/4” MS

#8 x 1”SM • Bolt Guide Screws #8 x 32 x 3/4” MS

#8 x 1” SM • Listed up to 3 hours on Hollow Metal and Steel-

Covered Composite Doors up to 8 feet. • Sold as set.

FBA292 - Automatic Flush Bolts For Metal Doors

FBA291 - Automatic Flush Bolts For Wood Doors

Features: • Fully Automatic, Non-Handed. • Automatic 3/4” Throw and 3/4” Vertical Adjustment. • Spring Override in Case of Misalignment. • Steel Body and Stainless Steel Components. • Bolt Housing Screws #8 x 3/4” SM

#8 x 32 x 1/4” MS • Strike Screws # 8 x 3/4” SM • Bolt Guide Screws #10 x 7/8” SM • Rub Plate Screws #8 x 3/4” SM • Listed up to 1-1/2 hours on Composite Wood Doors up to 8 Feet.• Sold as set.

CODE COMPLIANCE:

Stocked product Item Finish FBA292 US3, 10B, 26, 26D

Stocked product Item Finish FBA291 US3, 10B, 26, 26D




Doormerica

Features: • FB197 -Forged Brass. • FB197AL -Extruded Aluminum. • Non-Handed. • 5/8” Throw with 7/8” Vertical Adjustment. • 12” Rod to Fit Standard ANSI Preparation. • Spring Loaded Lever to Project or Retract Bolt. • Forged Brass Construction. • Bolt Housing Screws #8 x 32 x 1/2” MS

#8 x 1”SM • Strike Screws #8 x 32 x 1/2” MS

#8 x 1”SM • Bolt Guide Screws #8 x 32 x 1/2” MS

#8 x 1” SM • Listed up to 3 hours on Hollow Metal and Steel-

Covered Composite Doors up to 8 feet. Stocked Product Item Finish FB197 US3, 10B, 26FB197AL ALUMINUM

CODE COMPLIANCE: • FED. SPEC. -1049 • ANSI-A156.16. • BHMA -Ll4081 • NFPA 80 -National Fire Protection Association


Manual Flush Bolts

Specifications: Manual Flush Bolt -Manual flush bolts shall be by Doormerica model number FB197 series made from forged brass or FB197AL series made from extruded aluminum. Flush bolts shall be provided with 1/2” diameter brass bolts and project 5/8” from the top or bottom edge of door with 7/8” vertical adjustment. Flush bolts shall have spring loaded lever to project or retract the bolts.



Doormerica

Features:• Spring Loaded 3/4” Plunger.• Both Floor and Threshold Installation.• Face Plate 3” x 1-1/2”.• Body Diameter 15/16”.• Over all Depth 2-1/4”• Strike Screws #12 x 1-1/2” • Plastic Anchors • Listed for use up to 3 Hours.

Specifications:Dust Proof Strike – Dust Proof Strike shall be by Doormerica model number DPS280 series and made from extruded brass. All dust proof strikes shall be provided with 3/4” diameter spring loaded plunger that returns to the floor level when the flush bolt is retracted.

CODE COMPLIANCE:• ANSI - A156.16.• BHMA – L14011 - L14012• Conforms to UL10C and UBC 7-2.• ANSI A117.1 and ADA for barrier-free accessibility.• C-UBC - California Uniform Builders Code.• NFPA-80- National Fire Protection Association.• NFPA-101- National Fire Protection, Life Safety.


DPS280 - Dust Proof Strike

Stocked Product Item Finish DPS280 US3, 10B, 26, 26D



DoormericaDH179 / DHBB179 - 4 x 4, 4-1/2 x 4, 4-1/2 x 4-1/2, 5 x 4-1/2 Full Mortise, Standard Weight Hinge

Features: • Full mortise, square corner, standard weight steel template hinge. • Material Gauge 4” = .123 4-1/2” = .134 5” = .145 • Plain Bearing or Ball Bearing • Screw packages -All Machine Screws (AMS) and

-All Wood Screws (AWS). • Machine Screws -Phillips(#1) Flat-head

-12 x 24 x 1/2” • Wood Screws -Phillips(#1) Flat-head

-12 x 1-1/4” • Also available NRP (Non Removable Pin)

Options: • NRP -Non Removable Pin with set screw. • DHBB179SS -Stainless Steel Base Metal. (32D). • DHBB179BR (brass based)

DHRC179 / DHRCBB179 - 3-1/2 x 3-1/2, 4 x 41/4” Radius Corner Standard Weight Plain & Ball Bearing Hinge

PACKAGING INFORMATION: • Size 4” & 4-1/2” -3 Hinges per BOX and 48 per Carton.

Size 5” -3 Hinges per BOX and 24 per Carton.

Note: NRP (Non Removable Pin) available on most sizes. Contact sales department for availability

Features: • Full mortise, 1/4” Radius Corner, Standard Weight

Steel Template Hinge. • Material Gauge -3-1/2” =.119, 4” =.129 • Plain Bearing • Ball Bearing Available Only in 4 x 4. • Screw packages -All Machine Screws (AMS) and

All Wood Screws (AWS). • 3-1/2” AMS (10 x 24 x 1/2) and AWS (9 x 1 “) • 4” - AMS (12 x 24 x 1/2) and AWS (12 x 1-1/4”) • NRP - Non Removable Pin stocked 4 x 4 size only RC179

and RCBB179

Stocked Product Item Finish DHRC179 3-1/2” x 3-1/2” and 4” x 4” US3, US4,10B,15, 26, 26D DHRCBB179 4” x 4” US3, US4,10B,15, 26, 26D

Stocked Product Item Finish DH179 4” x 4” and 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” US3,US4,10B,15,15A, 26,26DDH179 4-1/2” x 4” US3,US4,26 DHBB179 4” x 4” US3,US4,10B,15,26,26D DHBB179 4-1/2” x 4” US3,US4,10B,26 DHBB179 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” USP,US3,US4,10B,15,26, 26D,32D DHBB179 5” x 4-1/2” US3,10B,26,26DDHBB179 5” x 5” 26DDHBB179BR 4-1/2’ x 4-1/2” 10B,26DDHBB179BR 5” x 4-1/2” 10B,26DDHBB179SS 5” x 4-1/2” 32D



Doormerica

Features: • Full Mortise, Square Corner, Heavy Weight Steel Template Hinge. • Material Gauge 4-1/2” = .180

5” = .190 • Four Ball Bearings • Stock Sizes 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” and 5” x 4-1/2” • Screw packages -All Machine Screws (AMS) and Half Wood

Screws (1/2 WS). • Machine Screws -Phillips(#l) Flat-head -12 x 24 x 1/2” • Wood Screws -Phillips(#l) Flat-head -12 x 1-1/4” • Available NRP non removable pin • Also available in SS (stainless steel) and BR (brass based)

Stocked Product Item Finish DHRCSP179 4” x 4” US3, US4,10B,15, 26, 26D DHSP179 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” US3, US4,10B, 15, 26, 26D

Stocked Product Item Finish DHBB168 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” US3,10B, 26, 26D DHBB168 5” x 4-1/2” US3,10B, 26DDHBB168BR 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” US3,10B, 26D DHBB168BR 5” x 4-1/2” US3,10B, 26D DHBB168SS 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” 32DDHBB168SS 5” x 4-1/2” 32D

DHSP179 - Commercial Weight Spring Hinge 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 DHRCSP179 - Commercial Weight Spring Hinge 4 x 4

DHBB168 - 4-1/2 x 4-1/2, 5 x 4-1/2 Full Mortise, Heavy Weight Hinge

Features: • UL Listed • Material Gauge -.134 • Adjustable Spring Tension • Screw Packages -All Machine Screws (AMS) and All Wood

Screws (AWS). • Machine screws Phillips(#l) Flat-head -12 x 24 x 1/2” • Wood Screws Phillips(#l) Flat-head -12 x 1-1/4”

Full Mortise, 1/4” Radius Corner, Spring Hinges, Steel Hinge.

Full Mortise, Square Corner, Spring Hinges, Steel Template Hinge.



Doormerica

Features: • Full mortise, square corner, standard weight template hinge • Material gauge - 4-1/2” = .134

5” = .145 • Plain bearing or concealed bearing • Screw packages -all machine screws (AMS) and all

wood screws (AWS) • Machine screws -Phillips (#1) flat-head -12 x 24 x 1/2” • Wood screws -Phillips (#1) flat-head -12 x 1-1/4”

CODE COMPLIANCE: • ANSI type A8133-3 (DHSC700) AND ABl12-3 (DHCB700) • Meet USA federal spec. #FF-H-116C • C-UBC -California Amended Uniform Builders Code-2001. • NFPA-80-National Fire Protection Association -1999. • NFPA-10l National Fire Protection AssociationLife Safety -2000

CODE COMPLIANCE: • ANSI type A8111-3 (DHCB800) • Meet USA federal spec. #FF-H-116C • C-UBC California Amended Uniform Builders Code-2001. • NFPA-80-National Fire Protection Association -1999. • NFPA-101 National Fire Protection AssociationLife Safety -2000

DHCB800 - Heavy Weight 3 Knuckle Concealed Bearing Hinge

DHC700 / DHCB700

Standard Weight 3 Knuckle Plain & Concealed Bearing Hinge

Stocked Product Item Finish DHCB800 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" Brass 10BDHCB800 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" SS 32DDHCB800 5" x 4-1/2" SS 32D

Features: • Full mortise, square corner, heavy weight steel template hinge • Material Gauge 4-1/2” = .180

5” = .190 • Screw packages -all machine screws (AMS) and half wood

screws (AWS) • Machine screws -Phillips (#1) flat-head -12 x 24 x 1/2” • Wood screws -Phillips (#1) flat-head -12 x 1-1/4”

Stocked Product Item Finish DHC700 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" Brass 10B, 26DDHC700 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" SS 32DDHCB700 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" 26DDHCB700 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" Brass 10B, 26DDHCB700 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" SS 32DDHCB700 5" x 4-1/2" 26DDHCB700 5" x 4-1/2" Brass 26D



Doormerica

Features: • Full Mortise, 1/4” or 5 /8” Radius Corner NonTemplate

Steel hinge. • Material Gauge -.085 • Plain Bearing • Screw packages -All Wood Screws (AWS) • Wood Screws for 3-1/ 2” -Phillips(#1) Flat-head -9 x 3/4” • Wood Screws for 4” -Phillips(#1) Flat-head -9 x 1” • NRP (Non Removable Pin) Stocked in 4” x 4” only

DHRC114 / DHRC158 - 3-1/2 x 3-1/2, 4 x 4 1/4” and 5/8” Radius Corner Residential Hinge

PACKAGING INFORMATION: • Bulk only • 100 hinges per shipping carton

Features: • Full Mortise, 1 /4” or 5/8” Radius Corner, Spring Hinge. • UL Listed • Material Gauge -.097 • Adjustable Spring Tension • Screw Packages -All Wood Screws (AWS) • Wood Screws for 4” -Phillips(#1) Flat-head -9 x 1”

DHRCSP114 / DHRCSP158 - 4 x 4 1/4” and 5/8” Radius Corner Residential Spring Hinge

Stocked Product Item Finish DHRCSP114 US4, 15, 26, 26DDHRCSP158 US4, 10B, 15, 26D

Stocked Product Item Finish DHRC114 3.5” x 3.5” US3, US4,1OB, 15, 26DDHRC114 4” x 4” US3, US4,1OB, 15, 26, 26D DHRC158 3.5” x 3.5” US3, US4,1OB, 15, 26, 26D DHRC158 4” x 4” US3, US4,1OB, 15, 26DNRP stocked in RC114 4” x 4” size only



Doormerica

Features: • Full Mortise, 1/4” Radius Corner Hinge Designed for

Prefinished Steel Frames. • Material Gauge -.085 • Plain Bearing. • Screw packages -All Machine Screws (AMS) and • Half Wood Screws (1/2 WS). • 3-1/2” -AMS (10 x 24 x 1/2) and 1/2 WS (9 x 1”) • 4” -AMS (12 x 24 x 1/2) and 1/2 WS (12 x 1-1/4”)

*NRP- Non Removable Pin stocked in 4” x 4” only

DHTM214 - 3-1/2 x 3-1/2, 4 x 4 1/4” Radius Corner, Light Weight Commercial Hinge

DHTS214 - 4 x 4 1/4” Radius Corner Light Weight Commercial Spring Hinge

Features: • Full Mortise, 1/4” Radius Corner Hinge Designed for

Prefinished Steel Frames • UL Listed • Material Gauge -.097 • Adjustable Spring Tension. • Screw packages -All Machine Screws (AMS) and -Half Wood

Screws (1/2WS). • 4” -AMS (12 x 24 x 1/2”) and 1/2 WS 12 x 1-1/4”

PACKAGING INFORMATION: • Size 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 -2 hinges per box and 100 per carton • Size 4 x 4 -3 hinges per box and 48 per carton

PACKAGING INFORMATION: • 2 hinges per box and 80 per carton

Stocked Product Item Finish DHTM214 3-1/2” x 3-1/2” 1OB, 26DDHTM214 4” x 4” 1OB, 26DNRP stocked in 4” x 4” size only

Stocked Product Item Finish DHTS214 4” x 4” 10B,26D



Doormerica

Specifications: FASTENERS: Self-Tapping screws Full Mortise Hinges • AII fasteners are No. 12-24 x 1/16” Type C,FHUC • Heavy Duty Hinges -10 required for each leaf

LENGTH OPTIONS: 83” (7’0” opening) & 95” (7’2”- 8’0” opening)

DOOR REINFORCEMENT: None needed. Use 16 gauge channel over 200 lbs.

FRAME REINFORCEMENT: None needed to 200 lbs. Use 16 gauge channel over 200 lbs.

Stocked Product Item Length Finish CH88 1120HD 83” CLR, DBCH88 1120HD 95” CLR, DBCH88 2240HD 83” CLR, DBCH88 2240HD 95” CLR, DB

Features: • Concealed/Mortise Leaf • May be used with any door material• Heavy Duty for high frequency 1 3/4” doors or

heavy medium frequency doors up to 450 lbs.• For new construction • For renovation with new door and/or frames • No mortising of doors or frame required • Will cover hinge cut outs in frames • Flush mount no inset • Frame and door leaf alignment ribs for proper

hinge location

SCREW COUNT MODEL# LENGTH DOOR/JAMB CLEARANCECH88 1120HD 83” 19/19 5/16” (8mm) hinge side plus CH88 1120HD 95” 19/19 standard lockside clearance CH88 2240HD 83” 19/19 5/16” (8mm) hinge side plus CH88 2240HD 95” 19/19 standard lockside clearance

CH88-1120HD

25/32"(20mm)

3/25"(3mm) 5/16"

(8mm)

21/4"(57mm)

19/16"(40mm)

Available Finishes:CLR (Clear Anodized Aluminum) DB (Dark Bronze Anodized Aluminum)

Continuous Geared Aluminum Hinges CH88 1120HD / CH88 2240HD - Heavy Duty Full-Mortise


CH88 1120HD

CH88 2240HD

CH88-2240HD

13/4"(44.5mm)

115/16"(49mm)

219/32"(66mm)

25/32"(20mm)

3/8"(9.5mm)



DoormericaContinuous Geared Aluminum Hinges CH88 1570HD / CH88 2100HD - Heavy Duty Full Surface

Specifications: FASTENERS: Self-Tapping screws. Full Surface Hinges 1) Frame Portion a) AII fasteners are No. 12-24 x 1/16” Type C, FHUC • Heavy Duty Hinges - 10 required for each leaf 2) Door Portion a) Thrubolt 1/4-20 x 1 5/8” PCH • Heavy Duty Hinges - 6 required for each leaf b) Shoulder bolt 1/4-20 x 1” PCH • Heavy Duty Hinges - 6 required c) Pan Head Self Drilling No. 12 x 3/4” • Heavy Duty Hinges - 4 required

LENGTH OPTIONS: 83” (7’0” opening) & 95” (7’2”- 8’0” opening)

DOOR REINFORCEMENT: None needed

FRAME REINFORCEMENT: None needed to 200 lbs. Use 16 gauge channel over 200 lbs.

Stocked Product Item Length Finish CH88 1570HD 83” CLR, DBCH88 1570HD 95” CLR, DBCH88 2100HD 83” CLR, DBCH88 2100HD 95” CLR, DB

Features: • Full Surface• May be used with any door material• Heavy Duty for high frequency 1 3/4” doors or

heavy medium frequency doors up to 450 lbs.• Replacement for existing doors and frames 7/8” minimum

frame 1/16” inset

Available Finishes:CLR (Clear Anodized Aluminum) DB (Dark Bronze Anodized Aluminum)

SCREW COUNT MODEL# LENGTH DOOR/JAMB CLEARANCECH88 1570HD 83” 19/19 1/32” (1mm) minimum CH88 1570HD 95” 20/20 recommended for hinge side plus standard lockside clearance

CH88 2100HD 83” 19/19 1/32”(1mm) minimum CH88 2100HD 95” 20/20 recommended for hinge side plus standard lockcase clearance 1 5/8” (41mm) minimum frame face required plus 3/16” (5mm) rotational clearance

39/32"(83mm)

13/4"(44.5mm)

13/16"(30mm)

25/32"(20mm)

3/4"(19mm)

1/32"(.8mm)

25/32"(20mm)

25/32"(20mm) 3/8"

(9.5mm)

CH88 1570HD

15/8"(41mm)

33/16"(81mm)

13/4"(44.5mm)

15/16"(24mm)

1/32"(.8mm)

29/32"(23mm)

CH88 2100HD




Doormerica

Stocked Product Item Finish

PREMSLIDE WD T1 06 Brushed Stainless SteelPREMSLIDE WD T1 06 Dark Bronze PREMSLIDE WD T1 08 Brushed Stainless SteelPREMSLIDE WD T1 08 Dark Bronze

Premium Sliding Barn Door Hardware Set Design - Wood Type 1

Features: • Designed for Wood Doors 1-3/4” thick top mounted hardware

Door weight up to 176 lbs.

• Materials: 304 stainless steel track 304 stainless steel hangers with nylon coated rollers

• Product Standards: Product designed and tested to follow ANSI Grade 1 Standards

• Finishes Available: Brushed Stainless Steel Dark Bronze

• Kits Include:1 ea. Stainless Steel Track with Stainless Steel wall brackets2 ea. Stainless Steel Hangers2 ea. Stainless Steel Track stops1 ea. Stainless Steel Door Bottom Guide1 ea. Installation Instructions

TEN YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY

1

1 1611

[26mm]

1 s ..16

[24mm

1 �II

[47mm]

1 1 1611

[27mm]

1 �II

[45mm]

1 .. 4

[7mm]

J .. 8 [10mm]

1311 16

[20mm]



DoormericaPremium Sliding Barn Door Hardware Set Design - Wood Type 1 Soft Close





• Finishes Available: Brushed Stainless Steel

• Kits Include:1 ea. Stainless Steel Track with Stainless Steel wall brackets2 ea. Stainless Steel Hangers2 ea. Stainless Steel Track stops1 ea. Stainless Steel Door Bottom Guide1 ea. Installation Instructions


Stocked Product Item Finish PREMSLIDE WD T1SC 06 Brushed Stainless SteelPREMSLIDE WD T1SC 08 Brushed Stainless Steel

1 1

16"[26mm]

1 1

16"[27mm]

1 34"

[45mm]1516"

[24mm]

2 12"[63mm] 4

116"

[102mm]

38"

[10mm]

1316"

[20mm]

14"

[7mm]

1 78"[47mm]



DoormericaPremium Sliding Barn Door Hardware Set Design - Wood Type 2






• Kits Include:1 ea. Stainless Steel Track with Stainless Steel wall brackets 2 ea. Stainless Steel Hangers2 ea. Stainless Steel Track stops1 ea. Stainless Steel Door Bottom Guide1 ea. Installation Instructions

2 �II

[63mm]

1 1 1611

[26mm]

3 4 1611

[106mm]

1 s .. 16 [24mm]

1 �II

[47mm]

1 .. 4

[7mm]

a .. 8 [10mm]

1311 16 [20mm]


Stocked Product Item Finish PREMSLIDE WD T2 06 Brushed Stainless SteelPREMSLIDE WD T2 08 Brushed Stainless Steel



DoormericaPremium Sliding Barn Door Hardware Set Design - Wood Type 4







2 �II

[63mm]

1 1 1611

[26mm] II

__ _1_ _ _____ _

1511 16

[24mm]

1 �II

[47mm]

4 in

[121 mm]

1 .. 4

[7mm] 1311 16

[20mm]

� ..8 [10mm]


Stocked Product Item Finish PREMSLIDE WD T4 06 Brushed Stainless SteelPREMSLIDE WD T4 08 Brushed Stainless Steel



Doormerica

Features: • Designed for Wood Doors 1-3/4” thick face mounted

hardware Door weight up to 198 lbs.

• Materials:304 stainless steel track304 stainless steel hangers with nylon coated rollers

• Product Standards:Product designed and tested to follow ANSI Grade 1 Standards

• Finishes Available:Brushed Stainless SteelDark Bronze



1 1

16"[26mm]

1 1116"

[43mm]

1 34"

[45mm]12"

[12mm]

2 12"[63mm] 3

1316"

[97mm]

38"

[10mm]

1316"

[20mm]

14"

[7mm]

1 38"

[35mm]

1 9

16"[40mm]

2 3

16"[55mm]

516"

[8mm]

Stocked Product Item FinishPREMSLIDE WD T5 06 Brushed Stainless SteelPREMSLIDE WD T5 06 Dark BronzePREMSLIDE WD T5 08 Brushed Stainless SteelPREMSLIDE WD T5 08 Dark Bronze

Premium Sliding Barn Door Hardware Set Design - Wood Type 5



DoormericaPremium Sliding Barn Door Hardware - Pulls

Stocked Product Item FinishP71 13 92 WDSS Stainless SteelP71 14 92 WDSS Stainless SteelP71 14 92 WDAL AluminumP71 16 92 WDSS Stainless SteelP70 04 91 WDSS Stainless SteelP70 84 92 WDSS Stainless Steel

P71 16 92 WDSS

P71 13 92 WDSS

P71 14 92 WDSS

P71 14 92 WDAL

P70 04 91 WDSS P70 84 92 WDSS



Doormerica

Barn Door Hardware with a true rustic look and design.

Features: • Kit Designed for use with wood doors • Color/Finish: Mini Industrial – Flat Black• Wheel Type: Nylon• Track & Hardware Kit is for 1 door• Weight Limit: 225 pounds per door• Hangers mount to the face of the door

36” Doors – Use 80” Track Kit48” Doors – Use 104” Track Kit Pair Doors – Use two kits along with track coupler

Kits Include:

• Track pre-drilled for mounting hardware• Mounting Hardware• Hanger Assembly• Stops• Floor mount door guide• Installation instructions

Note: If installing into drywall, track will require proper reinforcement inside the wall or on the surface of the wall.

Stocked Product Item Length Finish MININDKIT 80” BLKMININDKIT 104” BLKMINKITCOUPLER BLK

American Rustic Sliding Barn Door Hardware

Mini Industrial

TWO YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY

Mini Industrial

1 1/

16"

H+

43m

m

1/4"

1 3/8" - 1 3/4"35-45mm

1 15/32"37mm

3/4"

20m

m

3/8"

10m

m

3/8"

10m

m33

/64"

13m

m



Doormerica

Stocked Product Item Length Finish MINMODKIT 80” SLVRMINMODKIT 104” SLVRMINKITCOUPLER SLVR

American Rustic Sliding Barn Door Hardware

Mini Modern


Mini Modern

1 1/

16"

H+

43m

m

1/4"

1 3/8" - 1 3/4"35-45mm

1 15/32"37mm

3/4"

20m

m 3/8"

10m

m

3/8"

10m

m33

/64"

13m

m


Features: • Kit Designed for use with wood doors • Color/Finish: Mini Modern – Silver • Wheel Type: Nylon• Track & Hardware Kit is for 1 door• Weight Limit: 225 pounds per door


Kits Include:





Doormerica


Features: • Kit Designed for use with wood doors• Color/Finish: Mini Ultra Modern – Flat Black• Wheel Type: Nylon• Track & Hardware Kit is for 1 door• Weight Limit: 225 pounds per door


Kits Include:



Stocked Product Item Length Finish MINULTMODKIT 80” BLKMINULTMODKIT 104” BLKMINKITCOUPLER BLK

American Rustic Sliding Barn Door HardwareMini Ultra Modern


Mini Ultra Modern

1 1/

16"

H+

43m

m

1/4"

1 3/8" - 1 3/4"35-45mm

1 15/32"37mm

3/4"

20m

m

3/8"

10m

m

3/8"

10m

m33

/64"

13m

m



DoormericaPushes and Pulls

Features: • All Plate Goods are 16 Gauge (.050) Thick.• Stainless Steel SS430, no Nickel. • Plates individually wrapped with Mounting Screws. • Pull Plates and Handles have Mounting Screws for 1-3/4”

Thick Door. • All Plates Packed with Stainless Steel Sheet Metal Screws

Plated to Match Finish.

Options: • PPN4016 - 4” x 16”, Push Plate. • PPN4016R - 4” x 16” Plate with Round Pulls. - R -Round Pull 6-3/4” Overall, 6” C to C and 2·1/8” Projection. • 4016 push plate and 4016R pull plates stocked in SS430

Stainless (less nickel) Size 4”x 16” only. Specify PPN.

Specifications: Plate Goods -Plate goods shall be by Doormerica model number PPN and made from stainless steel. All plates to be a minimum of 16 gauge (.050) and beveled on four sides. All Plates to be provided with stainless steel Phillips sheet metal screws plated to match finish. Each plate shall be individually wrapped with mounting screws. Stocked Product

Features: • All Plate Goods are 16 Gauge (.050) Thick. • Stainless Steel SS430, no Nickel. • Plates individually wrapped with Mounting Screws. • All Plates Packed with Stainless Steel Sheet Metal Screws

Plated to Match Finish. • Kickplates are not beveled.

Options: • KPN0834 - 8” x 34” Kick Plate. • KPN1034 -10” x 34” Kick Plate. • KPN1234 -12” x 34” Kick Plate.

Specifications: Plate Goods -Plate goods shall be by Doormerica model number KPN made from plate brass or stainless steel. All plates to be a minimum of 16 gauge (.050), All Plates to be provided with stainless steel Phillips sheet metal screws plated to match finish. Each plate shall be individually wrapped with mounting screws Stocked Product “No Nickel” SS430 Stainless Steel Only

Kick Plates

Stocked product Item Finish PPN4016 32DPPN4016R 32D“No Nickel” SS430 Stainless Steel Only

Stocked product Item Finish KPN0834 32DKPN1034 32DKPN1234 32D“No Nickel” SS430 Stainless Steel Only



Doormerica

Features: • DG128BR -solid forged brass. • Positive projection lock ball not allowing forced entry. • Swing bar folds out of place when not used. • Maximum 4” door opening when engaged. • Cannot be disengaged unless door is fully closed.

Stocked Product Item Finish DV190 US3,10B,15,26,26DDV3315 US3,10B,15,15A,26,26D

Stocked Product Item Finish DG128BR US3,10B,15,26,26DDGDEP128 10B,15,26,26DDGS128 Black

Viewers

Door Guards

Features: • DV190 -190 Degrees Viewing Area.

-Polished Plastic Lenses. • DV3315 -200 Degrees Viewing Area.

-Polished Plastic Lenses. • All Viewers Solid Cast Brass.

Options: • DGDEP128 - Door Angle Protector • DGS128 - Door Guard Shim

11/16”

DV190Door Viewer

9/16” Bore Diameter

DV3315UL Listed Door Viewer9/16” Bore Diameter



Doormerica

Features: • SH1135 - 5” Cast Alloy Holder. • SH1235BR - 5” Cast Brass Holder. • Stops individually wrapped with

mounting screws. • Polybagged with 3 or 4 sheet

metal screws.

Wall Stops

Door Holders

Features: • SH401 - Concave Wall Stop. • SH406 - Convex Wall Stop. • All Wall Stops Are Wrought Steel. • Stops Individually Wrapped With Mounting Screws. • Polybagged With: 1 Plastic Anchor

1 Sheet Metal Screw

Stocked Product Item Finish SH1135 Duro

Stocked Product Item Finish SH1235BR US3, 10B, 26D

Stocked Product Item Finish SH401 US3, 10B, 15, 26, 26DSH406 10B, 15, 26D

SH1135Drop Down Door Holder

SH401Concave Wall Stop

SH406Convex Wall Stop

SH1235BRDrop Down Door Holder



DoormericaFloor Stops

Stocked Product Item Finish SH436 US3, 10B, 15, 26, 26DSH438 US3, 10B, 15, 26, 26D

Stocked Product Item Finish SH444 US3, 10B, 26, 26D

Features: • SH436 -1/4” Rise x 1” Low Dome Stop. • SH438 -1/2” Rise x 1-1/4” High Dome Stop. • All Floor Stops are Cast Brass • Stops Individually wrapped with Mounting Screws. • Polybagged with: 1 Plastic Anchor

1 Sheet Metal Screw 1 Lead Anchor

Features:• SH444 -3-1/8” High Floor Stop. • Solid Cast Brass. • Stops Individually wrapped with Mounting Screws. • Polybagged with: 1 Plastic Anchor

1 Sheet Metal Screw 1 Lead Anchor

Specifications:Stops -Stops shall be by Doormerica model number SH444 and made from solid cast brass. All stops to be provided with steel Phillips sheet metal screws plated to match finish. Each Stop shall be individually wrapped with mounting screws.

SH436Low Dome Stop

SH444Floor Mount Stop

SH438High Dome Stop

3-1/8”

2-1/2”



Doormerica

Features:• Actuation is simple, closing of the door causes the roller to

fall in the depression of the strike, thereby holding the door closed.

• The projection of the roller is easily adjusted using adjusting screws on the face of the unit..

• Maximum projection of the roller is 3/8” allowing for variance in the door clearance.

• Nylon Roller Standard.• Forged Brass Construction.• Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, E19091.• Finishes US10B, US26D other finishes available special

order only

Dimensions: Body: 1” Wide x 3-3/8” Long x 1-5/8” DeepStrike: 1-11/16” Wide x 2-3/16” Long x 5/32” Thick

Features:• Actuation is simple, closing of the door causes the roller to

fall in the depression of the strike, thereby holding the door closed.

• The projection of the roller is easily adjusted by turning knurled knob on back of latch.

• Maximum projection of the roller is 1/2” allowing for variance in the door clearance.

• Fits heavy-duty cylindrical lock cutout.• Nylon Roller Standard.• Non-handed.• Brass or Stainless Steel Construction.• Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.16, E19101.• Finishes US10B, US26D other finishes available special

order only

Dimensions: Body: 1-1/8” Wide x 2-1/4” Long x 1-3/4” DeepStrike: 1-1/8” Wide x 2-3/4” Long x 1/16” Thick

RL300 / RL320 - Roller Latches

Stocked Product Item Finish RL300 10B, 26D

Stocked Product Item Finish RL320 26D

RL300

RL320



Doormerica

Features:• BC2950 - Ball Catch.• BC2955 - Roller Catch.• Dual Adjustment for Door Clearance and Holding Strength.• Lip Strike Designed for Jamb Mounting.• Ball Catch Individually wrapped with Mounting Screws.

Option:• BC2955T - with 2-3/4” x 1-1/8” T Strike

Packed with #8 x 32 metal screws

BC2950 / BC2955 - Ball Catches

BC2950 - Ball Catch BC2955 - Roller Catch


Stocked Product Item FinishBC2950 US3, 10B, 15BC2955 US3, 10B, 15BC2955T US3, 10B, 15

Specifications:Ball Catches – Ball catches shall be by Doormerica model number BC2950 and BC2955 are all ball catches provided with high tension steel compression springs to provide solid engagement with strike. All ball catches provided with Phillips sheet metal screws, plated to match finish for proper ball and strike mounting. Each ball catch shall be individually wrapped.



Doormerica

ADA Signs

Signs

Stocked Product Item Description SizeHS1M Men’s Restroom No Braille 12” x 12” x 12”HS2W Women’s Restroom No Braille 12” DiameterHS3R Unisex Restroom No Braille 12” Diameter

Stocked Product Item Description SizeHS69M ADA Men’s With Braille 8” x 8”HS69W ADA Women’s With Braille 8” x 8”HS69R ADA Unisex With Braille 8” x 8”HS10E ADA Exit With Braille 6” x 6”

HS1M HS2W HS3R

HS69M HS69W HS69R

HS10E



DoormericaLIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY

Locks include: ASIL, ML, LHV and LSV series, Closers include: DC40, DC70, DC851 series, Exit Devices include: ED701 series, Hinges include: All commercial grade. EXCEPTIONS for all categories: Electrified products.

Subject to the limitations of liability set forth below, American Building Supply Inc. warrants to purchasers that the mechanical door hardware products which the company sells under the Doormerica Hardware name are free from mechanical defects in workmanship and materials under normal use and regular service and maintenance for a period of the useful life of the building in which originally installed. Warranty on finish is 3-years with the EXCEPTION of 10B/613 Finish.

THIS IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY THE COMPANY WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS AND IS IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW, ORDINANCE OR OTHERWISE, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NONINFRINGEMENT, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED.

This warranty does not cover defects or damage arising from improper installation, incorrect application, any product installed in a hostile environment causing premature corrosion or wear and tear, lack of or improper maintenance, improper storage, shipping and handling, ordinary wear and tear, misuse, abuse, accident, unauthorized service, or use with unauthorized products or parts or an act of God.

The sole and exclusive liability of American Building Supply Inc. under this warranty or otherwise, shall be limited to the repair or replacement of any product or component part which shall prove defective to the original purchaser from the company. The company will not pay for the costs or repair performed other than in accordance with this warranty. THE COMPANY SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES CAUSED BY DELAY IN PERFORMANCE AND IN NO EVENT, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, INFRINGEMENT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, OTHER TORT OR OTHERWISE), SHALL THE COMPANY’S LIABILITY TO PURCHASER AND/OR ITS CUSTOMERS EXCEED THE PRICE PAID BY PURCHASER FOR THE SPECIFIC PRODUCTS PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION. PURCHASER AGREES THAT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPANY’S LIABILITY TO PURCHASER AND/OR ITS CUSTOMERS EXTEND TO INCLUDE INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES RESULTING FROM USE OF THESE PRODUCTS, OR ARISING OUT OF ANY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. The term “consequential damages” shall include, but not be limited to, loss of anticipated profits, business interruption, loss of use or revenue, cost of capital or loss or damage to property or equipment. The foregoing limitations and exclusions are intended to be effective to the maximum extent permitted by law. This warranty is governed by the law of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law principles. The company and purchaser agree that the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods and the United Nations Convention on the Limitation Period in the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to sales of the products covered by this warranty.

Written notice of a product believed to be defective as covered by this warranty should be sent to American Building Supply Inc. Attention DOORMERICA HARDWARE WARRANTY 6300 South Watt Ave. Sacramento, CA 95828 USA, within 30 days from the discovery of the alleged defects, and should include the purchaser’s name and address, identification of the product, and brief description of the defect. Upon receipt of such notice, the company will inform the purchaser where to ship such product, shipping charges prepaid, for examination. In the event such examination reveals a defect covered by this warranty, the Company will, at its own option, repair or replace the product, and return it or the replacement to the purchaser, with charge only for transportation.



FalconB Series - Dane Design

4/24/06FalconPage 1

ABS - AMERICAN BUILDING SUPPLY, INC.

FALCONB SERIES - Dane Design

With Schlage C Keyway With I.C. Less Core

Features:Door Thickness 1-3/8" to 2" standard.Backset 2-3/4" BS standard, available 2-3/8" BS.Specifications Trim has heavy duty springs for lever return. Trim is through-bolted with screws coated

with thread sealant to provide strength & resistance to loosening.Keyways Available Schlage C or I.C. less core.Trim Roses are 3-1/2" diameterStrike 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" ANSI strike standardANSI / BHMA A156.2, series 4000 grade 2UL 1-1/2 hour B label

Factory No. Description ANSI No. / Grade

B101 Passage F75-2Latch bolt by lever at all times

B301 Privacy F76-2Latch bolt by levers outside lever locked by push button in inside lever.Rotating inside lever or closing door releases push button. Emergencyrelease in outside lever unlocks door.

B511 Entry F109-2Turn/push button locking. Pushing and turning button locks outside leverrequiring use of key until button is manually unlocked. Push button locking.pushing button locks outside lever until unlocked by key or by rotating insidelever. Inside lever always free.

B561 Classroom F84-2Deadlocking latch bolt by levers. Outside lever is locked by key in outsidelever. Inside lever is always free.

B581 Storeroom F86-2Deadlocking latch bolt by lever inside or key outside. Outside lever isrigid. Inside lever is always free.

Features:• Door Thickness 1-3/8” to 2” standard.• Backset 2-3/4” BS standard, available 2-3/8” BS.• Specifications Trim has heavy duty springs for lever return.

Trim is through-bolted with screws coated with thread sealant to provide strength & resistance to loosening.• Keyways Available Schlage C or I.C. less core.• Trim Roses are 3-1/2” diameter• Strike 4-7/8” x 1-1/4” ANSI strike standard• ANSI / BHMA A156.2, series 4000 grade 2• UL 1-1/2 hour B label

Stocked ProductFinish 626B101 Schlage C KeywayB301 Schlage C KeywayB511 Schlage C Keyway or Best prep I. C. core less coreB581 Schlage C Keyway or Best prep I. C. core less core

FUNCTIONS ANSI



FunctionsD100-Series

D111P E0171 Classroom FunctionDeadbolt thrown or retracted by key fromoutside. Inside turn will only retract bolt. Boltautomatically deadlocks when fully thrown.

D121P E0161 Single Cylinder x RoseDeadbolt thrown or retracted by key only. Blankplate inside. Bolt automatically deadlocks whenfully thrown.

D131P E2141 Double Cylinder*Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key from eitherside. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fullythrown.

D141P E2151 Single Cylinder x TurnDeadbolt thrown or retracted by key or by turn.Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown.

BHMA / ANSI A156.5, 2001, Grade 1Bored Deadbolt Locks

FALCON ANSI &GRADE

* CAUTION: Double cylinder locks on residences and anydoor, in any structure, which is used for egress are a lifesafety hazard in times of emergency and their use is notrecommended. Installation should be in accordance withexisting codes only.

Finish Codes and DescriptionsCode Description605 (US3) Bright Brass606 (US4) Satin Brass613 (US10B) Oil Rubbed Bronze625 (US26) Bright Chrome626 (US26D) Satin Chrome

D200 Series


E0162 Single Cylinder x RoseDeadbolt thrown or retracted by key only. Blankplate inside. Bolt automatically deadlocks whenfully thrown.



D261 E2192 Thumbturn, Inside OnlyDeadbolt thrown or retracted by turn unit only.No outside trim. Bolt automatically deadlockswhen fully thrown.

D261M E01112 Thumbturn, Inside x RoseDeadbolt thrown or retracted by turn unit only.Outside blank rose. Bolt automaticallydeadlocks when fully thrown.

D271 Thumbturn xOccupancy IndicatorDeadbolt thrown or retracted by turn unit only.Occupancy indicator on outside (reads either inuse or vacant with color coding). Boltautomatically deadlocks when fully thrown.


FALCON ANSI &GRADE

D100 / D200 Series Pricing Sheet

Standard Features*Certification Grade 1 BHMA - ANSI A156.5, 2001, Grade 1 auxiliary lock, Available UL Listed for 3-Hour fire door

Grade 2 BHMA - ANSI A156.5, 2001, Grade 2 auxiliary lock, Available UL Listed for 3-Hour fire doorDeadbolt 1-1/8" x 2-1/4", Square corner faceplate, 1" housing diameter, 1" throwStrike 1-1/8" x 2-3/4", lipless, with boxCylinder 6-Pin, Solid brass, Keyed 5-Pin, Falcon G keyway, Keyed different (KD)Door Range 1-3/8" - 1-3/4" standardKeys Two, Nickel silver cut keys per lock, Falcon G keywayReinforcement Metal dust box reinforcer with three - 3" screwsTrim Ring 1" Wrought brass or bronze, reinforced with security insert

* Locks are furnished with standard features unless otherwise specified.

D200 - SeriesThe new D Series deadbolt from Falcon will fit on virtually any door, thanks to an adjustable backset with an innovative lock-in-place design. Available in a Grade 1 or Grade 2 configuration, our new D Series deadbolt can be fitted with virtually any Falcon cylinder, enhances lock strength on the jamb side of the door and is easier to install than any deadbolt you’ve ever worked with.

Find out more at www.falcon.ingersollrand.com

The new D Series deadbolt from Falcon will fit on virtually any door, thanks to

an adjustable backset with an innovative lock-in-place design. Available in a

Grade 1 or Grade 2 configuration, our new D Series deadbolt can be fitted

with virtually any Falcon cylinder, enhances lock strength on the jamb side of

the door and is easier to install than any deadbolt you’ve ever worked with.

It’s simple, really.

Because giving our customers

Safety, Security and Uncompromising Value is what we do best.

Our toughest deadbolt is also the most flexible.

FA-5295 Rev 02/08

Available functions (Exterior x Interior)

• Single cylinder x thumbturn

• Single cylinder x thumbturn - classroom function

• Single cylinder x rose

• No outside trim x thumbturn

• Rose x thumbturn

• Occupancy indicator x thumbturn

• Double cylinder

Security strike on jamb has third screw for deeper anchoring

ADA compliant thumbturn

Heavy duty* saw-resistant bolt with spinning hardened steel pin inside for additional protection* Grade 1 - High Strength Steel Grade 2 - Zinc Integrated anti-pry shield behind

cylinder assembly for added security and quicker installation

Tapered front resists wrenching

Adjustable backset with lock-in-place design for greater versatility

Latch tube constructionIntegrated trim design – fewer pieces out of the box and improved installation time

Accepts all small format interchangable style cores (SFIC) and conventional cylinders

Added space inside strike box for true deadlatch

Improved security strike design

Features:Certification Grade 1 BHMA - ANSI A156.5, 2001, Grade 1 auxiliary lock, Available UL Listed for 3-Hour fire door Grade 2 BHMA - ANSI A156.5, 2001, Grade 2 auxiliary lock, Available UL Listed for 3-Hour fire doorDeadbolt 1-1/8” x 2-1/4”, Square corner faceplate, 1” housing diameter, 1” throwStrike 1-1/8” x 2-3/4”, lipless, with boxDoor Range 1-3/8” - 1-3/4” standardReinforcement Metal dust box reinforcer with three - 3” screwsTrim Ring 1” Wrought brass or bronze, reinforced with security insertBackset 2-3/8” and 2-3/4” adjustable

Falcon







FALCON ANSI &GRADE



D200 Series









FALCON ANSI &GRADE











FALCON ANSI &GRADE



D200 Series









FALCON ANSI &GRADE





D231 Double CylinderDeadbolt thrown or retracted by key from either side. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown.

D241 Single Cylinder x TurnDeadbolt thrown or retracted by key or by turn. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown.

D271 Thumbturn x Occupancy IndicatorDeadbolt thrown or retracted by turn unit only. Occupancy indicator on outside (reads either in use or vacant with color coding). Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown.

Stocked ProductFinish 626Keyway Schlage C, I.C. Core less Core

Stocked ProductFinish 613, 626Keyway Schlage C, I.C. Core less Core

Stocked ProductFinish 613, 626Indicator Key 61-509

Falcon - Heavy Duty Levers



Falcon - Heavy Duty LeversT - Series

F A L C O N T S E R I E S

S A F E T Y , S E C U R I T Y A N D U N C O M P R O M I S I N G V A L U E

3

Proven compression spring design supports levers, eliminating lever sag and provides years of reliable service

Simply put, the Falcon T-Series lock is the most versatile lockset

in the industry. This extra heavy duty lock can accept any

manufacturer’s cylinder, and the cylinder can easily be removed

for quick, easy re-keying. Redesigned with a compression spring

behind the cylinder, the T-Series is now stronger than ever and

lever sag has been virtually eliminated. This adaptable lock is well

suited to either new construction or retrofit use in buildings as

varied as multi-family, retail, institutional and government/military.

F E A T U R E S

Heavy wrought brass or bronze roses over steel through-bolted rose inserts

PressureRelease™ outside lever disengages when locked to protect internal mechanisms

Brass or cold-formed steel construction, zinc plated and dichromated for rust resistance

Features:Door Thickness: 1-3/4” to 2-1/8” standard. Thin door adapter kit (A30775-000-00) available for doors thinner than 1-3/4”, please specify door thickness. Special Order

Backset: 2-3/4” standard. 2-3/8” also available. Link (A22161-005-10) available for 5” backset. 5” backset Special Order

Mechanism: Parts constructed of brass or cold formed steel, zinc plated and dichromated for rust resistance. Springs are stainless steel.

Attachment: Lock chassis secured to door by threaded mounting nuts. Completely preassembled outer trim and inner spindle assembly are through-bolted over chassis using (2) 10-32 screws. Adding rose and lever to inner spindle assembly completes installation.

Handing: Locks are non-handed.

Cylinders: Furnished with Schlage “C” keyway and IC prep options.

Trim: Roses are heavy wrought brass or bronze, installed over pressure cast rose inserts which are through-bolted through door. Levers are pressure cast (solid levers–no inserts) material finished to match mating parts.

Latches: 9/16” bolt projection, UL listed with latch faceplates 2-1/4” x 1-1/8” with square corners standard. 3/4” projection, UL listed latch with 2-3/4” backset also available. Adjustable front standard.

Strikes: 4-7/8” x 1-1/4” ANSI strike with curved lip to meet ANSI A115.2 door frame preparation standard.

Screws: Furnished with combination screws for use in wood or metal doors and frames.

Electrified Functions: Available in 24 VDC .185 AMP.

ANSI/BHMA: Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1.

UL: 3 hour A label.

Warranty: 1 Year LimitedStocked ProductT101 Dane, Quantum 626T301 Dane, Quantum 626T501 Dane, Quantum 626T511 Dane, Quantum 626T581 Dane, Quantum 626T511 IC Dane 626

14

T S E R I E SLO C K F E AT U R E S A N D S P E C I F I C AT I O N S

Lock FeaturesDoor Thickness: 1-3/4” to 2-1/8” standard. Thin door adapter kit (A30775-000-00) available for doors thinner than 1-3/4”, please specify door thickness.Backset: 2-3/4” standard. 2-3/8” also available. Link (A22161-005-10) available for 5” backset.Mechanism: Parts constructed of brass or cold formed steel, zinc plated and dichromated for rust resistance. Springs are stainless steel. Attachment: Lock chassis secured to door by threaded mounting nuts. Completely preassembled outer trim and inner spindle assembly are through-bolted over chassis using (2) 10-32 screws. Adding rose and lever to inner spindle assembly completes installation.Handing: Locks are non-handed.Cylinders: Drilled with 6-pin chambers, pinned in 5. Pinning in 6 chambers available when specified, at no cost. 7-pin cylinders also available. Cylinder assemblies removable to rekey. Also available with 6 or 7-pin interchangeable core cylinders. Cylinder housings and plugs machined from solid brass. Springs are phosphor bronze. Two nickel silver keys furnished standard. Interchangeable core design is available for small format (SFIC) and large format for most manufacturers, see page 8.

Falcon Lock T Series SpecificationsKey-in-lever cylindrical locksets shall be Falcon Lock T Series or equal and meet the following requirements:• All locks shall meet the new ANSI/BHMA A156.2, Series 4000,

Grade 1 for key-in-lever locksets.• Locksets shall be UL Listed (3 hour A Label).• Locksets shall be provided standard with Pressure Release™

feature. When outside lever is locked, it is not rigid but will move freely without operating the latch bolt.

• Lever trim shall have individual heavy-duty compression springs behind rose for lever return and to prevent lever sag. Trim shall be through-bolted with two (2) 10-32 screws coated with thread sealant to provide strength and resistance to loosening. Inner

Elevation Standard StrikeDoor Edge

Keyways: “G” keyway standard on conventional cylinders. “A” keyway standard on I/C core cylinders. Also available with some optional keyways.Trim: Roses are heavy wrought brass or bronze, installed over pressure cast rose inserts which are through-bolted through door. Levers are pressure cast (solid levers–no inserts) material finished to match mating parts. Latches: 9/16” bolt projection, UL listed with latch faceplates 2-1/4” x 1-1/8” with square corners standard. 3/4” projection, UL listed latch with 2-3/4” backset also available. Adjustable front standard. See page 10 for optional latches.Strikes: 4-7/8” x 1-1/4” ANSI strike with curved lip to meet ANSI A115.2 door frame preparation standard. Consult page 11 for other available strike sizes and configurations.Screws: Furnished with combination screws for use in wood or metal doors and frames.Electrified Functions: Available in 24 VDC .185 AMP.ANSI/BHMA: Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1.UL: 3 hour A label.

and outer trim shall “bottom out” to prevent door collapse. Roses shall be minimum of 3-1/2” diameter.

• All lever designs shall be solid and meet the federal ADA and state disability requirements. Inside levers shall be attached by Allen-head set screw to prevent tampering or vandalism.• Locksets shall adjust to fit door thickness from 1-3/4” to 2-

1/8”.• All locksets shall be non-handed and not require field

disassembly for re-handing.• Preparation for door must be non-handed.Acceptable manufacturer: FALCON LOCK

2-3/8”, 2-3/4”5/32”5/16” Dia. thru hole

2-3/4”

5/32” x 1/8” Deep

2-25/32”2-1/8” Dia. 1-1/8”

1-1/8”

2-1/4”

1” Dia. 3/4”

3-3/8”

4-7/8”

1-1/4”

5/16”

3-1/2”

4-1/8”

3/8”9/16”

1-1/16”

CL door, lock & strike are common

Backset (from center of door for beveled stile)




FUNCTIONS

To order Falcon T Series locksets, please consult page 15 for ordering information and assistance.

Indicates interchangeable core available.

Catalog Number

Function DescriptionANSI No. & Grade

T101Passage/Closet Latchset Latch bolt by levers at all times.

F75-1

T301

Privacy Lock Latch bolt by levers. Outside lever locked by push button in inside lever. Rotating inside lever or closing door releases push button. Emergency release in outside lever unlocks door.

F76-1

T351Closet Lock Deadlocking latch bolt by turn knob inside or lever outside except when outside lever is locked by key.

T381

Classroom Security Lock Deadlocking latch bolt by levers from either side except when outside lever is locked by key from inside. Outside key only retracts latch. Outside lever is locked and unlocked only by inside key.

F88-1

T411Asylum Lock Deadlocking latch bolt operated by key in lever from either side. Both levers always inoperable.

F87-1

T501Entry Lock Push button locking. Button on inside locks outside lever until unlocked by key or by rotating inside lever. Inside lever always free. Deadlocking latch bolt.

F82-1

T511

Entry/Office Lock Turn/push button locking. Pushing and turning button locks outside lever requiring use of key until button is manually unlocked. Push button locking. Pushing button locks outside lever until unlocked by key or by rotating inside lever. Inside lever always free. Deadlocking latch bolt.

F109-1

T521Office Lock Turn button locking. Turning button locks outside lever requiring use of key until button is manually unlocked. Inside lever always free. Deadlocking latch bolt.

F81-1

T561Classroom Lock Deadlocking latch bolt by levers. Outside lever is locked by key in outside lever. Inside lever is always free.

F84-1

T S E R I E SF U N C T I O N S

6



Catalog Number


T571

Dormitory Lock Deadlocking latch bolt by levers except when locked by push button in inside lever. Key in outside lever locks or unlocks outside lever and releases button. Closing door releases push button. Inside lever always free.

F90-1

T581Storeroom Lock Deadlocking latch bolt by lever inside or key outside. Outside lever is inoperable. Inside lever always free.

F86-1

T851

Storeroom (Electrified – Fail Safe) Inside Lever Always Free. Latch bolt operated by lever from either side except when outer lever is electrically locked. When outer lever is locked (inoperable), latch bolt retracted by key in cylinder outside. 24 volt DC .185 Amps, continuous duty.

T881

Storeroom (Electrified – Fail Secure) Inside Lever Always Free. Deadlocking latch bolt operated by lever inside at all times. Outside lever inoperable until electrically unlocked, then latch bolt from either side. When outside lever is inoperable latch bolt retracted by key in cylinder outside. 24 volt DC .185 Amps, continuous duty..

T12Dummy Trim Single Trim-surface mounted rigid lever.

7



Catalog Number



F75-1

T301


F76-1


T381


F88-1


F87-1


F82-1

T511


F109-1


F81-1


F84-1


6



Catalog Number



F75-1

T301


F76-1


T381


F88-1


F87-1


F82-1

T511


F109-1


F81-1


F84-1


6



Catalog Number



F75-1

T301


F76-1


T381


F88-1


F87-1


F82-1

T511


F109-1


F81-1


F84-1


6

ANSI


DESIGNS

T - Series

4

T S E R I E SL E V E R D E S I G N S

LeversLevers are solid pressure cast zinc, finished to match mating parts. Roses are wrought brass or bronze installed over steel through-bolted rose inserts. Pressure Release™ levers are standard. Levers are secured by a spring-loaded retainer. Retainer cannot be depressed when locks have been locked.

Abrasive Coated LeversAll levers are available with abrasive coating along the length of the lever to identify entrances to hazardous areas to the handicapped. To order add: “with abrasive coated outer lever” in detail section of order.

AAvalon

QQuantum

5”

3-1/2”

3-1/4”

DDane

5”

3-1/2”

3-1/4”

5”

3-1/2”

3-1/4”



Falcon - Heavy Duty Levers Falcon - Heavy Duty LeversW - Series

F A L C O N W S E R I E S

Whether your application is government/military, retail, industrial or multi-family, there’s

a W Series lock that fits perfectly. Our full line of Grade 1 and 2 retrofit locksets,

trim options and cylinders gives you the flexibility you need and the performance you

demand. Falcon W Series locks feature an interchangeable core that can be removed

for quick, easy re-keying. Our interchangeable cores are compatible with SFIC

products from other manufacturers. And they’re backed by one of the best names

in the business.

Solid, pressure-cast zinc levers

Conventional cylinders or interchangeable core keying compatible with SFIC products from Falcon or other manufacturers

UL listed latch standard

Wrought brass or bronze roses over steel through-bolted rose inserts

3

Door Thickness: 1-3/8” to 1-3/4” standard.

Backset: 2-3/4” standard; 2-3/8” also available.

Mechanism: Parts constructed of brass or cold-formed steel, zinc plated and dichromated for rust resistance. Springs are stainless steel.

Attachment: Lock chassis secured to door by two screws which pass through a steel rose insert inside and thread directly into the outer rose-mounting assembly, and two screws that screw into the chassis assembly.

Handing: Locks are non-handed.

Cylinder: Furnished Schlage “C” key way or IC core less core.

Trim: Roses are 3-5/8” diameter, heavy wrought brass or bronze, installed over steel rose inserts which are through-bolted through door. Levers are pressure-cast zinc (solid levers-no-inserts) finished to match mating parts.

Latches: 1/2” bolt projection made of stainless steel and UL listed for 3-hour door assemblies. Latches have self-adjusting fronts to accommodate beveled or flat doors. 2-3/8” backset with 2-1/4” x 1” latch faces or 2-3/4” backset with 2-1/4” x 1-1/8” latch faces.

Strikes: 4-7/8” x 1-1/4” ANSI strike with curved lip to meet ANSI A115.2 door frame preparation standard.

Screws: Furnished with combination screws for use in wood or metal doors and frames.

ANSI/BHMA: Meets ANSI/BHMA A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 2.

UL: 3-hour A label.

Warranty: 1 Year Limited

Features:



DESIGNS

Falcon - Heavy Duty LeversW - Series

FUNCTIONSCatalogNumber

DescriptionANSI Numberand Grade

W101 Passage LatchsetLatch bolt by levers at all times.

F75-2

W161 Communicating/Exit LatchDeadlocking latch bolt by inside lever. Non-removable blank plate outside. Inside lever is always free.

W201 Patio LockDeadlocking latch bolt by levers. Outside lever is locked by push button from inside. Rotating inside lever or closing door releases button and unlocks outside lever.

F77-2

W301 Privacy LockLatch bolt by levers. Outside lever is locked by push button on inside lever. Rotating inside lever or closing door releases push button and frees outside lever. Inside lever is always free. Emergency release in outside lever unlocks door.

F76-2

W511 Entry/Office LockDeadlocking latch bolt by levers. Turn/push button locking. Pushing and turning button locks outside lever, requiring use of a key for unlocking the door until button is manually unlocked. Pushing button locks outside lever until unlocked by key or by rotating inside lever. Inside lever is always free.

F109-2

W561 Classroom LockDeadlocking latch bolt by levers. Outside lever is locked by key in outside lever. Inside lever is always free.

F84-2

W581 Storeroom LockDeadlocking latch bolt by lever inside or key outside. Outside lever is always locked. Inside lever is always free.

F86-2

W711 Apartment Entrance LockDeadlocking latch bolt by levers. Turn/push button locking. Pushing and turning button locks outside lever, requiring use of a key for unlocking the door until button is manually unlocked. Pushing button locks outside lever until unlocked by key, by rotating inside lever, or by closing the door. Inside lever is always free.

W12 Single Dummy TrimSingle trim, surface-mounted rigid lever.

5

CatalogNumber



F75-2



F77-2


F76-2


F109-2


F84-2


F86-2



5

CatalogNumber



F75-2



F77-2


F76-2


F109-2


F84-2


F86-2



5

CatalogNumber



F75-2



F77-2


F76-2


F109-2


F84-2


F86-2



5

Stocked ProductDesignDane, Quantum

FinishDane: 605, 613, 626Quantum: 626, 613

KeywaySchlage CIC core stocked 626 Dane only

Backset2-3/4” Standard, also available 2-3/8”

L E V E R S

Levers are solid pressure-cast zinc, finished to match mating parts. Roses are wrought brass or bronze installed over steel through-bolted rose inserts. A spring-loaded retainer secures levers. Secure side retainer cannot be depressed without a key that operates the lock.

Abrasive Lever Options

All levers are available with an abrasive strip along the length of the lever to identify entrances to areas hazardous to the disabled. To order add 6 (for example, 6DA for Dane lever or 6QU for Quantum lever) to the order number.

D A N E

Q U A N T U M

Conventional Cylinder

Small Format Interchangeable Core (SFIC)

Plain

Thumbturn (interior)



Plain


4

L E V E R S

Levers are solid pressure-cast zinc, finished to match mating parts. Roses are wrought brass or bronze installed over steel through-bolted rose inserts. A spring-loaded retainer secures levers. Secure side retainer cannot be depressed without a key that operates the lock.

Abrasive Lever Options

All levers are available with an abrasive strip along the length of the lever to identify entrances to areas hazardous to the disabled. To order add 6 (for example, 6DA for Dane lever or 6QU for Quantum lever) to the order number.

D A N E

Q U A N T U M



Plain




Plain


4

ANSI

Dane Quantum




DESIGNS

Falcon - Heavy Duty LeversW - Series Small - Rose Design

FUNCTIONS

Stocked ProductDesign DaneFinish 626Keyway Schlage C

Y S E R I E SL E V E R A N D K N O B D E S I G N S

LeversLevers are pressure cast zinc, finished to match mating parts. Roses are wrought brass or bronze installed over steel reinforcing plates. Levers are secured by a spring-loaded retainer. Retainer cannot be depressed when locked.

5

DDane

QQuantum

2-7/16”

3/8”

2-9/16”

4-3/4”

4-11/16”

2-19/16”

2-7/16”

3/8”

KnobsKnobs and roses are wrought brass or bronze installed over steel reinforcing plates. Knobs are secured by a spring-loaded retainer. Retainer cannot be depressed when locks have been locked.

EElite

HHana

2”2-9/16”

2-1/2”

2-3/4”

2-9/16” 2-1/8”

ANSICatalogNumber



F75-2



F77-2


F76-2


F109-2


F84-2


F86-2



5

CatalogNumber



F75-2



F77-2


F76-2


F109-2


F84-2


F86-2



5

CatalogNumber



F75-2



F77-2


F76-2


F109-2


F84-2


F86-2



5

CatalogNumber



F75-2



F77-2


F76-2


F109-2


F84-2


F86-2



5

CatalogNumber



F75-2



F77-2


F76-2


F109-2


F84-2


F86-2



5

Catalog Number


Y101Passage/Closet Latchset

Latch bolt by knobs/levers at all times.F75-2

Y161Communicating/Exit Latch

Deadlocking latch bolt by inside lever. Non-removable blank plate outside.

Y301

Privacy Lock

Latch bolt by knob/lever from either side except when locked by turn button inside. Emergency release opening in outside knob/lever. Manually returning the turn button to the unlocked position releases inside and outside.

F76-2

Y521

Entry/Office Lock

Deadlocking latch bolt operated by knob/lever except when outside knob/lever is locked by turn button inside. Inside knob/lever always free. When outside knob/lever is locked, latch bolt is operated by key in outside knob/lever or by rotating inside knob/lever. Turn button must be manually returned to the unlocked position to release outside knob/lever. Lock may be locked or unlocked by key in cylinder outside.

F81-2

Y561Classroom Lock

Deadlocking latch bolt operated by knob/lever. Outside knob/lever is locked by key in outside knob/lever. Inside knob/lever is always free.

F84-2

Y581

Storeroom Lock

Knobs–Deadlocking latch bolt operated by inside knob or key outside. Outside knob rigid.

Levers–Deadlocking latch bolt operated by inside lever at all times. Rotating key in outside lever temporarily unlocks mechanism allowing lever to retract latch bolt. When key is removed, outer lever becomes rigid.

F86-2

Y12Dummy Trim

Single Trim–Through-bolted from inside. For Double Trim order two singles and drill out threads from mounting stud.

Y S E R I E SF U N C T I O N S

To order Falcon Y Series locksets, please consult page 11 for ordering information and assistance.


6

Catalog Number


Y101Passage/Closet Latchset

Latch bolt by knobs/levers at all times.F75-2

Y161Communicating/Exit Latch

Deadlocking latch bolt by inside lever. Non-removable blank plate outside.

Y301

Privacy Lock

Latch bolt by knob/lever from either side except when locked by turn button inside. Emergency release opening in outside knob/lever. Manually returning the turn button to the unlocked position releases inside and outside.

F76-2

Y521

Entry/Office Lock

Deadlocking latch bolt operated by knob/lever except when outside knob/lever is locked by turn button inside. Inside knob/lever always free. When outside knob/lever is locked, latch bolt is operated by key in outside knob/lever or by rotating inside knob/lever. Turn button must be manually returned to the unlocked position to release outside knob/lever. Lock may be locked or unlocked by key in cylinder outside.

F81-2

Y561Classroom Lock

Deadlocking latch bolt operated by knob/lever. Outside knob/lever is locked by key in outside knob/lever. Inside knob/lever is always free.

F84-2

Y581

Storeroom Lock

Knobs–Deadlocking latch bolt operated by inside knob or key outside. Outside knob rigid.

Levers–Deadlocking latch bolt operated by inside lever at all times. Rotating key in outside lever temporarily unlocks mechanism allowing lever to retract latch bolt. When key is removed, outer lever becomes rigid.

F86-2

Y12Dummy Trim

Single Trim–Through-bolted from inside. For Double Trim order two singles and drill out threads from mounting stud.

Y S E R I E SF U N C T I O N S

To order Falcon Y Series locksets, please consult page 11 for ordering information and assistance.


6

W 101SRD

W 301SRD

W 511SRD

W 521SRD

W 581SRD



Falcon - LatchesW - Series

P/W DESCRIPTION FINISH

Q330203 DL, 2-3/8”BS, 1-1/8”Face Plate 613, 626Q330209 SL, 2-3/8”BS, 1-1/8”Face Plate 613, 626

Stocked Product



Falcon - Cylinders & Keys

Stocked ProductC646 Uncombinated core, 6 pin, Keyways A & B, Finish 626C647 Uncombinated core, 7 pin, Keyways A Finish 626C606ACC Temporary coreC607 Combinated core, 7pin, Keway A, Finish 626KB6322A Operating Key for Temp core BlankKB6092A Control Key for temp core BlankKB6322AC Cut Operating Key F/C607KB6092AC Cut Control Key F/C607

4/24/06FalconPage 7


FALCON - Cylinders & Keys

Interchangeable Standard IC core uses a single spring cover.Core Stocked uncombinated without pins, springs, or keys.

Stock keyways A & BNote C606ACC does not inlcude control & operating keys

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9FALKB5776 KEY BLANK, STANDARD G KEYWAY N/A $ 1.20

9FALKB628A KEY BLANK, A KEYWAY I.C. N/A $ 1.40

9FALKB628B KEY BLANK, B KEYWAY I.C. N/A $ 1.40

008

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9FALC646A626 UNCOMBINATED CORE, A KEY WAY 6 PIN 626 $ 18.30

9FALC646B626 UNCOMBINATED CORE, B KEY WAY 6 PIN 626 $ 18.30

9FALC607A626 COMBINATED CYLINDER A KEYWAY 7 PIN 626 $ 31.50

9FALC606ACC TEMPORARY CORE BLACK $ 14.00

9FALKB6322A OPERATING KEY ONLY F/TEMP CORE - $ 4.30

9FALKB6092A CONTROL KEY ONLY F/TEMP CORE - $ 5.40

007

4/24/06FalconPage 7








008







007

4/24/06FalconPage 7








008







007

4/24/06FalconPage 7








008







007

C953 Rim Cylinder HousingHorizontal tailpiece standard. May bechanged to vertical

985C & 986C Mortise Cylinder 900 Series cylinders are furnishedwith #4 straight cam and 250 Serieswith #1 cloverleaf cam unlessotherwise specified.

Cylinders for IC Less CoreC987 mortise cylinder housingFurnished with standard #5 cam

Stocked ProductKB628 A Keyway I. C.KB608 A Control Blank

Stocked Product985C 1-1/8” 626 Finish986C 1-1/4” 626 Finish


Stock keyways A & BNote C606ACC does not include control & operating keys

Key Blanks Standard

Stocked ProductC953 613, 626 Finish 6 pin or 7 pin I. C. Less coreC987 613, 626 Finish 1-3/8” F/ 6 or 7pin I. C. Less core



Falcon - Exits19 & F19 Series - Rim Device

Features:• Function stocked: “EO” exit only• Trims Separately: Note: Lever trim is handed • ANSI A156.3-2001 Grade 1 standards, UL Listed

Panic Exit Hardware

The Monarch 19-R Series rim device that delivers superior panic hardware with modern touchbar styling. This non-handed device covers a 161 cutout and may be used on 13⁄4" narrow stile aluminum doors. The “EO” (Exit Only) device is ready to accept any trim function shown on page 12.

ANSI ANSIDEVICE & TRIM Type Function

19-R-EO 1 or 4 01

19-R-DT 1 or 4 02

19-R-NL 1 or 4 03

19-R-TP 1 or 4 05

19-R-TP-NL 1 or 4 06

19-R-K (or L or KIL) 1 or 4 08

19-R-K-NL (or L-NL or KIL-NL) 1 or 4 09

Note: For blank escutcheon specify BE.

SpecificationsHand: Non-Handed.

Functions: All functions built into “EO” device. All 19 Series trim works with rim or vertical devices. See Trim Selection Chart on pages 12 and 13.

Finishes: Powder-coated aluminum–SP28; powder-coated duranodic–SP313;stainless steel US-32D.

Strikes: F570 standard. 565, 571/571A, F490 optional.

Latchbolt: Stainless steel, 3⁄4" throw.

Deadlocking Latchbolt: Standard.

Dogging Feature: 1⁄2 turn hex dogging standard. No threaded parts to wear out.

Cylinder Dogging: Specify “CD” prefix. Use 11⁄8" long mortise cylinder with standard “A” cam.

Stock Sizes: 3'0" and 4'0". (See chart on page 15.)

Doors: 13⁄4" thick, wood or metal. Specify thickness if other than 13⁄4".

Narrow Stile Doors: Specify 565 strike. (See chart on page 15.)

Projection: 21⁄2" maximum; 17⁄8" dogged.

Electric Function: Can be interfaced with building security system. Security monitoring, electric dogging, exit indicator, and exit alarm available. (See separate electrical brochure.)

Fasteners: All mounting screws are concealed. Furnished with sheet metalscrews. Machine screws available, specify AMS.

Sex Bolts: 3-#4122 (1⁄4-20) SNB standard.

ANSI: Certified ANSI A156.3-2001 Grade 1 standards.

Shim Kit: For glass lite applications; 1⁄4" thick specify SK 19-R-1⁄4".

161 Cutout: Device covers 161 cutout with KIK/KIL and Centron trims. Other trim requires cover plate.

F570Standard

571/571AFor rim x verticalrod installations. 2789

Dogging Key

F490Strike optional

565For narrow stile door and

removable mullion installations. Cylinder Dogging

�Fire Exit Hardware

The F–19 Rim�fire exit device is an excellent addition to the touchbar. This device is non-handed and is listed by UL for B label fire doorinstallations on 4'0" x 7'2" single doors and/or 8'0" x 7'2" double doors with an F–4023 removable mullion or KRF-4023. The “EO” (ExitOnly) device is ready to accept any trim function shown on page 12.

SpecificationsUL: “B” label (11⁄2 hr.); 4'0" x 7'2".



Strikes: Stainless steel, F570 or F490.




Doors: 13⁄4" thick, wood or metal. Specify thickness if other than 13⁄4". (SNB must be specified on wood or composite doors.)

Projection: 21⁄2" maximum.


Fasteners: All mounting screws are concealed. Furnished with all machine screws.

Sex Bolts: When used with wood, composite or non-reinforced Hollow Metal, sex bolts must be specified, 3-#4122 (1⁄4-20) SNB standard.An additional 2-#2729 (10-24) SNB must be specified.





F-19-R-EO 1 or 4 01

F-19-R-NL 1 or 4 03

F-19-R-TP 1 or 4 05

F-19-R-TP-NL 1 or 4 06

F-19-R-K (or L or KIL) 1 or 4 08

F-19-R-K-NL (or L-NL or KIL-NL) 1 or 4 09


F570Standard

F490Strike optional

NON-HANDED RIM DEVICE F-19-R SERIESNON-HANDED RIM DEVICE 19-R SERIES

76

Panic Exit Hardware



19-R-EO 1 or 4 01

19-R-DT 1 or 4 02

19-R-NL 1 or 4 03

19-R-TP 1 or 4 05

19-R-TP-NL 1 or 4 06






















F570Standard


Dogging Key

F490Strike optional





















F-19-R-EO 1 or 4 01

F-19-R-NL 1 or 4 03

F-19-R-TP 1 or 4 05

F-19-R-TP-NL 1 or 4 06




F570Standard

F490Strike optional


76

Panic Exit Hardware



19-R-EO 1 or 4 01

19-R-DT 1 or 4 02

19-R-NL 1 or 4 03

19-R-TP 1 or 4 05

19-R-TP-NL 1 or 4 06






















F570Standard


Dogging Key

F490Strike optional





















F-19-R-EO 1 or 4 01

F-19-R-NL 1 or 4 03

F-19-R-TP 1 or 4 05

F-19-R-TP-NL 1 or 4 06




F570Standard

F490Strike optional


76

Stocked Product19RED Rim Exit 36”, 48” SP28, SP13F19RED Fire Rim Exit 36”, 48” SP28, SP13



Latch retention hold is in thetop latch. Retainer is releasedwhen it engages the strike.

SpecificationsHand: Field reversible.


Finishes: Powder-coated aluminum–SP28; powder-coated duranodic–SP313; stainless steel US-32D.

Strikes: 3788 strike is surface applied standard, 2130 strike is mortised into floor.

Angle Bracket: Use 4215 angle bracket in flush transom or rabbeted installations. Allows use of standard 3788 strike.

Latchbolt: Top stainless steel 3⁄4" throw. Bottom square bolt 1⁄2" throw.






Narrow Stile Doors: To 13⁄4" N.S. aluminum. With control trim–21⁄4" min. stile.

Projection: 21⁄2" max., 17⁄8" dogged.

Electric Function: Can be interfaced with building security systems. Securitymonitoring, electric dogging, exit indicator, and exit alarm available.


Sex Bolts: 3–#4122 (1⁄4–20) SNB standard. Hollow core wood, light gaugeHollow Metal, etc. require additional sex bolts. 19–V: 6–#2729#10–24 SNB; 19–V–LBR: 3–#2729 #10–24 SNB

ANSI: Certified ANSI A156.3 2001 Grade 1 standards.

19–V: Latch retention and 3788 strike top, deadbolt and 2130 flush strike bottom.

19–V–LBR: 3788 strike top.

Vertical Rods: Furnished to length based on 405⁄16" horizontal CL from finished floor and a 7'0" door standard. Variations from these standards must be specified when ordering.

Shim Kit: For glass lites applications; 1⁄4" thick specify SK-19-V-1⁄4".


Cylinder Dogging2789Dogging Key


19-V-EO 2 or 5 01

19-V-DT 2 or 5 02

19-V-NL 2 or 5 03

19-V-TP 2 or 5 05

19-V-TP-NL 2 or 5 06

19-V-K (or L) 2 or 5 08

19-V-K-NL (or KIL) 2 or 5 09


Panic Exit Hardware

Manufactured to the same exacting standards as the 19 Rim, the 19–V Exit Device complies with most exit door requirements, and is fully reversible and surface applied. This device is regularly furnished with deadlocking top latch with latch retention and square bolt at bottom. The “EO” (Exit Only) device is ready to accept any trim function shown on page 12.

3788Strike


Manufactured to the same exacting standards as the F–19 Rim, the F–19–V�Fire Exit Device complies with most exit door requirements, and is fully reversible and surface applied. This device is regularly furnished withdeadlocking top latch retention and square bolt at bottom. (This device is listed by UL for B label fire doorinstallations.) The “EO” (Exit Only) device is ready to accept any trim function shown on page 12.

SpecificationsHand: Field reversible.



Strikes: 3788 strike is surface applied. 2130 strike is mortised into floor.

Latchbolt: Top stainless steel 3⁄4" throw. Bottom square bolt 1⁄2" throw.



Doors: 13⁄4" thick, wood or metal. Specify if other than 13⁄4" thick.


Electric Function: Can be interfaced with building security systems. Security monitoring,electric dogging, exit indicator, and exit alarm available.

Fasteners: All mounting screws are concealed. All machine screws standard.

Sex Bolts: 3–#4122 (1⁄4–20) SNB standard. Composite or non-reinforced wood,Hollow Metal require additional sex bolts. F-19–V: 6–#2729 #10–24SNB; F-19–V–LBR: 3–#2729 #10–24 SNB


F-19-V: Latch retention and 3788 strike top deadbolt and 2130 flush strike bottom.

F-19-V-LBR: Latch retention and 3788 strike top.

Vertical Rods: Furnished to length based on a 405⁄16" horizontal CL from finished floor and a 7'0" door standard. Variations from these standards must be specified when ordering.

Shim Kit: For glass lites applications; 1⁄4" thick specify SK-19-V-1⁄4".



F-19-V-EO 2 or 5 01

F-19-V-DT 2 or 5 02

F-19-V-NL 2 or 5 03

F-19-V-TP 2 or 5 05

F-19-V-TP-NL 2 or 5 06

F-19-V-K (or L or KIL) 2 or 5 08

F-19-V-K-NL (or L-NL or KIL-NL) 2 or 5 09


3788Strike

Latch retention hold is in thetop latch. Retainer is releasedwhen it engages the strike. Thedoor is in the closed position.

2130Strike2130

Strike

REVERSIBLE VERTICAL ROD DEVICE 19-V SERIES REVERSIBLE VERTICAL ROD DEVICE F-19-V SERIES

98

19 Series - Vertical Rod DeviceF19 Series - Fire Rated Vertical Rod Device

Features: • Function Stocked: Exit only• Trims Separately: Note: Lever trim is handed See Trim page• ANSI A156.3 2001 Grade 1 Standard; UL Listed

Falcon - Exits

Stocked Product19VEO Vertical Rod 36”x 96” SP28, SP13F19RED Fire Rated Vertical Rod 36”x 96” SP28, SP1365006 Extension 12” SP2865008 Extension 36” SP28



19 Series - Trim DesignsAll Trims Supplied Less Cylinder

1910L (912) L TrimMortise Cylinder 1-1/8”RequiredHandedAL, DU

1909NL (910NL)Rim Cylinder RequiredAL

914 KIL KD Entry 914 KIL BE Blank Escutcheon

914 KIL IC Entry 914 KIL NL Night Latch

Stocked Product1910L Aluminum, Duro1909NL Aluminum914 KIL KD 313, 32D914 KIL BE Aluminum, Duro914 KIL IC Aluminum914 KIL NL Aluminum

Falcon - Exits

Aluminum Only Aluminum Only

313, 32D



Falcon8200 Series - Low Energy Operator

Stocked Product8231 Pull side operation 8242 Push side operation

Finish: aluminum

Features:

Designed to fit perfectly.The small footprint and elegant design of theFalcon 8200 Series make it a perfect solution fora range of applications.

• Assisted living • Hospitality• Retail • Small office• Restaurants • Ambulatory care



Falcon - ClosersSC61 Series - Light to Medium Duty Closer

SC70 Series - Closer

Features:• Meets ANSI A1117.1• ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1• UL Listed• 1-3/8” diameter piston• Closer mounts hinge side, top jamb or parrallel arm when either the

Rw/PA or Hw/PA arm is specified.• Adjustable sizes 1-4 • Single piece cast aliminum body• Staked valves• Non-handed left or right swinging doors• Separate adjustable general speed, latch speed, and backcheck• Heat-treated steel piston• Heat-treated pinion• UL 10C approved fluid• Universal screw pack• 10-year warranty Stocked Product

SC61 Aluminum, Dark Bronze

Stocked ProductSC71 Aluminum, Dark Bronze

• Meets ANSI A117.1• ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1• UL Listed• 1-1/2” diameter piston• Closer mounts hinge side, top jamb or parallel arm when either the Rw/PA or Hw/PA arm is specified.• Adjustable sizes 1-6• Single piece cast aluminum body• Staked valves• Non-handed for left or right swinging doors• Fast and easy installation• Separate adjustable general speed, latch speed and backcheck• Heat-treated forged steel piston• Double heat-treated pinion• Cover is high-impact UL Listed fire retardant plastic that meets UL 10C and UBC 7-2 (1997) fire test• UL 10C approved fluid• Universal screw pack• 10-year warranty



SC80 Series - Medium Duty CloserFeatures:• Meets A156.4, Grade 1 Standard• 1-3/8” diameter piston• Ready to mount hinge side, top jamb or parrallel arm

configurations• Arm options: regular• Suitable for interior doors up to 48” (1219 mm) wide, exterior

doors up to 36” (914 mm) and can be adjusted to meet the ADA accessability requirements

• Single piece cast aliminum body• Staked valves• Non-handed left or right swinging doors• Separate adjustable general speed, latch speed, and backcheck• Heat-treated steel piston• Heat-treated pinion• Cover is high-impact UL listed fire retardant plastic that meets UL

10C and UBC-7-2 (1997) fire test• UL 10C approved fluid• Universal screw pack• 10-year warranty


Falcon - Closers

SC90 Series - Light Duty CloserFeatures:• Meets A156.4, Grade 1• Ready to mount hinge side, top jamb or parrallel arm configurations• Arm options: regular• Single piece cast aliminum body• Non-handed left or right swinging doors• Separate adjustable general speed and latch speed• Heat-treated steel piston• Heat-treated pinion• UL 10C approved fluid• Universal screw pack• 10-year warranty




Falcon - Actuators8310-844 - SeriesTransmission Kit

8310-856T - SeriesRound Surface 4-1/2” Actuator

8310-865 - SeriesWireless Receiver

8310-8685 - Series4-1/2” Box only



Glynn Johnson90 Series Surface Heavy Duty Overhead Door Holders/Stops

Stocked ProductItem # Size Finish904S 4 32D

16

90 Series Surface Overhead Door Holders/Stops

The template information on this page is for reference only and is not intended to serve as an installation template. For complete dimensional information, refer to Glynn-Johnson template book.

1'

1/4"

3-1/4"

2-5/8"

1/4"

1-1/2"

1-1/2"

1/4"

1-7/8"1-3/16"

BUTTS/OFFSET PIVOTS CENTER HUNG

DOOR STOP HOLD DOOR STOP HOLDSIZE OPENING ONLY OPEN FRICTION OPENING ONLY OPEN FRICTION

1 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ---- ----2 23-1/16"–27" 902S 902H 902F 27-1/16"–33" 902S 902H 902F3 27-1/16"–33" 903S 903H 903F 33-1/16"–39" 903S 903H 903F 4 33-1/16"–39" 904S 904H 904F 39-1/16"–45" 904S 904H 904F5 39-1/16"–45" 905S 905H 905F 45-1/16"–51" 905S 905H 905F6 45-1/16"–51" 906S 906H 906F 51-1/16"–59" 906S 906H 906F

90 Series Sizing Chart

* First numeral (0) designates optional material.

To specify: Brass material, change 0 to 1 (i.e. C12511)Stainless Steel material, change 0 to 5 (i.e. C52511)Steel material, change 0 to 8 (i.e. C82511)

Note: This chart illustrates the most common types of hinging and door opening sizes. For unusual door details, contact Glynn-Johnson for availability.

BHMA/ANSI, A156.8 & FED. Spec. Cross ReferenceG-J Model BHMA* FED. Spec.902 - 906H C02511 1161902 - 906S C02541 1161A902 - 906F C02531 —

90 series door holders and stops provide long lasting protection for doors, frames and hardware. All models incorporate a heavy-duty channel/slide-arm design and offset jamb bracket. This design allows for simple field modification.

When the Hold-Open function is not a requirement, the Stop only model provides a reliable method of door control. The Stop only models may be used on fire doors.

16



1'

1/4"

3-1/4"

2-5/8"

1/4"

1-1/2"

1-1/2"

1/4"

1-7/8"1-3/16"



1 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ---- ---- ----2 23-1/16"–27" 902S 902H 902F 27-1/16"–33" 902S 902H 902F3 27-1/16"–33" 903S 903H 903F 33-1/16"–39" 903S 903H 903F 4 33-1/16"–39" 904S 904H 904F 39-1/16"–45" 904S 904H 904F5 39-1/16"–45" 905S 905H 905F 45-1/16"–51" 905S 905H 905F6 45-1/16"–51" 906S 906H 906F 51-1/16"–59" 906S 906H 906F



To specify: Brass material, change 0 to 1 (i.e. C12511)Stainless Steel material, change 0 to 5 (i.e. C52511)Steel material, change 0 to 8 (i.e. C82511)


BHMA/ANSI, A156.8 & FED. Spec. Cross ReferenceG-J Model BHMA* FED. Spec.902 - 906H C02511 1161902 - 906S C02541 1161A902 - 906F C02531 —

17

How to Order

Overhead Series:90

Size (Door Opening Using Butts or Offset Pivots):2 (23-1/16"–27")3 (27-1/16"–33")4 (33-1/16"–39")5 (39-1/16"–45")6 (45-1/16"–54")

Function:H Hold-OpenF Friction Hold-OpenS Stop-OnlySE Special Stop-Only

Finishes:US3 Polished BrassUS4 Satin BrassUS10 Satin BronzeUS10B Oil Rubbed BronzeUS32 Polished Stainless SteelUS32D Satin Stainless SteelSP4 Powder Coat BrassSP10 Powder Coat BronzeSP28 Powder Coat AluminumSP313 Powder Coat Dark BronzeSPBLK Powder Coat Black652 Chrome-like Coating

Options:J Angle Jamb BracketSHIM Blade Stop Shims—

SHIM1–1/4" KitSHIM2–1/2" KitSHIM3–3/4" Kit

SOC Pin-in-Socket Security Screws

__ __ __ – ______ – __90 4 H US32D J

Optional Functions: Hold Open (H), Friction (F) Special Order: Sizes 2,3,6



Glynn Johnson100 series Heavy Duty Concealed Overhead Door Holders/Stops

20

100 Series Concealed Overhead Door Holders/Stops


1-1/4"1"

1/4"

1-1/4"1"

2"

3/4"

3/8"

4-1/4"

1-1/4"

2-3/8" 5-1/2"

1/4"

3/4"

1"

1/4"

3-1/2"

1-1/4"

1/2"

3/8"

12"



1 18"–23" 101S* 101H* 101F* ----- ---- ---- ----2 23-1/16"–27" 102S* 102H* 102F* ----- ----- ----- -----3 27-1/16"–33" 103S 103H 103F 33-1/16"–39" 103S 103H 103F 4 33-1/16"–39" 104S 104H 104F 39-1/16"–45" 104S 104H 104F5 39-1/16"–45" 105S 105H 105F 45-1/16"–51" 105S 105H 105F6 45-1/16"–54" 106S 106H 106F 51-1/16"–59" 106S 106H 106F



To specify: Brass material, change 0 to 1 (i.e. C11511)Stainless Steel material, change 0 to 5 (i.e. C51511)


*These sizes are not available for use with offset pivots. Also not available with the ADJ option.

BHMAAll 100 series models are designed for heavy-dutyapplications and far exceed BHMA cycle test andforce test requirements for Grade 1 holders and stops.

BHMA/ANSI, A156.8 & FED. Spec. Cross ReferenceG-J Model BHMA* FED. Spec.101-106 H C01511 1160101-106 S C01541 ----101-106 F C01531 ----

21

How to Order

Overhead Series:10

Size (Door Opening Using Butts or Offset Pivots:1 (18"–23")2 (23-1/16"–27")3 (27-1/16" –33")4 (33-1/16"–39")5 (39-1/16"–45")6 (45-1/16"–54")

Function:H Hold-OpenHP Internal Hold-OpenF Friction Hold-OpenS Stop-OnlySE Special Stop-Only

Finishes:US3 Polished BrassUS4 Satin BrassUS10 Satin BronzeUS10B Oil Rubbed BronzeUS32 Polished Stainless SteelUS32D Satin Stainless SteelSP4 Powder Coat BrassSP10 Powder Coat BronzeSP28 Powder Coat AluminumSP313 Powder Coat Dark BronzeSPBLK Powder Coat Black

Options:ADJ Adjustable Jamb BracketCJLH Special Jamb Bracket for LCN 5030 Closer, LH DoorCJRH Special Jamb Bracket for LCN 5030 Closer, RH DoorSOC Pin-in-Socket Security Screws

___ ___ ___ – ______ – ____10 4 H US26D ADJ

100 series provide a wide range of optional features and are ideal for use on entrance and vestibule doors, large doors, or door subject to abuse. These models are also furnished with an offset style jamb bracket de-signed for heavy duty applications, 100 series models will provide long lasting protection to doors, frames, hinges and other hardware. Templates provided allow for variable mounting positions, ranging from 85 degrees to 110 degrees of opening.

100 series is non handed

When the Hold-Open function is not required, the Stop-Only function provides the same effective door control. Can be used on fire doors. The friction tension is adjusted using an allen wrench and an open end wrench.

20



1-1/4"1"

1/4"

1-1/4"1"

2"

3/4"

3/8"

4-1/4"

1-1/4"

2-3/8" 5-1/2"

1/4"

3/4"

1"

1/4"

3-1/2"

1-1/4"

1/2"

3/8"

12"











20



1-1/4"1"

1/4"

1-1/4"1"

2"

3/4"

3/8"

4-1/4"

1-1/4"

2-3/8" 5-1/2"

1/4"

3/4"

1"

1/4"

3-1/2"

1-1/4"

1/2"

3/8"

12"











20



1-1/4"1"

1/4"

1-1/4"1"

2"

3/4"

3/8"

4-1/4"

1-1/4"

2-3/8" 5-1/2"

1/4"

3/4"

1"

1/4"

3-1/2"

1-1/4"

1/2"

3/8"

12"











20



1-1/4"1"

1/4"

1-1/4"1"

2"

3/4"

3/8"

4-1/4"

1-1/4"

2-3/8" 5-1/2"

1/4"

3/4"

1"

1/4"

3-1/2"

1-1/4"

1/2"

3/8"

12"











Stocked ProductS Series Stop onlyItem # Size Finish103S 3 32D104S 4 32D

Optional Functions: Hold Open (H), Friction (F) Special Order: Sizes 1,5,6Contact sales department for other finishes



Glynn Johnson410 Series Medium Concealed Overhead Door Holders/Stops410 Series Concealed Overhead Door Holders/Stops

24

3/16"

3/4"

2-7/8"

13/16"13/16"

1-7/8"

1/4"



1 18"–23" 411S 411H 411F ----- ----- ----- -----2 23-1/16"–27" 412S 412H 412F ----- ----- ----- -----3 27-1/16"–33" 413S 413H 413F 33-1/16"–39" 413S 413H 413F 4 33-1/16"–39" 414S 414H 414F 39-1/16"–45" 414S 414H 414F5 39-1/16"–45" 415S 415H 415F 45-1/16"–51" 415S 415H 415F



To specify: Brass material, change 0 to 1 (i.e. C14511)Stainless Steel Material, change 0 to 5 (i.e. C54511)Steel material, change 0 to 8 (i.e. C84511)Note: This chart illustrates the most common types of hinging and door opening sizes.

For unusual door details, contact Glynn-Johnson for availability.


BHMA/ANSI, A156.8 & FED. Spec. Cross ReferenceG-J Model BHMA* FED. Spec.411-415 H C04511 1166411-415 S C04541 1166A411-415 F C04531 1164

25

Overhead Series:41

Size (Door Opening Using Butts or Offset Pivots):1 (18"–23")2 (23-1/16"–27")3 (27-1/16" –33")4 (33-1/16"–39")5 (39-1/16"–45")



Option:SOC Pin-in-Socket Security Screws

___ __ __ – ______ – ____

How to Order

41 1 H US10B SOC

410 series holders and stops are designed for medium to light duty applications, They are ideal for openings that are subject to normal activity, providing protection for the door, frame and hinges

All models incorporate the popular channel/slide-arm design and offset jamb brackets.

Non handed

When Hold-Open function is not a requirement, may be used on fire doors.


24

3/16"

3/4"

2-7/8"

13/16"13/16"

1-7/8"

1/4"











24

3/16"

3/4"

2-7/8"

13/16"13/16"

1-7/8"

1/4"











24

3/16"

3/4"

2-7/8"

13/16"13/16"

1-7/8"

1/4"











24

3/16"

3/4"

2-7/8"

13/16"13/16"

1-7/8"

1/4"










Stocked ProductItem # Size Finish413S 3 32D414S 4 32D

Optional Functions: Hold Open (H), Friction (F) Special Order: Sizes 1,5,6



28



1-5/16"7/8"

3/16"

3/16"1-1/4"

1-1/4"2-1/4"

2-7/8"

3/16"

3/4"



1 18"–23" 451S 451H 451F 23-1/16"–27" 451S 451H 451F2 23-1/16"–27" 452S 452H 452F 27-1/16"–33" 452S 452H 452F3 27-1/16"–33" 453S 453H 453F 33-1/16"–39" 453S 453H 453F 4 33-1/16"–39" 454S 454H 454F 39-1/16"–45" 454S 454H 454F5 39-1/16"–45" 455S 455H 455F 45-1/16"–51" 455S 455H 455F



To specify: Brass/bronze material, change 0 to 1 (e.e. C15511)Stainless Steel Material, change 0 to 5 (i.e. C55511)Steel material, change 0 to 8 (i.e. C85511)Note: This chart illustrates the most common types of hinging and door opening sizes.



Overhead Series:45

Size (Door Opening Using Butts or Offset Pivots):1 (18"–23")2 (23-1/16"–27")3 (27-1/16" –33")4 (33-1/16"–39")5 (39-1/16"–45")



Options: J Angle Jamb BracketSHIM Blade Stop Shims—

SHIM1–3/16" KitSHIM2–3/8" KitSHIM3–9/16" Kit

SOC Pin-in-Socket Security Screws

29

How to Order45 1 H US32D J___ __ __ – ______ – __

450 series holders and stops are designed for medium to light duty applications, They are ideal for openings that are subject to normal activity, providing protection for the door, frame and hinges

All models incorporate the popular channel/slide-arm design and offset jamb brackets. The improved design makes it easier to change functions in the field.

Non handed

450 F Friction Hold-Open models provide an alternative holding method ideal for patient room doors, closet doors or similar applications where multiple Hold-Open positions are desired.

450S Stop only is used when Hold-Open function is not required. The Stop-Only function provides the same effective door control without keeping the door held open. May be used on fire doors.

Glynn Johnson450 series Medium Duty Surface Overhead Door Holders/Stops

28



1-5/16"7/8"

3/16"

3/16"1-1/4"

1-1/4"2-1/4"

2-7/8"

3/16"

3/4"









28



1-5/16"7/8"

3/16"

3/16"1-1/4"

1-1/4"2-1/4"

2-7/8"

3/16"

3/4"









28



1-5/16"7/8"

3/16"

3/16"1-1/4"

1-1/4"2-1/4"

2-7/8"

3/16"

3/4"









Optional Functions: Hold Open (H), Special Order: Sizes 1, 5, 6Contact sales department for other finishes

28



1-5/16"7/8"

3/16"

3/16"1-1/4"

1-1/4"2-1/4"

2-7/8"

3/16"

3/4"









28



1-5/16"7/8"

3/16"

3/16"1-1/4"

1-1/4"2-1/4"

2-7/8"

3/16"

3/4"









Stocked Product450 S (Stop-Only) and F (Friction Hold Open)Item # Size Finish453 3 32D454 4 32D



HagerCommercial Screws For 1279 SeriesStocked Product Finishes Quantity

Per Box/BagMS050 Machine Screw 1/2” x 12-24 26D 100WS075 Wood Screw 3/4” x 12 FPHW US11 (10A) 26D, 15, 26 400WS125 Wood Screw 1 1/4” x 12 FPHW US11 (10A), 15, 26D 100

4/24/06Hager

Page 1


HAGERCOMMERCIAL SCREWS FOR 1279 SERIES

RESIDENTIAL WOOD & MACHINE SCREWS

TO ORDER SPECIFY: 9HAG + 2617 + FINISH9HAG + 28171 + FINISH

FINISHES INCLUDED: 10A, 15, 15A, 26, 26D, 1D, 2D, 3, 4, and 5 (ABA)

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGWS075 + FINISH 3/4" X 12 FPHW PER EACH US11 (10A), US26D, US3, US4 $ 0.10

9HAGWS075 + FINISH 3/4" X 12 FPHW PER EACH US15, US26, L1 $ 0.10

9HAGWS200 + FINISH 2" X 12 FPHW PER EACH US11 (10A), US15, US2C, US3 $ 0.53

007

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST9HAGMS050 + FINISH MACHINE SCREW, 1/2" X 12-24 US11 (10A), 26D, 3 $ 0.129HAGWS125 + FINISH WOOD SCREW, 1-1/4" X 12 FPHW US11 (10A), 15, 26, 26D, 3, 4 $ 0.25

001

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PER EACH9HAG130026D MACHINE SCREWS, 1/2" X 10-24 US26D $ 0.079HAG13003 MACHINE SCREWS, 1/2" X 10-24 US3 $ 0.079HAG13005 MACHINE SCREWS, 1/2" X 10-24 US5 $ 0.07

WOOD SCREWS2617 3/4" X 9 - $ 0.0628171 1" X 9 - $ 0.06

002

4/24/06Hager

Page 1









007


001


WOOD SCREWS2617 3/4" X 9 - $ 0.0628171 1" X 9 - $ 0.06

002

Residential Wood & Machine ScrewsStocked Product Finishes Quantity

Per Box/Bag*2617 Wood Screw 3/4” x 9 10B, 15, 26, 26D, 3, 4 6002817-1 Wood Screw 1” x 9 10B, 15, 26, 26D, 2D, 3, 4 800

4/24/06Hager

Page 1









007


001


WOOD SCREWS2617 3/4" X 9 - $ 0.0628171 1" X 9 - $ 0.06

002



BB1168 - Full Mortise HingeTemplate Hole PatternFull Mortise HingeBall Bearing Heavy WeightSteel with Steel PinANSI A8111Hinge Thickness .180 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” .190 5” x 4-1/2”Screw Size: Machine 1/2 x 12-24 Wood 1-1/4 x 12Case lot 24 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws


4/24/06Hager

Page 2

HAGER

BB1168 Full Mortise HingeBall Bearing Heavy WeightSteel with Steel PinANSI A8111Hinge Thickness .180 4-1/2" x 4-1/2"

.190 5" x 4-1/2"Case lot 24 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws

BB1191 Full Mortise HingeBall Bearing Medium WeightBrass with Brass Pin

ANSI A2112Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel Pin

ANSI A5112Hinge Thickness .134Case lot 48 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGBB11914526D HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D $ 23.94

9HAGBB11914532D HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US32D $ 31.05

9HAGNBB11914526D HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" NRP US26D $ 26.39


004

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGBB11684510B HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US10B $ 30.67


9HAGBB116854510B HINGE, 5" x 4-1/2" US10B $ 40.64

9HAGBB116854526D HINGE, 5" x 4-1/2" US26D $ 30.78

9HAGNBB11684510B HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" NRP US10B $ 33.12


9HAGNBB116854510B HINGE, 5" x 4-1/2" NRP US10B $ 43.09

9HAGNBB116854526D HINGE, 5" x 4-1/2" NRP US26D $ 33.23

003

Stocked Product• BB1168 4 1/2” x 4 1/2” 26D• BB1168 5” x 4 1/2” 26D• Available NRP (4 1/2” x 4 1/2” only)

Hager


4/24/06Hager

Page 4

HAGER

BB1199 Full Mortise HingeBall Bearing Heavy WeightBrass with Stainless Steel PinANSI A21115 Knuckle 4 Ball BearingHinge Thickness .180 4-1/2" x 4-1/2"


PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGBB11994510B HINGE, 4-1/2" X 4-1/2" US10B $ 44.44

9HAGBB11994526D HINGE, 4-1/2" X 4-1/2" US26D $ 39.04

9HAGBB119954510B HINGE, 5" X 4-1/2" US10B $ 57.49

9HAGBB119954526D HINGE, 5" X 4-1/2" US26D $ 45.09

9HAGNBB11994510B HINGE, 4-1/2" X 4-1/2" NRP US10B $ 46.89

9HAGNBB11994526D HINGE, 4-1/2" X 4-1/2" NRP US26D $ 41.49

9HAGNBB119954510B HINGE, 5" X 4-1/2" NRP US10B $ 59.94

9HAGNBB119954526D HINGE, 5" X 4-1/2" NRP US26D $ 47.54

023


4/24/06Hager

Page 2

HAGER

BB1168 Full Mortise HingeBall Bearing Heavy WeightSteel with Steel PinANSI A8111Hinge Thickness .180 4-1/2" x 4-1/2"


BB1191 Full Mortise HingeBall Bearing Medium WeightBrass with Brass Pin

ANSI A2112Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel Pin

ANSI A5112Hinge Thickness .134Case lot 48 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGBB11914526D HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D $ 23.94




004

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGBB11684510B HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US10B $ 30.67


9HAGBB116854510B HINGE, 5" x 4-1/2" US10B $ 40.64

9HAGBB116854526D HINGE, 5" x 4-1/2" US26D $ 30.78

9HAGNBB11684510B HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" NRP US10B $ 33.12


9HAGNBB116854510B HINGE, 5" x 4-1/2" NRP US10B $ 43.09

9HAGNBB116854526D HINGE, 5" x 4-1/2" NRP US26D $ 33.23

003

Stocked Product• BB1191 4 1/2” x 4 1/2” 32D• Also available NRP

Case lot 48 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws

Stocked Product• BB1199 4 1/2” x 4 1/2” 32D• Above sizes stocked NRP

Case lot 24 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws

Features:Template Hole PatternFull Mortise HingeBall Bearing Medium WeightANSI A2112Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel PinScrew Size: Machine 1/2 x 12-24 Wood 1-1/4 x 12ANSI A5112Hinge Thickness .134

Features:Template Hole PatternFull Mortise HingeBall Bearing Heavy WeightBrass with Stainless Steel Pin5 Knuckle 4 Ball BearingHinge Thickness .180 4-1/2” x 4-1/2” .190 5” x 4-1/2”Screw Size: Machine 1/2 x 12-24 Wood 1-1/4 x 12

BB1191 - Full Mortise Hinge

BB1199 - Full Mortise Hinge



4/24/06Hager

Page 7


BB1279 Full Mortise HingeBall Bearing Standard WeightSteel with Steel PinANSI A8112Hinge Thickness 4 x 4 .129

4-1/2 x 4-1/2 .134Case lot 48 eachPackaging All wood, 1/2 machine screws

HAGER

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGBB1279410A BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" US10A $ 13.25

9HAGBB1279410B BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" US10B $ 13.25

9HAGBB1279415 BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" US15 $ 14.58

9HAGBB1279415A BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" US15A $ 14.58


9HAGBB1279426D BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" US26D $ 11.32


9HAGBB12794P BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" USP $ 9.20

9HAGBB12794510A BALL BEARING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US10A $ 14.38

9HAGBB12794510B BALL BEARING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US10B $ 14.38

9HAGBB12794515 BALL BEARING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US15 $ 15.81

9HAGBB12794515A BALL BEARING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US15A $ 15.81


9HAGBB12794526D BALL BEARING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D $ 12.26



9HAGBB127945P BALL BEARING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" USP $ 9.88

ADD $ 2.32 LIST EACH FOR NRP (NON REMOVABLE PIN) 012

BB1279 Hinge Thickness 5 x 4-1/2 .145Case lot 24 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGBB127954510B BALL BEARING HINGE, 5" X 4-1/2" US10B $ 23.33

9HAGBB127954526D BALL BEARING HINGE, 5" X 4-1/2" US26D $ 19.98

ADD $2.32 LIST EACH FOR NRP 025

Hager

1279 - Full Mortise Hinge

Stocked Product• 1279 3 1/2” x 3 1/2” 10B, 15, 26, 26D, US3• 1279 4” x 4” 10B, 15, 26, 26D, US3• 1279 4 1/2” x 4 1/2” 10B, 15, 26, 26D, US3

NRP available: 4” x 4” 10B, 15, 26D, 4 1/2” x 4 1/2” 10B, 26D

BB1279 - Full Mortise HingeStocked Product• BB1279 4” x 4” 10B, 15, 26D, US3 • BB1279 4 1/2” x 4 1/2” 10B, 15, 26, 26D, US3 • BB1279 5” x 4 1/2” 26D• BB1279 5” x 5” 10B, 26D

NRP available: 4 1/2” x 4 1/2” 10B, 26DCase lot 48 eachPackaging All wood, 1/2 machine screws

Features:Template Hole PatternFull Mortise HingePlain Bearing Standard WeightSteel with Steel PinANSI A8133Hinge Thickness 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 .119 4 x 4 .129 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 .134Case lot 48 each 4 x 4, 4-1/2 x 4-1/2, 100 per case 3-1/2 x 3-1/2Packaging All wood, 1/2 machine screwsScrew Size for 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 : Machine 1/2 x 10-24 Wood 1 x 9Screw Size for 4 x4 , 4-1/2 x 4-1/2” Machine 1/2 x 12-24 Wood 1-1/4 x 12

Features:Template Hole PatternFull Mortise HingeBall Bearing Standard WeightSteel with Steel PinANSI A8112Hinge Thickness 4 x 4 .129 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 .134Screw Size for 4 x 4 , 4-1/2 x 4-1/2: Machine 1/2 x 12-24 Wood 1-1/4 x 12


4/24/06Hager

Page 6

HAGER

1279 Full Mortise HingePlain Bearing Standard WeightSteel with Steel PinANSI A8133Hinge Thickness 4 x 4 .129

4-1/2 x 4-1/2 .134Case lot 48 eachPackaging All wood, 1/2 machine screws

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAG1279410A HINGE, 4" x 4" US10A $ 6.08

9HAG1279410B HINGE, 4" x 4" US10B $ 6.08

9HAG1279415 HINGE, 4" x 4" US15 $ 6.69

9HAG1279415A HINGE, 4" x 4" US15A $ 6.69

9HAG1279426 HINGE, 4" x 4" US26 $ 6.08

9HAG1279426D HINGE, 4" x 4" US26D $ 5.18

9HAG127943 HINGE, 4" x 4" US3 $ 6.08

9HAG12794510A HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US10A $ 7.94

9HAG12794510B HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US10B $ 7.94

9HAG12794515 HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US15 $ 8.73

9HAG12794515A HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US15A $ 8.73

9HAG12794526 HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26 $ 7.94

9HAG12794526D HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D $ 6.75

9HAG1279453 HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US3 $ 7.94

9HAG1279454 HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US4 $ 4.48

9HAG127945P HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" USP $ 4.48

ADD $ 2.32 LIST EACH FOR NRP (NON REMOVABLE PIN) 011

4/24/06Hager

Page 5


HAGER

1250 Full Mortise Spring HingeSquare CornerSteel ANSI K81071FHinge Thickness .134Case lot 48 eachPackaging All wood,

All machine screws

1251 Full Mortise Spring Hinge1/4" RadiusSteel ANSI K81071FHinge Thickness .134Case lot 48 eachPackaging All wood, 1/2 machine screws

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAG12504510A SPRING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US10A $ 29.69

9HAG12504510B SPRING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US10B $ 29.69

9HAG12504515 SPRING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US15 $ 32.66

9HAG12504526D SPRING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US26D $ 28.34

9HAG1250453 SPRING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US3 $ 29.69

9HAG1250454 SPRING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2' US4 $ 23.00

9HAG125045P SPRING HINGE, 4-1/2" x 4-1/2 USP $ 20.92

009

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGRC1251410A SPRING HINGE, 4" x 4" US10A $ 18.40

9HAGRC1251410B SPRING HINGE, 4" x 4" US10B $ 18.40

9HAGRC1251415 SPRING HINGE, 4" x 4" US15 $ 20.24

9HAGRC1251415A SPRING HINGE, 4" x 4" US15A $ 20.24

9HAGRC1251426D SPRING HINGE, 4" x 4" US26D $ 17.90



9HAGRC12514P SPRING HINGE, 4" x 4" USP $ 12.19

010

1250 - Full Mortise Spring HingeStocked Product• 1250 4 1/2” x 4 1/2”

US10B, US26D

Case lot 48 eachPackaging All wood,

All machine screws

1251 - Full Mortise Spring HingeStocked Product• RC1251 4” x 4”

US10B, US15, US26D

Case lot 48 eachPackaging All wood, 1/2 machine screws

Features:Template Hole PatternFull Mortise Spring HingeSquare CornerSteel ANSI K81071FHinge Thickness .134Screw Size: Machine 1/2 x 12-24 Wood 1-1/4” x 12

Features:Template Hole Pattern1/4” RadiusSteel ANSI K81071FHinge Thickness .134Screw Size: Machine 1/2 x 12-24 Wood 1-1/4 x 12




4/24/06Hager

Page 8

HAGER - Radius HingeRC1279 Full Mortise Hinge

Plain Bearing 1/4" RadiusAvailable with NRP (non removable pin)Hinge Thickness 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 .119

4 x 4 .129Case lot 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 100 each

4 x 4 48 eachPackaging All wood, 1/2 machine screws

BBRC1279 Full Mortise HingeBall Bearing 1/4" RadiusAvailable with NRP (non removable pin)Hinge Thickness 4 x 4 .129Case lot 48 eachPackaging All wood, 1/2 machine screws

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGNRC1279410A HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US10A $ 11.909HAGNRC1279415 HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US15 $ 12.519HAGNRC1279426D HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US26D $ 11.009HAGNRC127943 HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US3 $ 11.909HAGNRC127944 HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US4 $ 9.099HAGRC12793510A HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/4" RADIUS US10A $ 9.059HAGRC12793510B HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/4" RADIUS US10B $ 9.059HAGRC12793515 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/4" RADIUS US15 $ 9.619HAGRC12793526D HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/4" RADIUS US26D $ 8.219HAGRC1279353 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/4" RADIUS US3 $ 9.059HAGRC1279354 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/4" RADIUS US4 $ 5.679HAGRC1279410A HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US10A $ 9.459HAGRC1279410B HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US10B $ 9.459HAGRC1279415 HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US15 $ 10.069HAGRC1279426D HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US26D $ 8.559HAGRC127943 HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US3 $ 9.459HAGRC127944 HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US4 $ 6.649HAGRC12794P HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS USP $ 6.64

013

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGBBRC1279410A BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US10A $ 16.639HAGBBRC1279410B BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US10B $ 16.639HAGBBRC1279415 BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US15 $ 17.959HAGBBRC1279426D BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US26D $ 14.699HAGBBRC127943 BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US3 $ 16.639HAGBBRC127944 BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US4 $ 12.589HAGNBBRC1279410A BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US10A $ 19.089HAGNBBRC1279426D BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US26D $ 17.15

014


4/24/06Hager

Page 8

HAGER - Radius HingeRC1279 Full Mortise Hinge

Plain Bearing 1/4" RadiusAvailable with NRP (non removable pin)Hinge Thickness 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 .119

4 x 4 .129Case lot 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 100 each

4 x 4 48 eachPackaging All wood, 1/2 machine screws

BBRC1279 Full Mortise HingeBall Bearing 1/4" RadiusAvailable with NRP (non removable pin)Hinge Thickness 4 x 4 .129Case lot 48 eachPackaging All wood, 1/2 machine screws

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGNRC1279410A HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US10A $ 11.909HAGNRC1279415 HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US15 $ 12.519HAGNRC1279426D HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US26D $ 11.009HAGNRC127943 HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US3 $ 11.909HAGNRC127944 HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US4 $ 9.099HAGRC12793510A HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/4" RADIUS US10A $ 9.059HAGRC12793510B HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/4" RADIUS US10B $ 9.059HAGRC12793515 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/4" RADIUS US15 $ 9.619HAGRC12793526D HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/4" RADIUS US26D $ 8.219HAGRC1279353 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/4" RADIUS US3 $ 9.059HAGRC1279354 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 1/4" RADIUS US4 $ 5.679HAGRC1279410A HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US10A $ 9.459HAGRC1279410B HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US10B $ 9.459HAGRC1279415 HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US15 $ 10.069HAGRC1279426D HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US26D $ 8.559HAGRC127943 HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US3 $ 9.459HAGRC127944 HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US4 $ 6.649HAGRC12794P HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS USP $ 6.64

013

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGBBRC1279410A BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US10A $ 16.639HAGBBRC1279410B BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US10B $ 16.639HAGBBRC1279415 BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US15 $ 17.959HAGBBRC1279426D BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US26D $ 14.699HAGBBRC127943 BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US3 $ 16.639HAGBBRC127944 BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS US4 $ 12.589HAGNBBRC1279410A BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US10A $ 19.089HAGNBBRC1279426D BALL BEARING HINGE, 4" x 4" 1/4" RADIUS NRP US26D $ 17.15

014

HagerRC1279 - Full Mortise HingeStocked Product• RC1279 3 1/2” x 3 1/2” 10B, 15, 26D, US3• RC1279 4” x 4” 10B, 15, 26D, US3, US4 • 4” x 4” NRP stocked 10B, 15, 26D

Case lot 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 100 each 4 x 4 48 eachPackaging All wood, 1/2 machine screws

BBRC1279 - Full Mortise HingeStocked Product• BBRC1279 4” x 4” 10B, 15

Case lot 48 eachPackaging All wood, 1/2 machine screws

Features:Template Hole PatternFull Mortise HingePlain Bearing 1/4” RadiusAvailable with NRP (non removable pin)Hinge Thickness 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 .119 4 x 4 .129Screw Size for 3-1/2 x 3-1/2 : Machine 1/2 x 10-24

Wood 1 x 9Screw Size for 4 x4 , 4-1/2 x 4-1/2: Machine 1/2 x 12-24

Wood 1-1/4 x 12

Features:Template Hole PatternFull Mortise HingeBall Bearing 1/4” RadiusHinge Thickness 4 x 4 .129Screw Size: Machine 1/2 x 12-24 Wood 1-1/4 x 12


4/24/06Hager

Page 10

HAGER - Residential Spring Hinge

FULL MORTISE TEMPLATE FOR AUTOMATIC CLOSING OF DOOR

RC1744 1/4" Radius 4" x 4"Light weight for residential use onlyUse with Timely style framesAll machine and 1/2" wood screwsAdjustable tension, three knuckle, adjusting tool includedCase lot 80 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws

Maximum door size4" x 4" 3/0 x 7/0

Note:1. For maximum versatility use all spring hinges2. Full spring tension may not be required on all hinges.

Recommended Max Spring Butt Spring HingeSeries Size Door Weight (lbs) Hinge Hinge Location

45 1 2 Center

1744 4" x 4" 70 2 1 top/btm or ctr/btm

90 3 -- All

01



9HAGRC174442D SPRING HINGE, 4" x 4" 2D $ 7.50


9HAGRC17444L2 SPRING HINGE, 4" x 4" L2 $ 14.52

022

RC1741/1741 - Full Mortise Residential Hinge

Stocked Product• RC1741 3 1/2” x 3 1/2” 10B, 15, 26, 26D

US3, US4, US5• RC1741 4” x 4” 10B, 15, 26, 26D

US3, US4, US5• Most sizes stocked, boxed or bulk• NRP stocked 4” x 4” only RC1741 10B, 15, 26D, 3 ,4• SQ 1741 boxed 3 1/2” x 3 1/2” 10B, 15, 26D, US3• SQ1741 boxed 4” x 4 10B, 15, 26D, US3

RC1744 - Residential Spring HingeFULL MORTISE TEMPLATE FOR AUTOMATIC CLOSING OF DOOR

Stocked Product• RC1744 4” x 4” 26D

Case lot 80 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screwsMaximum door size - 4” x 4” 3/0 x 7/0

Features:Template Hole PatternPlain Bearing - Residential WeightNon Template - 1/4” Radius Corner;

Square CornerFive Knuckle - Removable PinHinge Thickness .085Case lot 100 eachPackaging All woodScrew Size: Wood 3/4 x 9

Features:Template Hole Pattern1/4” Radius 4” x 4”Light weight for residential use onlyUse with Timely style framesAll machine and 1/2” wood screwsAdjustable tension, three knuckle, adjusting tool includedHinge Thickness .085Screw Size: Machine 1/2 x 12-24 Wood 1-1/4 x 12

Note:1. For maximum versatility use all spring hinges2. Full spring tension may not be required on all hinges.

4/24/06Hager

Page 9


HAGER - Full Mortise Residential Hinge

RC1741 Plain Bearing - Residential WeightNon Template - 1/4" Radius CornerFive Knuckle - Removable PinHinge Thickness .085Case lot 100 eachPackaging All wood

Bulk assembled100 per case

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGRC17413510AB HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" BULK US10A $ 1.70

9HAGRC17413510BB HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" BULK US10B $ 1.70

9HAGRC17413515AB HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" BULK US15A $ 1.70

9HAGRC17413515B HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" BULK US15 $ 1.70

9HAGRC1741351DB HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" BULK 1D $ 1.70


9HAGRC17413526DB HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" BULK US26D $ 1.80

9HAGRC1741352DB HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" BULK 2D $ 0.70


9HAGRC1741353LBB HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" BULK 3LB $ 0.70



9HAGRC174135LSB HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" BULK LS $ 1.70

9HAGRC1741410AB HINGE, 4" x 4" BULK US10A $ 2.70

9HAGRC1741410BB HINGE, 4" x 4" BULK US10B $ 2.70

9HAGRC1741415AB HINGE, 4" x 4" BULK US15A $ 2.70

9HAGRC1741415B HINGE, 4" x 4" BULK US15 $ 2.40

9HAGRC174141DB HINGE, 4" x 4" BULK 1D $ 2.28


9HAGRC1741426DB HINGE, 4" x 4" BULK US26D $ 2.70

9HAGRC174142DB HINGE, 4" x 4" BULK 2D $ 0.98


9HAGRC174143LBB HINGE, 4" x 4" BULK 3LB $ 0.98



9HAGRC17414LSB HINGE, 4" x 4" BULK LS $ 2.70

ADD $0.10 LIST EACH FOR BOX PRICE (2 PER BOX) 015

ADD $1.10 LIST EACH FOR NRP (NON REMOVABLE PIN AVAILABLE 4" ONLY)



Stocked Product• RC1748 3 1/2” x 3 1/2”

26D

Template Hole Pattern:Case lot 100 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws #9Box 2 Each, Sold in Boxes Pack only

Stocked Product• RC1749 4” x 4”

26D

Case lot 48 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws #12 headBox 3 Each, Sold in Boxes Pack only

Stocked Product• RC1751 4” x 4”

10B, 26D, 26, US3, 15, US4, US5• RC1752 4” x 4”

10B, 26D, US3, 15, US4

Case lot 80 eachPackaging All wood screws

Features:For Timely FramesPlain Bearing - Residential WeightTemplate - 1/4” Radius CornerFive Knuckle - Reversible - Removable PinHinge Thickness .085Screw Size: Machine 1/2 x 10-24 Wood 1 x 9

Features:Template Hole PatternFor Timely FramesPlain Bearing - Residential WeightTemplate - 1/4” Radius CornerFive Knuckle - Removable PinTemplate Hole PatternHinge Thickness .085Screw Size: Machine 1/2 x 12-24 Wood 1-1/4 x 12

Features:Full Mortise - Non TemplateRC1751 1/4” RadiusRC1752 5/8” RadiusSize 4” x 4”Hinge Thickness .097Screw Size: Wood 1 x 9

4/24/06Hager

Page 13


HAGER - Residential Spring Hinge

Full Mortise - Non TemplateRC1751 1/4" RadiusRC1752 5/8" Radius

Size 4" x 4"Hinge Thickness .097Case lot 80 eachPackaging All wood screws


9HAGRC1751410B SPRING HINGE, 4 x 4 US10B $ 9.20








9HAGRC175143LB SPRING HINGE, 4" X 4" 3LB $ 7.60

9HAGRC175144 SPRING HINGE, 4" X 4" US4 $ 7.00



9HAGRC1752410B SPRING HINGE, 4" x 4" US10B $ 9.20








9HAGRC175243LB SPRING HINGE, 4" X 4" 3LB $ 7.60

9HAGRC175244 SPRING HINGE,4" X 4" US4 $ 7.00


018

4/24/06Hager

Page 11



RC1749 For Timely Frames` Plain Bearing - Residential Weight

Template - 1/4" Radius CornerFive Knuckle - Removable PinTemplate Hole PatternHinge Thickness .085Case lot 48 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws #12 head

RC1748 For Timely FramesPlain Bearing - Residential WeightTemplate - 1/4" Radius CornerFive Knuckle - Reversible - Removable PinHinge Thickness .085Case lot 100 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws #9

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGRC17483510A HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US10A $ 2.70

9HAGRC17483526D HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US26D $ 3.47

9HAGRC1748352D HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 2D $ 0.98

9HAGRC1748353 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US3 $ 3.57

9HAGRC1748355 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US5 $ 2.70

9HAGRC174835L2 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" L2 $ 1.56

9HAGRC174835LS HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" LS $ 1.56

016

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGNRC1749410A HINGE, 4" x 4" NRP US10A $ 5.17

9HAGNRC1749426D HINGE, 4" x 4" NRP US26D $ 6.94

9HAGNRC174942D HINGE, 4" x 4" NRP 2D $ 1.35

9HAGNRC174943 HINGE, 4" x 4" NRP US3 $ 6.36

9HAGNRC17494L2 HINGE, 4" x 4" NRP L2 $ 6.63

9HAGRC1749410A HINGE, 4" x 4" US10A $ 3.20

9HAGRC1749426D HINGE, 4" x 4" US26D $ 4.67

9HAGRC174942D HINGE, 4" x 4" 2D $ 1.30

9HAGRC174943 HINGE, 4" x 4" US3 $ 4.17

9HAGRC174945 HINGE, 4" x 4" US5 $ 3.20

9HAGRC17494L2 HINGE, 4" x 4" L2 $ 2.45

9HAGRC17494LS HINGE, 4" x 4" LS $ 2.45

017

4/24/06Hager

Page 11



RC1749 For Timely Frames` Plain Bearing - Residential Weight

Template - 1/4" Radius CornerFive Knuckle - Removable PinTemplate Hole PatternHinge Thickness .085Case lot 48 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws #12 head

RC1748 For Timely FramesPlain Bearing - Residential WeightTemplate - 1/4" Radius CornerFive Knuckle - Reversible - Removable PinHinge Thickness .085Case lot 100 eachPackaging All machine, 1/2 wood screws #9

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGRC17483510A HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US10A $ 2.70

9HAGRC17483526D HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US26D $ 3.47

9HAGRC1748352D HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 2D $ 0.98

9HAGRC1748353 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US3 $ 3.57

9HAGRC1748355 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US5 $ 2.70

9HAGRC174835L2 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" L2 $ 1.56

9HAGRC174835LS HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" LS $ 1.56

016

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGNRC1749410A HINGE, 4" x 4" NRP US10A $ 5.17

9HAGNRC1749426D HINGE, 4" x 4" NRP US26D $ 6.94

9HAGNRC174942D HINGE, 4" x 4" NRP 2D $ 1.35

9HAGNRC174943 HINGE, 4" x 4" NRP US3 $ 6.36

9HAGNRC17494L2 HINGE, 4" x 4" NRP L2 $ 6.63

9HAGRC1749410A HINGE, 4" x 4" US10A $ 3.20

9HAGRC1749426D HINGE, 4" x 4" US26D $ 4.67

9HAGRC174942D HINGE, 4" x 4" 2D $ 1.30

9HAGRC174943 HINGE, 4" x 4" US3 $ 4.17

9HAGRC174945 HINGE, 4" x 4" US5 $ 3.20

9HAGRC17494L2 HINGE, 4" x 4" L2 $ 2.45

9HAGRC17494LS HINGE, 4" x 4" LS $ 2.45

017

Hager

RC1749 - Full Mortise Residential Hinge

RC1748 - Full Mortise Residential Hinge

RC1751, RC1752 - Residential Spring Hinge




4/24/06Hager

Page 14


RC1841Full Mortise - Non Template - Residential Weight5/8" Radius Corner - Bulk AssembledSteel Material with Steel Pin5 Knuckle - ReversibleHinge Thickness .085Case lot 100 eachPackaging All wood screws

Bulk assembled100 per case

FOR BOX PACK SPECIFY RC1842 X SIZE X FINISHADD $0.10 LIST EACH FOR BOX PRICE (2 PER BOX)ADD $1.10 LIST EACH FOR NRP (NON REMOVABLE PIN AVAILABLE 4" BOXED ONLY)

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9HAGRC18413510A HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US10A $ 1.709HAGRC18413510B HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US10B $ 1.709HAGRC18413515 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US15 $ 1.709HAGRC18413515A HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US15A $ 1.709HAGRC1841351D HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US1D $ 1.709HAGRC18413526 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US26 $ 1.809HAGRC18413526D HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US26D $ 1.809HAGRC1841352D HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 2D $ 0.709HAGRC1841353 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US3 $ 1.809HAGRC1841353LB HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" 3LB $ 0.709HAGRC1841354 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US4 $ 0.709HAGRC1841355 HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" US5 $ 1.709HAGRC184135LS HINGE, 3-1/2" x 3-1/2" LS $ 1.709HAGRC1841410A HINGE, 4" x 4" US10A $ 2.709HAGRC1841410B HINGE, 4" x 4" US10B $ 2.709HAGRC1841415 HINGE, 4" x 4" US15 $ 2.409HAGRC1841415A HINGE, 4" x 4" US15A $ 2.709HAGRC184141D HINGE, 4" x 4" US1D $ 2.289HAGRC1841426 HINGE, 4" x 4" US26 $ 2.709HAGRC1841426D HINGE, 4" x 4" US26D $ 2.709HAGRC184142D HINGE, 4" x 4" 2D $ 0.989HAGRC184143 HINGE, 4" x 4" US3 $ 2.409HAGRC184143LB HINGE, 4" x 4" 3LB $ 0.989HAGRC184144 HINGE, 4" x 4" US4 $ 0.989HAGRC184145 HINGE, 4" x 4" US5 $ 2.709HAGRC18414LS HINGE, 4" x 4" LS $ 2.70

019

4/24/06Hager

Page 15


ROTON BY HAGER - Continuous Hinges

780-112 HD

• Individually packed• Clearance - 5/16" hinge side• Fasteners - Dril-kwick screws included• Length - Stock 83", 95"

Special order 79", 85", 119"• Door reinforcement - None up to 200 lbs, use 16 gauge channel• Frame reinforcement - None up to 200 lbs, use 16 gauge channel• Fire rating - Up to 3 hours• HD - Heavy duty

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9ROT780112HD83 CONCEALED LEAF 83" CLEAR CLEAR $ 162.20

9ROT780112HD95 CONCEALED LEAF 95" CLEAR CLEAR $ 195.50

026

HagerRC1841 - Full Mortise Residential HingeStocked Product• RC1841 3 1/2” x 3 1/2”

10B, 26D, 26, US3, 15, US4, US5• RC1841 4” x 4”

10B, 26D, 26, US3, 15, US4, US5• Above sizes stocked bulk, for boxed specify RC1842• NRP option stocked RC1842 4” x 4” only 10B, 15

Case lot 100 eachPackaging All wood screws

Features:Full Mortise - Non Template

Residential Weight5/8” Radius Corner - Bulk AssembledSteel Material with Steel Pin5 Knuckle - ReversibleHinge Thickness .085Screw Size: Wood 3/4 x 9

Roton by Hager - Continuous Hinges780-112 HDStocked Product• 780-112 83” and 95” Clear

Features:Individually packedClearance - 5/16” hinge sideFasteners - Dril-kwick screws includedLength - Stock 83”, 95” Special order 79”, 85”, 119”Door reinforcement - None up to 200 lbs, use 16 gauge channelFrame reinforcement - None up to 200 lbs, use 16 gauge channelFire rating - Up to 3 hoursHD - Heavy duty



Roton by Hager - Continuous Hinges


4/24/06Hager

Page 16


780-210 HD

• Individually packed• Clearance - None required for hinge side, 1-5/8" minimum frame face required

plus 3/16" rotational clearance• Fasteners - Dril-kwick screws and sexbolts included• Length - Stock 83", 95"

Special order 79", 85", 119"• Door reinforcement - None required• Frame reinforcement - None required up to 200 lbs, use 16 gauge channel• Special features - Zero clearance required for hinge side. Can be used with any

door and frame material• HD - Heavy duty

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9ROT780210HD83 FULL SURFACE 83" CLEAR CLEAR $ 245.20

9ROT780210HD83DB FULL SURFACE 83" DARK BRONZE DARK BRONZE $ 298.10

9ROT780210HD95 FULL SURFACE 95" CLEAR CLEAR $ 289.40

027

780-210 HD Full Surface

Roton by Hager - Continuous Hinges

Features:Individually packedClearance - None required for hinge side, 1-5/8” minimum frame face required plus 3/16” rotational clearanceFasteners - Dril-kwick screws and sexbolts includedLength - Stock 83”Special order 79”, 85”, 119”Door reinforcement - None requiredFrame reinforcement - None required up to 200 lbs, use 16 gauge channelSpecial features - Zero clearance required for hinge side. Can be used with any door and frame materialHD - Heavy duty, Fire Rated

Stocked Product• 780-210HD 83”



4/24/06Hager

Page 17



780-224 HD

• Individually packed• Clearance - 5/16" hinge side• Fasteners - Dril-kwick screws included• Length - Stock 83", 95"

Special order 79", 85", 119"• Door reinforcement - None up to 200 lbs, use 16 gauge channel• Frame reinforcement - None up to 200 lbs, use 16 gauge channel• Fire rating - Up to 3 hours• HD - Heavy duty

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE EACH9ROT780224HD83 CONCEALED LEAF 1-3/4" DOOR 83" CLEAR CLEAR $ 164.95

9ROT780224HD95 CONCEALED LEAF 1-3/4" DOOR 95" CLEAR CLEAR $ 199.85

028

780-224 HD Mortised

Roton by Hager - Continuous HingesFeatures:Individually packedClearance - 5/16” hinge sideFasteners - Dril-kwick screws includedLength - Stock 83”, 95”Special order 79”, 85”, 119”Door reinforcement - None up to 200 lbs, use 16 gauge channelFrame reinforcement - None up to 200 lbs, use 16 gauge channelFire rating - Up to 3 hoursHD - Heavy duty

Stocked Product• 780-224HD 83” and 95” Clear



HES

Features: • Small strike body fits in many competitive cutouts, with no modification to the frame• 9 flexible faceplate options, from 2-3/4”-9” long• Modular components allow you to adjust depth as needed• Accommodates 1/2” - 5/8” cylindrical latchbolt (5/8” with 1/8” door gap)• Keeper shims for horizontal adjustment• Static strength 1000 lbs.• Dynamic strength 50 ft-lbs.• Endurance 500,000 cycles• Available in fail secure only • Non-handed• One year limited warranty

V3 - Series Electric Strike

2-3/4" x 1-1/8"

2-3/4" x 1-1/8"

Option 7 (2-3/4” x 1-1/8”) For use with cylindrical locksets. Metal jamb

installations. Retrofits: ANSI/BHMA A156.115 2-3/4” cutouts. ANSI/BHMA Numbers: #E05031, #E09321, #E09322, #E09323

Option 7E (2-3/4” x 1-1/8”) For use with cylindrical locksets. Extended lip for

“knock-down” style frame installations. Retrofits: ANSI/BHMA A156.115 2-3/4” cutouts.

[45.72]1-7/8˝

[31.75]2-1/4˝

[69.85]2-3/4˝

[53.97]2-1/8˝

Face Plate Options:

Stocked ProductFinish 626



HES1006 - Series Electric Strike

Features:• Innovative dual interlocking plunger• Stainless steel construction• Electrical .45 amps @ 12 VDC .25 amps @ 24 VDC• 3000 lb static strength• Dual voltage, field selectable, 12 or 24 VDC• Internally mounted solenoid fail secure• Non handed

4/24/06HES

Page 1


HES

Features:• Innovative dual interlocking plunger• Stainless steel construction• Electrical .45 amps @ 12 VDC

.25 amps @ 24 VDC• 3000 lb static strength• Dual voltage, field selectable, 12 or 24 VDC• Internally mounted solenoid fail secure• Non handed

1006 Series - Electric Strike

Face Plate Options:

KDFor use with Schlage, Sargent (8100),Yale mortise locks.Mortise locksets with deadlatch positionedabove the latch bolt.

KMFor use with Best, Corbin, Falcon,Sargent (8200).Mortise locks with a deadlatch positionedbelow the latch bolt.

NDFor use with Schlage, Sargent (8100),Yale mortise locks.Mortise locks where the deadbolt is usedfor night latch function only.

NMFor use with Corbin, Falcon,Sargent (8200).Mortise locksets with a deadlatch posi-tioned below the latch bolt and wheredead bolt is used for night latch functiononly.J

For use with cylindrical locksets up to 3/4"throw and all locksets with center linedbeltsCompatible with Arow, Best, Corbin,Falcon Russwin, Sargent, Schlage, Yale

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9HES1006630 ELECTRIC STRIKE 630 $ 376.00

9HES1006KD630 FACE PLATE F/ SCHLAGE 630 $ 25.00

9HES1006ND630 FACE PLATE F/SCHLAGE NL FUNCTION 630 $ 36.00

9HES1006J630 FACE PLATE, F/CYLINDRICAL LOCKSETS 630 $ 25.00

9HES1006KM630 FACE PLATE F/ CORBIN 630 $ 25.00

9HES1006NM630 FACE PLATE F/CORBIN NL FUNCTION 630 $ 36.00

001



4/24/06HES

Page 1


HES




Face Plate Options:












001

4/24/06HES

Page 1


HES




Face Plate Options:












001

JFor use with cylindrical locksets up to 3/4”throw and all locksets with center lined belts. Compatible with Arrow, Best, Corbin,Falcon, Russwin, Sargent, Schlage, Yale

Face Plate Options:


Stocked ProductBody: 630Face plate: 630



HES2005 Smart / Pac III

2005 is an in-line power control that is able to receive input voltagesfrom 12 or 24 VAC or VDC. Has a built-in bridge rectifier and provides 12to 24 VDC output.


4/24/06HES

Page 2

HES

2005 is an in-line power control that is able to receive input voltagesfrom 12 or 24 VAC or VDC. Has a built in bridge rectifier provides 12to 24 VDC output.

Features:• Inline fuse• MOV to protect against surges• 2 to 8 second adjustable timer

2005 - Smart / Pac 4500 Series - Electric Strike

4500 Series Low Profile Fire Rated Strike

Features:• 1-3/8" depth for installation in 2" frames with 1/2"

drywall penetration• 3000 lb static strength• Heavy duty stainless steel construction• 5 year limited warranty

Specifications:• UL 10C 3 hour fire rated in fail secure mode• BHMA 156.31 Grade 1

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9HES2005 SMART PACK IN LINE POWER CONTROL - $ 62.00

9HES4500630 ELECTRIC STRIKE FIRE RATED 630 $ 386.00

002


4/24/06HES

Page 2

HES

2005 is an in-line power control that is able to receive input voltagesfrom 12 or 24 VAC or VDC. Has a built in bridge rectifier provides 12to 24 VDC output.


2005 - Smart / Pac 4500 Series - Electric Strike

4500 Series Low Profile Fire Rated Strike

Features:• 1-3/8" depth for installation in 2" frames with 1/2"

drywall penetration• 3000 lb static strength• Heavy duty stainless steel construction• 5 year limited warranty


PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9HES2005 SMART PACK IN LINE POWER CONTROL - $ 62.00

9HES4500630 ELECTRIC STRIKE FIRE RATED 630 $ 386.00

002


4500 - Series Low Profile Fire Rated Strike

Features:• 1-3/8” depth for installation in 2” frames with 1/2”drywall penetration• 3000 lb static strength• Heavy duty stainless steel construction• 5 year limited warranty


Stocked ProductFinish: 630



HES5000/5200 - Series Electric Strike

Features:

• Dual voltage 12 or 24 VDC/VAC• Field selectable fail secure / fail safe• Forcing strength rating 1,500 lbs• Dynamic force rating 70ft-lbs• Endurance rating 250,000 cycles (factory tested to over 1,000,000)• Internally mounted solenoid• Non-handed• Trim enhancer (goof plate) included• Five year warranty• Strike Body Depth 1-1/16”

• In-frame horizontal adjustability• Heavy duty - for use with up to 3/4” latchbolts• Dual voltage 12 or 24 VDC/VAC• Field selectable fail secure / fail safe• Forcing strength rating 1,500 lbs• Dynamic force rating 70ft-lbs• Endurance rating 250,000 cycles (factory tested

to over 1,000,000)• Internally mounted solenoid• Non-handed• Trim enhancer (goof plate) included• Five year warranty• Strike Body Depth 1-3/16”

4/24/06HES

Page 3


HES5000/5200 Series - Electric Strike

501Square corner, flat face plate.For use with cylindrical locksets in ANSImetal jambs. For use with latch bolts upto 1/2" throw

501ARadius corner, flat face plate.For use with cylindrical locksets. For usewith latch bolts up to 1/2" throw includesuniversal mounting tabs. Aluminum frames

• In-frame horizontal adjustability• Heavy duty - for use with up to 3/4" latchbolts• Dual voltage 12 or 24 VDC/VAC• Field selectable fail secure / fail safe• Forcing strength rating 1,500 lbs• Dynamic force rating 70ft-lbs• Endurance rating 250,000 cycles (factory tested

to over 1,000,000)• Internally mounted solenoid• Non-handed• Trim enhancer (goof plate) included• Five year warranty

• Dual voltage 12 or 24 VDC/VAC• Field selectable fail secure / fail safe• Forcing strength rating 1,500 lbs• Dynamic force rating 70ft-lbs• Endurance rating 250,000 cycles (factory tested


PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9HES5000630 ELECTRIC STRIKE, 12-24VDC 630 $ 124.00

9HES5000501630 FACE PLATE, CL LOCKS SQUARE 630 $ 16.00

9HES5000501A613 FACE PLATE, CL LOCKS RC 613 $ 42.00


9HES5200630 ELECTRIC STRIKE, 12-24VDC 630 $ 124.00

003

4/24/06HES

Page 3














003

501Square corner, flat face plate.For use with cylindrical locksets in ANSI metal jambs. For use with latch bolts up to 1/2” throw

4/24/06HES

Page 3














003

503For use with cylindrical locksets. For use with latchbolts up to 1/2” throw. Includes universal mounting tabs. Aluminum frames.

Stocked Product5000 and 5200 finish: 630501 face plate finish 630503 face plate finish: 613, 630



HESElectric Strike


4/24/06HES

Page 4

HES


Features:• Surface mounted• Dual voltage 12/24 VDC• Heavy duty designed for 3/4" exit device• Field selectable fail secure / fail safe• 5 year warranty

9500 series is the fire rated version of the 9600 series. Designedfor use with 3/4' exit devices

Specifications:• NFPA 252, ASTM E152• UL 10C fire rated, 90 minutes (fail secure only)• UL305• Warnock Hersey UBC 7-297, UBC 7-294• Electrical .45 Amps @ 12VDC

.25 Amps @ 24VDC

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9HES9500630 ELECTRIC STRIKE, F/ FIRE RATED RIM EXIT 630 $ 459.00

005

4/24/06HES

Page 5


HES


Features:• Tamper resistant - heavy duty• Completely surface mounted• Non handed• Horizontal lockdown screws• Accommodates up to a 3/4" throw

pullman latch

Specifications:• ANSI / BHMA 156.31 Grade 1• NFPA Specification 252

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9HES9600630 ELECTRIC STRIKE, F/RIM EXIT 630 $ 398.00

004

9500 - Series (Fire Rated)9500 series is the fire rated version of the 9600 series. Designedfor use with 3’ or 4’ exit devices

4/24/06HES

Page 5


HES


Features:• Tamper resistant - heavy duty• Completely surface mounted• Non handed• Horizontal lockdown screws• Accommodates up to a 3/4" throw

pullman latch

Specifications:• ANSI / BHMA 156.31 Grade 1• NFPA Specification 252

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9HES9600630 ELECTRIC STRIKE, F/RIM EXIT 630 $ 398.00

004

9600 - Series (Non Fire Rated)Designed for use with 3’ or 4’ exit devices

Stocked Product9500 Finish: 6309600 Finish: 613, 630

Specifications:• NFPA 252, ASTM E152• UL 10C fire rated, 90 minutes (fail secure only)• UL305• Warnock Hersey UBC 7-297, UBC 7-294• Electrical .45 Amps @ 12VDC .25 Amps @ 24VDC• ANSI / BHMA 156.31 Grade 1• NFPA Specification 252

Features of both:• Dual voltage 12/24 VDC• Heavy duty designed for 3’ or 4’ exit device• Field selectable fail secure / fail safe• Tamper resistant - heavy duty• Completely surface mounted• Non handed• Horizontal lockdown screws• Accommodates up to a 3/4” throw pullman latch• 5 year warranty

Specifications:• UL1034 burglary-resistant rated• ANSI/BHMA, 156.31 Grade 1 (#E09731, #E09732)• Patented Design

8000 - Series This field selectable fail safe/fail secure unit requires no cutout on the frame for fast, easy installation. It accommodates 1/2-5/8” latchbolts (with 1/8” door gap). With patented vertical adjustability to accommodate door sag or misalignment, the 8000 sets the standard for concealed electric strikes.

Specifications• ANSI/BHMA 156.31, Grade 1• UL Pending• Patented design

Electrical• .24 Amps @12VDC• .12 Amps @ 24VDC• DC Continuous Duty/AC Intermittent Duty

Standard Features

• No cutting on frame required• Vertical adjustability to accommodate door sag• Tamper resistant

Stocked ProductFinish: 630

Faceplate Options:801 - 4-7/8” x 1-1/4” square corner



LCN - Closers1260 - Series ClosersThe LCN 1260 Series combines the best features from the previous 1070 and 1370 into a single versatile and economical cast iron closer, with dual mounting capability. The 1260 is adjustable spring sizes 1-5 and mounts to the most common commercial footprint. The 1260 also features a complete line of regular and extra duty arms, LCN’s peel-n-stick installation templates, a convenient spring adjust pointer, and an optional Quick Fix™ bracket kit.

UL and cUL listed for self-closingdoors without hold-open. Tested andcertified under ANSI StandardA156.4, grade one.

Features:• Standard 1260 series closer shipped with regular arm, a shaft cover, and self reaming and tapping screws.

• Non-sized (1-5) cylinder is adjustable for interior doors to 4’6” and exterior doors to 3’6”.

• Closer mounts hinge side, top jamb and parallel arm on either right or left swinging doors.

• Mounts to most common commercial footprint (3/4” x 9 1/16”).

• Closer meets ADA requirements.

• Optional Quick Fix™ bracket kit.

• Optional SRI primer for installations in corrosive conditions.

• Optional Slim Line cover. ( Special Order Only)

Stocked Product:1261 RW/PA: AL (689) & DRK BRZ (695)

CLOSER MOUNTS*HINGE (PULL) SIDE

TOP JAMB (PUSH SIDE)PARALLEL ARM (PUSH SIDE)



LCN - Closers1461-Series ClosersThe 1460 SUPER STOCK is a double lever arm, slim line closer designed for use on narrow head frames and top rails. A wide choice of options, mounting accessories and ease of installation offers maximum versatility.

UL and ULC listed for self-closing doors without hold-open. Tested and certified under ANSI Standard A156.4, grade one.

Features:• Standard 1460 series closer shipped with regular arm (non-hold-open), a slim

line non-metallic cover, and thru bolts with machine screw packs.• Non-sized cylinders adjustable for interior doors to 5’0” and exterior doors to

4’0”• Closer mounts hinge side, top jamb, and parallel arm on either right or left

swinging doors. All closers are stocked tri pack with parallel arm bracket.• Closers meet ADA requirement.

Stocked Product• Hold open (H) Non handed arm mounts hinge side or top jamb• CUSH Non handed parallel arm features solid forged steel main arm and forearm with stop in soffit shoe• H CUSH Non handed parallel arm features solid forged steel main arm and forearm with stop in soffit shoe. Hold open.• DEL Delay closing from 110° to 65° or 160° to 75° depending on templating. Delay time up to 1 minute *• EDA Extra duty arm non handed parallel arm features forged solid steel main and forearm for potentially abusive installations *Finishes: Aluminum and Dark Bronze, * Aluminum only

4010 -Series ClosersFeatures:• Regular arm with non metallic cover• Non sized cylinder adjustable• Hinge size mounting• Designed for high traffic applications

Specifications• Meets ANSI A156.4 Grade 1• Handed• 10 year warranty


4/24/06LCN

Page 2

LCN - Closers

1460-18Drop plate used withstandard slim line cover

1460-30Provides anchor for fitting screwused with CUSH arms where reveal isless than 3-1/16"

1460-61Lowers parallel arm shoe toclear 1/2"

Drop plate used with standard slim line cover• Required for hinge side mount where top rail is less than 2-1/2"• Required for top jamb mount where head frame is less than 1-3/4"• Plate requires minimum 1-1/2" top rail or 1-1/4" head frame

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9LCN146018AL DROP PLATE ALUMINUM $ 37.00

9LCN146030AL CUSH SHOE ALUMINUM $ 15.00

9LCN146061AL SPACER ALUMINUM $ 16.00

007

4010 - ClosersFeatures• Regular arm with non metallic cover• Non sized cylinder adjustable• Hinge size mounting• Designed for high traffic applications

Specifications• Meets ANSI A156.4 Grade 1• Handed• 10 year warranty

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9LCN4011ALL 4011 LEFT HAND ALUMINUM ALUMINUM $ 256.00

9LCN4011ALR 4011 RIGHT HAND ALUMINUM ALUMINUM $ 256.00

008

1460-18Drop plate used withstandard slim line cover

Drop plate used with standard slim line cover• Required for hinge side mount where top rail

is less than 2-1/2”• Required for top jamb mount where head

frame is less than 1-3/4”• Plate requires minimum 1-1/2” top rail or

1-1/4” head frame

1460-62AOptional shoe replaces -62PA forparallel arm mounting of regular armwith Glynn-Johnson overhead holderstop. Special templating required.

Stocked ProductFinish: Aluminum




LCN - Closers4040XP-Series ClosersThe 4040XP is a heavy duty, double leverarm closer designed for institutional and other high trafficapplications. The wide choice of options, installationaccessories and ease of installation offers maximum versatility.UL and ULC listed for self-closing doors without hold-open.Tested and certified under ANSI Standard A156.4, grade one.

Features:• Standard 4040XP series closer shipped with regular arm (non-hold-open),

standard non-metallic cover, and thru bolts with machine screw packs.• Non-sized cylinders adjustable for interior doors to 5’0” and exterior doors to 4’0”• Closer mounts hinge side, top jamb, and parallel arm on either right or left swinging doors.

All closers are stocked tri pack with parallel arm bracket.• Closers are packed 4 per case, packed with thru-bolt (TB) and self reaming, tapping screws (SRT)

4111-Series ClosersThe 4110 SMOOTHEE is a heavy duty, parallel arm closer designed for institutional and other high traffic applications. This handed closer is specifically designed for parallel arm mounting and has passed 10,000,000 cycles in independent testing. The wide choice of options, installation accessories and ease of installation offers maximum versatility.

The 4110 Series is UL and ULC listed for self-closing doors without hold-open. Tested and certified under ANSI Standard A156.4, grade one.

Features:• Standard 4110 series closer shipped with non-hold-open Extra Duty (EDA) arm,

standard non-metallic cover, 4110-201 FIFTH SCREW SPACER and thru bolts with machine screw packs.

• Sized cylinders adjustable for interior doors to 5’0” and exterior door to 4’0”.• Non-sized cylinder adjustable for interior doors to 4’6” and exterior doors to 3’6”.• Closer mounts parallel arm, specify right or left swinging door.• 4111 cylinder meets ADA requirements.• Stocked Aluminum, Dark Bronze

Stocked Product:Item # Handing Finish4111 LH, RH Aluminum, Dark Bronze

Stocked Product:• Standard 4011 - AL, DB• CUSH option - parallel arm feature with solid forged steel main arm and forearm with stop in soffit shoe. - AL, DB• HCUSH option - hold open function with templated stop / hold open point. Handle in arm controls hold open function. - AL• Extra Duty (EDA) option - parallel arm features forged, solid steel main arm and forearm for high frequency doors. - AL, DURO• Delayed Action (DA) - delays closing from 120° to 80°. Delay time adjustable up to 1 minute. - AL• Hold Open - arm mounts pull side or top jamb with shallow reveal hold open adjustable shoe. - AL, DB• SCUSH: Optional non handed parallel arm for abusive applications, features solid forged steel main arm and forearm with

spring loaded stop in the soffit shoe. Handle in arm controls hold open function. - AL• SH CUSH: Optional non handed parallel arm for abusive applications; features solid forged steel main arm and forearm with

spring loaded stop in the soffit shoe. Hand controls hold-open function. - AL



LCN - Closers

4/24/06LCN

Page 5


LCN - Closers

4110 Series - Accessories


PLATE, 4040-18Required for hinge sidemount where top rail isless than 3-3/4". Platerequires minimum 2" toprail.

PLATE, 4040-18GLocates top jambmounted closer flush withtop of head frame face inflush ceiling condition.Plates requires 1-3/4"minimum head frame.

PLATE, 4040-18PARequired for parallel armmounting where top railis less than 5-1/2"(140mm), measured fromthe stop. Plate requires2" (51mm) minimum toptail.

PLATE, 4040-18TJCenters top jambmounted closer verticallyon hood frame face inflush ceiling condition.Plate requires 1-3/4"minimum head frame.


9LCN404018BRZ DROP PLATE DARK BRONZE $ 37.00

9LCN404018GAL DROP PLATE ALUMINUM $ 37.00

9LCN404018GBRZ DROP PLATE DARK BRONZE $ 37.00

9LCN404018PAAL DROP PLATE ALUMINUM $ 37.00

9LCN404018PABRZ DROP PLATE DARK BRONZE $ 37.00

9LCN404018TJAL DROP PLATE ALUMINUM $ 37.00

9LCN404018TJBRZ DROP PLATE DARK BRONZE $ 37.00

004

PLATE, 4110-18Required for push side mountwhere top rail is less than 5-1/8",measured from the stop. Platerequies minimum 2" minimum toprail. Plate also used with CushArm installation.



005

4/24/06LCN

Page 5


LCN - Closers















004




005


4/24/06LCN

Page 4

LCN - Closers4111 - Closers

The 4110 SMOOTHEE is a heavy duty, parallel arm closerdesigned for institutional and other high traffic applications.This handed closer is specifically designed for parallel armmounting and has passed 10,000,000 cycles in independenttesting. The wide choice of options, installation accessoriesand ease of installation offer maximum versatility.

The 4110 Series is UL and ULC listed for self-closing doorswithout hold-open. Tested and certified under ANSI StandardA156.4, grade one.

• Standard 4110 series closer shipped with non-hold-open Extra Duty (EDA) arm, standard non-metalliccover, 4110-201 FIFTH SCREW SPACER and thru bolts with machine screw packs.

• Sized cylinders adjustable for interior doors to 5'0" and exterior door to 4'0".• Non-sized cylinder adjustable for interior doors to 4'6" and exterior doors to 3'6".• Closer mounts parallel arm, specify right or left swinging door.• 4111 cylinder meets ADA requirements.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9LCN4111ALL 4111 CLOSER, SIZE 1-5, LH ALUMINUM $ 256.00

9LCN4111ALR 4111 CLOSER, SIZE 1-5, RH ALUMINUM $ 256.00

9LCN4111DRKBRZL 4111 CLOSER, SIZE 1-5, LH DARK BRONZE $ 256.00

9LCN4111DRKBRZR 4111 CLOSER, SIZE 1-5, RH DARK BRONZE $ 256.00

003

Thru Bolt Only - For 1-3/4" door (less screw)

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9LCNTBAL THRU BOLT ONLY, FEMALE - EACH ALUMINUM $ 2.00

9LCNTBDRKBRZ THRU BOLT ONLY, FEMALE - EACH DARK BRONZE $ 2.00

9LCN404062PAAL PA SHOE ALUMINUM $ 9.00

006

PA SHOE 4040-62


4/24/06LCN

Page 4

LCN - Closers4111 - Closers

The 4110 SMOOTHEE is a heavy duty, parallel arm closerdesigned for institutional and other high traffic applications.This handed closer is specifically designed for parallel armmounting and has passed 10,000,000 cycles in independenttesting. The wide choice of options, installation accessoriesand ease of installation offer maximum versatility.

The 4110 Series is UL and ULC listed for self-closing doorswithout hold-open. Tested and certified under ANSI StandardA156.4, grade one.

• Standard 4110 series closer shipped with non-hold-open Extra Duty (EDA) arm, standard non-metalliccover, 4110-201 FIFTH SCREW SPACER and thru bolts with machine screw packs.

• Sized cylinders adjustable for interior doors to 5'0" and exterior door to 4'0".• Non-sized cylinder adjustable for interior doors to 4'6" and exterior doors to 3'6".• Closer mounts parallel arm, specify right or left swinging door.• 4111 cylinder meets ADA requirements.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9LCN4111ALL 4111 CLOSER, SIZE 1-5, LH ALUMINUM $ 256.00

9LCN4111ALR 4111 CLOSER, SIZE 1-5, RH ALUMINUM $ 256.00

9LCN4111DRKBRZL 4111 CLOSER, SIZE 1-5, LH DARK BRONZE $ 256.00

9LCN4111DRKBRZR 4111 CLOSER, SIZE 1-5, RH DARK BRONZE $ 256.00

003

Thru Bolt Only - For 1-3/4" door (less screw)

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9LCNTBAL THRU BOLT ONLY, FEMALE - EACH ALUMINUM $ 2.00

9LCNTBDRKBRZ THRU BOLT ONLY, FEMALE - EACH DARK BRONZE $ 2.00

9LCN404062PAAL PA SHOE ALUMINUM $ 9.00

006

PA SHOE 4040-62

4/24/06LCN

Page 5


LCN - Closers















004




005

Thru Bolt OnlyFor 1-3/4” door (less screw)

Stocked ProductFinish: Aluminum, Dark Bronze

PA SHOE 4040-62


4040XP - Series Accessories

PLATE 4040XP-18Required for hinge sidemount where top rail isless than 3-3/4”. Platerequires minimum 2” top rail.


PLATE 4040XP-18PARequired for parallel armmounting where top railis less than 5-1/2”(140mm), measured fromthe stop. Plate requires2” (51mm) minimum top rail.


PLATE 4040XP-18TJCenters top jambmounted closer verticallyon head frame face inflush ceiling condition.Plate requires 1-3/4”minimum head frame.


4110 - Series AccessoriesPLATE, 4110-18Required for push side mountwhere top rail is less than 5-1/8”,measured from the stop. Platerequires minimum 2” minimum toprail. Plate also used with CushArm installation.


ADAFGForce Gauge



LCN - SEM 7800 Series

7850 - Series MagnetsStandard profile recessed wall mount.2" (51 mm) x4" (102 rnm) x 1 1/2" (38mm).Outlet box not included.Also available 1980 plastic housing.

24V AC/DC or 120V AC input.Heavy duty electromqgnet is protectedagainst transients and voltage surgesup to 600 volts.24V AC/DC norninal+10%- 15% @ .110 amp. maximum.120V AC nominal+10% -15% @ .020 amp. maximum.An SED transformer (4040SED-321 0)can be used to reduce line voltagewhere desired. It will power up tothree magnets.Primary 120V AC 50-60 HzSecondary 24V AC @ .400 amp.maximum.

ELECTRICAL DATA

Stocked Product689 (alum), 695 (duro)Stock options extensions: 1/2”, 3/4” and 1” 7810-514 (alum) Assembly

SEM 7850



Norton

4/24/06NortonPage 1


NORTON1601 SeriesMulti-Sized Closers - Packed 6 per case

FeaturesTwo Power Ranges:Each series can be adjusted through a range of sizes:Series 1601 Normal Power Range Closers,sizes 3 thru 6. Series1601BF Accessibility Code Closers, sizes 1 thru 4.Booster Spring:Specially designed booster spring is engineered into each unit toprovide additional and necessary closing force for doors which travelbeyond 110° of swing.Tri-Style Installation:Packaged for regular arm, top jamb or parallel arm installation.Aluminum Alloy Shell:Norton closer shells are constructed of a special aluminum alloywhich is lightweight and offers proven durability.Rack & Pinion Operation:Provides a smooth transmission of power, for control of the doorthrough its full opening and closing cycle.Adjustable Sweep Speed:An independent regulating valve, hex-key-operated, permits adjust-ment of the general closing speed.Adjustable Latch Speed:An independent regulating valve, hex-key-operated, permits adjust-ment of the door’s speed for approximately the last 10° of the closingcycle.Adjustable Backcheck Cushioning:An independent regulating valve, hex-key-operated, provides an ad-justable hydraulic cushion to the door opening speed toward the end ofthe opening cycle.Adjustable Delayed Action:Available in place of backcheck. Adds a third closing speedrange at the beginning of the door’s closing cycle.Note: Norton Series 1601BF door closers will meet the requirements of theAmericans With Disabilities Act (A.D.A.), and will comply with industry stan-dards for opening and closing forces as established by the Builders HardwareManufacturing Association (B.H.M.A.).

Option H: Hold open arm function

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9NOR1601689 1601 CLOSER, SIZE 3-6 ALUMINUM $ 160.00

9NOR1601690 1601 CLOSER, SIZE 3-6 DARK BRONZE $ 160.00

9NOR1601BF689 1601 CLOSER, SIZE 1-4 ALUMINUM $ 160.00

9NOR1601BF690 1601 CLOSER, SIZE 1-4 DARK BRONZE $ 160.00

9NOR1601BFDA689 1601 CLOSER, SIZE 1-4 DELAYED ACTION ALUMINUM $ 182.00

9NOR1601BFDA690 1601 CLOSER, SIZE 1-4 DELAYED ACTION DARK BRONZE $ 182.00

9NOR1601H689 1601 CLOSER HOLD OPEN ALUMINUM $ 182.00

9NOR1601H690 1601 CLOSER HOLD OPEN DARK BRONZE $ 182.00

001

1601 SeriesMulti-Sized Closers - Packed 6 per caseFeaturesTwo Power Ranges:Each series can be adjusted through a range of sizes:Series 1601 Normal Power Range Closers,sizes 3 thru 6. Series1601BF Accessibility Code Closers, sizes 1 thru 4.

Booster Spring:Specially designed booster spring is engineered into each unit toprovide additional and necessary closing force for doors which travelbeyond 110° of swing.

Tri-Style Installation:Packaged for regular arm, top jamb or parallel arm installation.

Aluminum Alloy Shell:Norton closer shells are constructed of a special aluminum alloywhich is lightweight and offers proven durability.

Rack & Pinion Operation:Provides a smooth transmission of power, for control of the doorthrough its full opening and closing cycle.

Adjustable Sweep Speed:An independent regulating valve, hex-key-operated, permits adjustmentof the general closing speed.

Adjustable Latch Speed:An independent regulating valve, hex-key-operated, permits adjustmentof the door’s speed for approximately the last 10° of the closing cycle.

Adjustable Backcheck Cushioning:An independent regulating valve, hex-key-operated, provides an adjustablehydraulic cushion to the door opening speed toward the end ofthe opening cycle.

Note: Norton Series 1601BF door closers will meet the requirements of theAmericans With Disabilities Act (A.D.A.), and will comply with industry standardsfor opening and closing forces as established by the Builders HardwareManufacturing Association (B.H.M.A.).

Option H: Hold open arm functionStocked ProductRegular, BF H stocked in 689 only 689 (aluminum)690 (dark bronze)



NortonABS - AMERICAN BUILDING SUPPLY, INC.

4/24/06NortonPage 2

Signage Supplied Standard

5700 Features• Push or pull side mounting available• Acceptable for fire rated doors• Door can be manually operated if desired• 1600 closer has adjustable spring power, back check, latch and

sweep valves• Hold open options 0-30 seconds• Motor stops if door is obstructed during an opening• UL Listed and ANSI A156.19 meets ANSI A156.4• When door is manually opened, the drive train and motor are not

engaged

Door Switch 685• 6" x 6" faceplate• 15 amp @ 125 VAC• Hardwired• Stainless steel with blue letters• Flush or surfaced mounted.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9NOR5710689 OPERATOR,PULL SIDE ALUMINUM $ 1,936.00

9NOR5730689 OPERATOR,PUSH SIDE ALUMINUM $ 1,936.00

9NOR685 WALL SWITCH, 6" X 6" SS WITH BLUE LETTERS $ 182.00

007

picture of 5730


4/24/06NortonPage 2


5700 Features• Push or pull side mounting available• Acceptable for fire rated doors• Door can be manually operated if desired• 1600 closer has adjustable spring power, back check, latch and


engaged

Door Switch 685• 6" x 6" faceplate• 15 amp @ 125 VAC• Hardwired• Stainless steel with blue letters• Flush or surfaced mounted.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9NOR5710689 OPERATOR,PULL SIDE ALUMINUM $ 1,936.00

9NOR5730689 OPERATOR,PUSH SIDE ALUMINUM $ 1,936.00

9NOR685 WALL SWITCH, 6" X 6" SS WITH BLUE LETTERS $ 182.00

007

picture of 5730

5740 - Low Energy Operator (Replaces 5710/5730)


5740 Features• Universal push or pull side mounting• Acceptable for fire rated doors• Door can be manually operated if desired• 1600 closer has adjustable spring power, back check, latch and


engaged• 5710 pull side• 5730 push side

Stocked Product689 ( aluminum)

Door Switch 505• 6” x 6” faceplate• 15 amp @ 125 VAC• Hardwired• Stainless steel with blue letters• Flush or surface mounted.



Norton

4/24/06NortonPage 3


NORTON

7500 Series

ApplicationsSeries 7500 closers are narrow projection door controls:projection is just 2 1/8" from the surface of the door orjamb.They are complete with covers finished to suit thedecor of other hardware. They are available with sprayedcovers or BHMA plated finishes. Norton Series 7500closers are non-handed and are packaged with both amounting shoe and soffit plate. Any Series 7500 can beinstalled Regular Arm or Parallel Arm. It can also beinstalled top jamb where frame face and frame revealpermit. Furthermore, it can be installed on either right orleft hand doors.

OptionsBF: No longer need to specify. All 7500's have new

spring for size 1-6CLP: Built in stop effective at one point at installation

from 85°-110° in five degree increments. Parallelarm application only

H: Hold open arm functionPR: Parallel rigid arm (heavy duty)SNB: All closers packed with sex nuts and bolts

U.L. ListingAll Norton Series 7500 Closers with non-hold-open arms are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use onlabeled fire doors. Series 7500 are Accessibility Code Closers and are adjustable in a 1 thru 6 size range.

Regular ArmThis is the only pull side application where a doublelever arm is used. It is the most power efficientapplication for a door closer. Sufficient frame, doorand/or ceiling clearance must be considered. Sincethe arm assembly projects directly out from the frame,this application may present an aesthetic issue or beprone to vandalism.

All closers come packed tri-pack with parallelarm bracket

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9NORCLP7500689 CLP 7500 CLOSER, STOP ALUMINUM $ 296.00

9NORCLP7500690 CLP 7500 CLOSER, STOP DARK BRONZE $ 296.00

9NORPR7500689 PR 7500 CLOSER, PARALLEL RIGID ALUMINUM $ 276.00

9NORPR7500690 PR 7500 CLOSER, PARALLEL RIGID DARK BRONZE $ 276.00

9NOR7500689 7500 CLOSER ALUMINUM $ 270.00

9NOR7500690 7500 CLOSER DARK BRONZE $ 270.00

9NOR7500H689 7500 CLOSER, HOLD OPEN ALUMINUM $ 292.00

9NOR7500H690 7500 CLOSER, HOLD OPEN DARK BRONZE $ 292.00

002


4/24/06NortonPage 4

NORTON8500 Series

FeaturesThis series incorporates independent sweep and latch speed adjust-ments. In addition, adjustable spring power and adjustable backcheckcushioning are standard features. Adjustable delayed action closing isavailable as an option in addition to the adjustable backcheck cushion-ing feature.Norton also offers a Multi-Size Door Closer Series which featuresadjustable spring power thru a range of sizes. Series8501 has adjustable power in the Normal Power Rangeof sizes 1 thru 6. These closers offer low openingresistance for handicapped accessibility but still provideacceptable door control.

OptionsBF: No longer needed. all 8500's have new spring for

size 1 thru 6CLP: Built in stop effective at one point at installation from

85°-110° in five degree increments.DA: Delayed action closingH: Hold open arm functionSNB: All closers packed with sex nuts and bolts

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9NORCLP8501689 CLP 8501BF CLOSER, STOP ALUMINUM $ 240.00

9NORCLP8501690 CLP 8501BF CLOSER, STOP DARK BRONZE $ 240.00

9NOR8501689 8501 CLOSER, SIZE 1-6 ALUMINUM $ 214.00


9NOR8501H689 8501 CLOSER, SIZE 1-6 HOLD OPEN ALUMINUM $ 236.00

9NOR8501H690 8501 CLOSER, SIZE 1-6 HOLD OPEN DARK BRONZE $ 236.00

9NOR8501DA689 8501 CLOSER, SIZE 1-6 DELAYED ACTION ALUMINUM $ 236.00

003


4/24/06NortonPage 4

NORTON8500 Series

FeaturesThis series incorporates independent sweep and latch speed adjust-ments. In addition, adjustable spring power and adjustable backcheckcushioning are standard features. Adjustable delayed action closing isavailable as an option in addition to the adjustable backcheck cushion-ing feature.Norton also offers a Multi-Size Door Closer Series which featuresadjustable spring power thru a range of sizes. Series8501 has adjustable power in the Normal Power Rangeof sizes 1 thru 6. These closers offer low openingresistance for handicapped accessibility but still provideacceptable door control.

OptionsBF: No longer needed. all 8500's have new spring for

size 1 thru 6CLP: Built in stop effective at one point at installation from

85°-110° in five degree increments.DA: Delayed action closingH: Hold open arm functionSNB: All closers packed with sex nuts and bolts

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9NORCLP8501689 CLP 8501BF CLOSER, STOP ALUMINUM $ 240.00

9NORCLP8501690 CLP 8501BF CLOSER, STOP DARK BRONZE $ 240.00

9NOR8501689 8501 CLOSER, SIZE 1-6 ALUMINUM $ 214.00


9NOR8501H689 8501 CLOSER, SIZE 1-6 HOLD OPEN ALUMINUM $ 236.00

9NOR8501H690 8501 CLOSER, SIZE 1-6 HOLD OPEN DARK BRONZE $ 236.00

9NOR8501DA689 8501 CLOSER, SIZE 1-6 DELAYED ACTION ALUMINUM $ 236.00

003

7500 SeriesApplicationsSeries 7500 closers are narrow projection door controls:projection is just 2 1/8” from the surface of the door orjamb. They are complete with covers finished to suit thedecor of other hardware. They are available with sprayedcovers or BHMA plated finishes. Norton Series 7500closers are non-handed and are packaged with both amounting shoe and soffit plate. Any Series 7500 can beinstalled Regular Arm or Parallel Arm. It can also beinstalled top jamb where frame face and frame revealpermit, it can be installed on either right orleft hand doors.

OptionsBF: No longer need to specify. All 7500’s have new spring for size 1-6CLP: Built in stop effective at one point at installation from 85°-110°.Parallel arm application onlyDA: Delayed Action ClosingH: Hold open arm functionPR: Parallel rigid arm (heavy duty)SNB: All closers packed with sex nuts and bolts

U.L. ListingAll Norton Series 7500 Closers with non-hold-open arms are listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use onlabeled fire doors. Series 7500 are Accessibility Code Closers and are adjustable in a 1 thru 6 size range.

Regular ArmThis is the only pull side application where a double lever arm is used. It is the most power efficient application for a door closer. Sufficient frame, door and/or ceiling clearance must be considered. Since the arm assembly projects directly out from the frame, this application may present an aesthetic issue or be prone to vandalism.All closers are stocked, packed tri-pack with parallel arm bracket

Stocked ProductOptions Stocked: H, Regular, CLP689 ( aluminum)690 (dark bronze)PR 689 only

8500 SeriesFeaturesThis series incorporates independent sweep and latch speed adjustments.In addition, adjustable spring power and adjustable backcheckcushioning are standard features. Adjustable delayed action closing isavailable as an option in addition to the adjustable backcheck cushioning feature.Norton also offers a Multi-Size Door Closer Series which featuresadjustable spring power thru a range of sizes. Series8501 has adjustable power in the Normal Power Rangeof sizes 1 thru 6. These closers offer low openingresistance for handicapped accessibility but still provideacceptable door control.

OptionsBF: No longer needed. all 8500’s have new spring for size 1 thru 6CLP: Built in stop effective at one point at installation from85°-110°. Parallel arm application onlyDA: Delayed action closingH: Hold open arm functionSNB: All closers packed with sex nuts and bolts

Stocked ProductOptions Stocked: DA, H689 ( aluminum)690 (dark bronze)CLP 689 only



Norton - Parts & Accessories

4/24/06NortonPage 5


NORTON

Parts & Accessories

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9NORSN689 Sex Nut only, Less Bolt, 4 per package ALUMINUM $ 4.00 / pkg

9NORSN690 Sex Nut only, Less Bolt, 4 per package DARK BRONZE $ 4.00 / pkg

9NORTBGN689 Grommet Nut and Bolt, 4 per package ALUMINUM $ 6.40 / pkg

9NORTBGN690 Grommet Nut and Bolt, 4 per package DARK BRONZE $ 6.40 / pkg

9NOR1601MSP689 Mounting Screw package F/1601 ALUMINUM $ 7.40 / pkg

9NOR1601MSP690 Mounting Screw package F/1601 DARK BRONZE $ 7.40 / pkg





9NOR1618A689 Parallel Arm Bracket F/1601 ALUMINUM $ 13.20

9NOR1618A690 Parallel Arm Bracket F/1601 DARK BRONZE $ 13.20

004

Sex Nuts only (bolts excluded) Grommet Nuts and Bolts

Complete Mounting Screw PartsFor 1601, 8501, 7500

4/24/06NortonPage 5


NORTON

Parts & Accessories

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9NORSN689 Sex Nut only, Less Bolt, 4 per package ALUMINUM $ 4.00 / pkg

9NORSN690 Sex Nut only, Less Bolt, 4 per package DARK BRONZE $ 4.00 / pkg

9NORTBGN689 Grommet Nut and Bolt, 4 per package ALUMINUM $ 6.40 / pkg

9NORTBGN690 Grommet Nut and Bolt, 4 per package DARK BRONZE $ 6.40 / pkg







9NOR1618A689 Parallel Arm Bracket F/1601 ALUMINUM $ 13.20

9NOR1618A690 Parallel Arm Bracket F/1601 DARK BRONZE $ 13.20

004

Sex Nuts only (bolts excluded) Grommet Nuts and Bolts

Complete Mounting Screw PartsFor 1601, 8501, 7500

Sex Nuts only (bolts excluded)(SN)SB/SN-134

Grommet Nuts and Bolts (TBGN)TBGN 134-38 F1600 & 1800 only

Stocked ProductSB/SN 689, 690TBGN 134-138 689 only

8501 Series Top Jamb Closer: Closer Mounting Plates

Low Ceiling Clearance - #8146 Drop PlateFor use where low ceiling clearance prevents normal top jamb mounting. This plate is used when clearance is from 1-7/8” to 2-7/8 (48mm to 73mm). Where ceiling clear-ance is less than 1- 7/8 (48mm) see #8148 Drop Plate detailed in the following text.

Overhead Door Holder - #8146 Drop PlateFor use where a surface or concealed overhead door holder prevents normal top jamb mounting. This plate drops the closer and allows arm mounting screws to clear the bottom of the door holder. This places the centerline of the arm mounting screws at 2-7/8 (73mm) from the top of the door.


4/24/06NortonPage 6

NORTON

8501 Series - Parts & Accessories

Top Jamb Closer: Closer Mounting Plates

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9NOR8146689 Drop Plate 12 15/16 X 2-1/4" ALUMINUM $ 28.00

9NOR8146690 Drop Plate 12 15/16 X 2-1/4" DARK BRONZE $ 28.00

9NOR8148689 Drop Plate 12 15/16 X 3-5/8" ALUMINUM $ 28.00


005


4/24/06NortonPage 6

NORTON


Top Jamb Closer: Closer Mounting Plates

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9NOR8146689 Drop Plate 12 15/16 X 2-1/4" ALUMINUM $ 28.00


9NOR8148689 Drop Plate 12 15/16 X 3-5/8" ALUMINUM $ 28.00


005

Low Ceiling Clearance - #8148 Drop PlateFor use where the ceiling clearance is between 1- 1/2” and 1- 3/4” (38mm and 44mm).

Stocked Product689 ( aluminum)690 (dark bronze)



4/24/06NortonPage 7


NORTON


Closer Mounting Plates - Top Jamb Arm

Closer Mounting Plates - Regular Arm Closer Mounting Plates - Parallel Arm

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9NOR7786689 Drop Plate for Top Jamb ALUMINUM $ 44.00

9NOR7786690 Drop Plate for Top Jamb DARK BRONZE $ 44.00

9NOR7787689 Drop Plate for Top Jamb ALUMINUM $ 44.00


9NOR7788689 Drop Plate for Parallel ALUMINUM $ 44.00

9NOR7788690 Drop Plate for Parallel DARK BRONZE $ 44.00

006

4/24/06NortonPage 7


NORTON










006

4/24/06NortonPage 7


NORTON










006

Norton - Parts & Accessories

Narrow Frame - #7786 Back PlateFor use where a narrow frame face prevents the closer from being mounted directly to the frame. This Back Plate must be used for closer mounted on a frame between 1-7/8 and 3-1/8 (48mm and 79mm) in height.


7500 Series Closer Mounting Plates - Top Jamb Arm

Narrow Top Rail - #7786 Drop PlateFor use where the narrow top rail of the door prevents the closer from being mounted directly to the door surface. This drop plate must be used for closer mounted on a top rail between 1-7/8’ and 3-3/8” (48mm and 86mm) in height.


Narrow Top Rail - #7788 Drop PlateFor use where a narrow top rail prevents the closer from being mounted directly to the door surface. This drop plate can be used to mount a closer on a top rail as narrow as 2-1/2’ (64mm) in height.





PemkoPemkoSaddle Thresholds

Stocked ProductFinish Key A: Aluminum D: Dark Bronze Model Size Finishes170 36”, 48”, 72” Aluminum, 170 36”, 48”, 72” Dark Bronze171 36” Aluminum, Dark Bronze171 48” Aluminum, Dark Bronze171 72” Aluminum, Dark Bronze172 36”, 48”, 72”, 96” Aluminum, 172 36”, 48”, 72” Dark Bronze

Stocked ProductFinish Key 2005AV Aluminum 255A Aluminum 255D Dark Bronze

Model Size Finish2005 36”, 48”, 72” Aluminum (AV)255 36”, 48” Aluminum, Dark Bronze

www.pemko.comCT-15 43

A (Mill Finish Aluminum) • B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) • D (Dark Bronze Anodized) • G (Gold Anodized)NOTE: G, SN are available with limited inventory

COMMERCIAL THRESHOLDS

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (see General Information section for finish chart)

NOTE: Products shown in this section may not be drawn to scale.

Special purpose bumper threshold designed for use with a low 1/4" to 3/8" undercut door.

• Used in conjunction with surface applied vertical rod exit device, or as a stop and a seal at the bottom of door.

• For offset applications, use an elevator (see page 37).

ALTERNATEINSERTS

2001_P2005_P2006_P179_P

2001_V2005_V2006_V179_V

Latching Panic Exit Saddles

Allow 1/4" door clearance.AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, D, G

2001_T

Allow 3/8" door clearance.AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G

2005_T

Allow 1/2" door clearance.AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G

179_T


2002_Q


2006_T

COM

MERCIAL TH

RESHO

LDS



Pemko

Stocked ProductFinish Key A: Aluminum D: Dark Bronze Model Size Finish270 36”, 48”, 72” Aluminum, Dark Bronze271 36”, 48”, 72” Aluminum, Dark Bronze272 36”, 48”, 72” Aluminum, Dark Bronze272 96” Aluminum

Thresholds

Stocked ProductFinish Key A: Aluminum D: Dark Bronze

Model Size Finish276 36”, 48”, 72” Aluminum, Dark Bronze2748 36”, 48”, 72” Aluminum, Dark Bronze2748 96” Aluminum



Pemko

Stocked ProductFinish Key AV: Aluminum DV: Dark Bronze SN: Satin Nickel

Door Bottoms, Shoes & Sweeps

Model Size Finish210 36”, 48” Aluminum, Dark Bronze215 36” Aluminum, Dark Bronze216 36”, 48” Aluminum, Dark Bronze, Satin Nickel217 36” Aluminum, Dark Bronze

Stocked ProductFinish Key A: Aluminum D: Dark Bronze

Model Size Finish221 36”, 48” Aluminum, Dark Bronze222 36”, 48” Aluminum, Dark Bronze

www.pemko.comDB-9 69

A (MillFinishAluminum)•BDC(BrightDipClearAnodized)•BDG(BrightDipGoldAnodized)•D(DarkBronzeAnodized)•G(GoldAnodized)•PW(PaintedWhite)

• Fabrication includes:removalofraindriptoprevent interferencewithdoorstopandweatherstrip.

• Ordering:orderwidthofdoorleafanddesignatebyadding“N”followingtheproductnumber.

• Special:Otherhalfnotchesavailableare9/16”,5/8”,and3/4”widths,pleasespecifywhenordering.

(Example:a216AVwitha1/2"halfnotchfabrication,fora36"doorleaf=216AVN36.)

• Fabrication includes:removalofraindripandfrontflangeofdoorshoetopreventinterferencewithdoorstopandweatherstrip.

• Ordering:orderwidthofdoorleaf,anddesignatebyadding“M” followingtheproductnumber.

(Example:a216AVwitha1/2"fullnotchfabrication,fora36"doorleaf=216AVM36.)

Fabrication Options for Door Shoes1/2” Full Notch

1/2” Half Notch

Combinationdoorshoeandkickplate,withraindrip.

Forhollowmetaldoorswithinvertedbottomchannel.

Door Shoes (Cont.)


Resinthermalbreak(FG)preventsconductivityofcoldfromexteriortointerior.

SuppliedwithPemkoPrene™ Seal.

Thermal Barrier Model

PositivepressurewithPKsealonly.

222_V222_PKAVAILABLEFINISHES:A, D, G






216_FGAVAILABLEFINISHES:BDC, BDG, D, PW

Combinationdoorshoeandkickplate.



DOOR BOTTOMS

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (seeGeneralInformationsectionforfinishchart)

DO

OR BO

TTOM

S

www.pemko.comDB-9 69

A (MillFinishAluminum)•BDC(BrightDipClearAnodized)•BDG(BrightDipGoldAnodized)•D(DarkBronzeAnodized)•G(GoldAnodized)•PW(PaintedWhite)

• Fabrication includes:removalofraindriptoprevent interferencewithdoorstopandweatherstrip.

• Ordering:orderwidthofdoorleafanddesignatebyadding“N”followingtheproductnumber.

• Special:Otherhalfnotchesavailableare9/16”,5/8”,and3/4”widths,pleasespecifywhenordering.

(Example:a216AVwitha1/2"halfnotchfabrication,fora36"doorleaf=216AVN36.)

• Fabrication includes:removalofraindripandfrontflangeofdoorshoetopreventinterferencewithdoorstopandweatherstrip.

• Ordering:orderwidthofdoorleaf,anddesignatebyadding“M” followingtheproductnumber.

(Example:a216AVwitha1/2"fullnotchfabrication,fora36"doorleaf=216AVM36.)

Fabrication Options for Door Shoes1/2” Full Notch

1/2” Half Notch

Combinationdoorshoeandkickplate,withraindrip.


Door Shoes (Cont.)


Resinthermalbreak(FG)preventsconductivityofcoldfromexteriortointerior.

SuppliedwithPemkoPrene™ Seal.

Thermal Barrier Model








216_FGAVAILABLEFINISHES:BDC, BDG, D, PW

Combinationdoorshoeandkickplate.



DOOR BOTTOMS

AVAILABLE FINISHES FOR PRODUCTS SHOWN ON THIS PAGE (seeGeneralInformationsectionforfinishchart)

DO

OR BO

TTOM

S



PemkoSurface Sweeps

Stocked Product

Model Size Finish307 36”, 48” Aluminum, Dark Bronze315 36”, 48” Aluminum, Dark Bronze345 36”, 48” Aluminum, Dark Bronze3452NB 36”, 48” Aluminum, Dark Bronze3452V 36”, 48” Aluminum, Dark Bronze

Dark Bronze

Satin Nickel



PemkoDoor Bottoms

Stocked Product

Model Size Finish 411RL 32”, 36”, 48” Aluminum412RL 36” Aluminum, Dark Bronze4131RL 36”, 42”, 48” Aluminum420VL 36”, 48” Aluminum4301RL 36”, 48” Aluminum

Automatic Door Bottom412 RL Clear Aluminum, Dark Bronze



PemkoDoor Top Weatherseal & Sill Nosing

Split Astragals & Gasketing

Stocked Product: Model Size Finish346C 40”, 76” Clear Aluminum

Stocked Product

Model Size Finish297 36” X 84” Aluminum, Dark Bronze297 36” X 96” Aluminum297 72” X 84” Aluminum297 84”, 96” Aluminum, Dark Bronze303 36” X 84” Aluminum, Dark Bronze303 72” X 84” Aluminum, Dark Bronze303 84”, 96” pair Aluminum, Dark Bronze303 120” pair Aluminum



PemkoSplit Astragals & Gasketing

Stocked Product

Model Size Finish306AQD 36” X 80” Aluminum306AQD 36” X 84” Aluminum306AQW 36” X 80” Aluminum

“T” & Overlapping Astragal

Stocked Product

Model Size Finish355CS/DS 84”, 96”, 108”, 120” Aluminum, Dark Bronze355CV/DV 84”, 108” Aluminum



Pemko“T” & Overlapping Astragals & Brush Weatherstrip

Stocked Product:Finish Key AV: Aluminum DV: Dark Bronze SP: Galvanized Steel

Model Size Finish357 84”, 96” Galvanized Steel359 84” Aluminum

18041 84” Clear Aluminum, Dark Bronze18061 84” Clear Aluminum, Dark Bronze

VENTURA , CA USAPH. 800.283.9988

MEMPHIS, TN USAPH. 800.824.3018

VANCOUVER, BC CANADAPH. 877.535.7888

TORONTO, ON CANADAPH. 866.243.9816

A (Mill Finish Aluminum) • BDG (Bright Dip Gold Anodized) • C (Clear Anodized) • D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) • PW (Painted White) • SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) • Special finishes available upon request

• Astragals and meeting stiles on double doors often present problems because of complex conditions and requirements. Pemko offers some simple and inexpensive solutions as well as more detailed ones. Each job should be carefully studied as to the specific requirements when selecting the appropri-ate gasketing. Note that some astragals consist of two parts, one for each door, and should be ordered as such.

• Punched with slotted holes for adjustment.

• Astragals and meeting stiles with a fire label may be mounted on pairs of doors wherein the gap meets the requirements of NFPA 80, 2-3.1.7 “The clearance between...the meeting edges of doors swinging in pairs on the pull side shall be 1/8” ± 1/16” (3.18mm ± 1.59mm) for steel doors and shall not exceed 1/8” (3.18mm) for wood doors.”

• All clear anodized brush products are supplied with gray brush (available with black brush upon request). Other finishes supplied with black brush.

Astragal and Meeting Stile Gasketing - Split Astragals

18041_SBAVAILABLE FINISHES:C, D, G, SN

ALTERNATE INSERTS FOR 18041

18041_NBAVAILABLE FINISHES:C, D, G, SN

303_SAVAILABLE FINISHES:A, BDG, C, D, G, PW, SN

303_PK AVAILABLE FINISHES:A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN

303_VAVAILABLE FINISHES:A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN


316_PKAVAILABLE FINISHES:A, BDG, D, G

316_VAVAILABLE FINISHES:A, BDG, D, G


316_SAVAILABLE FINISHES:A, BDG, D, G

297_SAVAILABLE FINISHES:A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN

297_V

297_PK AVAILABLE FINISHES:A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN

AVAILABLE FINISHES:A, BDG, D, G, PW, SN


ASTR

AGAL

S AN

D M

EETI

NG

STI

LES

ASTRAGALS AND MEETING STILES


74 AM-2

NOTE: Brush should mesh from 1/32" to 1/16".

18041- CNB/DNB 18061- CNB/DNB



Pemko

Stocked Product

Finish key: BL Black D Dark Bronze W White

Smoke Gasketing Pemko Prene

Model Size FinishPK33 17’, 20’, 25’ Black, Dark BronzePK55 17’, 25’ Black, White, Dark Bronze

Gasketing & Edge Seal Products

Stocked Product

Finish Key D Dark Bronze Model Size FinishS44 17’, 21’, 25” Dark Bronze




TORONTO, ON CANADAPH. 866.243.9816106 PG-10

C (Clear Anodized) • D (Dark Bronze Anodized) • G (Gold Anodized)Adhesive Gasketing Colors: • BL (Black) • C (Clear) • D (Dark Brown) • TAN (Tan) • W (White)

Adhesive Perimeter Gasketing

Magnetic

AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, G

2815_M

PERIMETER GASKETING

S77_AVAILABLE FINISHES: C, D, WAVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25'

• Designed for hollow metal and wood meeting stile applications.• Seal begins compressing at 5/16"; com presses to seal up to a 1/16" gap.

AVAILABLE FINISHES: D, GR, WAVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25'

S773_

• Triple-fin design effectively blocks light and sound from infiltrating a room.

• Product designed as hospitality gasketing (see more hospitality products in the Hospitality Products section).

AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, C, D, GR, TAN, WAVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 30', 204', 510'

S88_

• Seal begins compressing at 1/4"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap.

AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, WAVAILABLE FINISHES: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 510'

PK33_

• Designed for tighter frames. • Demonstrates extremely low closing force. • Seal begins compressing at 3/16"; com presses to seal up to a 1/16" gap.

AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, WAVAILABLE LENGTHS: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 510'

S44_

• Designed for tighter frames. • Demonstrates extremely low closing force. • Seal begins compressing at 5/16"; compresses to seal up to a 1/16" gap.

PK55_AVAILABLE FINISHES: BL, D, WAVAILABLE FINISHES: 17', 18', 20', 21', 25', 510'


• For more information on these perimeter gasketing products, please see the Adhesive Gasketing section.


PERI

MET

ER G

ASKE

TIN

G


NOTES FOR ALL ADHESIVE GASKETING:

Storage and shelf life: All adhesive gaskets have a limited shelf life. This product must be used within 6 months of purchase and must be stored between 50OF and 100OF.

For further notes/details, please see Adhesive Gasketing section.







Magnetic


2815_M

PERIMETER GASKETING




S773_




S88_



PK33_



S44_






PERI

MET

ER G

ASKE

TIN

G











Magnetic


2815_M

PERIMETER GASKETING




S773_




S88_



PK33_



S44_






PERI

MET

ER G

ASKE

TIN

G











Magnetic


2815_M

PERIMETER GASKETING




S773_




S88_



PK33_



S44_






PERI

MET

ER G

ASKE

TIN

G





PK33 PK55







Magnetic


2815_M

PERIMETER GASKETING




S773_




S88_



PK33_



S44_






PERI

MET

ER G

ASKE

TIN

G











Magnetic


2815_M

PERIMETER GASKETING




S773_




S88_



PK33_



S44_






PERI

MET

ER G

ASKE

TIN

G





S44



Pemko

SiliconSeal Adhesive Backed Fire / Smoke Gasketing• Seals begin compressing at 3/16”, and both can be compressed suffi-

ciently to seal openings with 1/16” gaps, making door latching easy.• Excellent resistance to compression set, particularly at elevated tem-

peratures and for extended periods of times.• Stays flexible between 70° F and 250° F with very high resistance to

flex fatigue.• Outstanding ozone resistance rating.• Smoke tested by WYLE Laboratories in accordance with UL 1784-90;

meets the requirements of NFPA 105 “Installation of Smoke Control Door Assemblies”.

Gasketing - EDGE SEAL PRODUCTS

Edge Sealing Products for Positive PressureDoor System• The new positive pressure building codes require stopping the passage

of smoke, flames and hot gasses• Pemko’s intumescent and fire / smoke gasketing products have assisted

numerous door and frame manufacturers in complying with the new stringent positive pressure standards UL10C and UBC7-2, Parts I and II, UBC7-2, Part I (for fire) and UBC7-2, Part II (for smoke).

• Many fire rated door assemblies (currently listed for UL10B) can now be listed for positive pressure (UL10C) by using Hot Smoke Seal in combi-nation with SiliconSeal. Consult individual door and / or frame manufac-turers for specific listing information.

Stocked Product

Finish Key D Dark Bronze W White

Model Size FinishS88 17’,20’,21’, 25’ Dark Bronze, White

Stocked Product

Model Size FinishHSS2000 18’,24’ BlackHSS2000 18’ White



PemkoFire Glazing Products

FG3000S45 has successfully passed 20 minutes (with hose stream) and 45 minutes on wood and metaldoors with vision lites installed.• Maximum wood door size with FG3000S45

48” x 96” single and/or pairs approved• Maximum hollow metal door size with

FG3000S45 48” x 120” single and/or pairs approved

Note: verify all applications with your door and/or frame manufacturer

FG3000S45-14FG30000S45 in 20 and 45 minute sidelite / bor-rowed lite / transom lite on hollow metal frame (screen)

ANSI NUMBER: R0E154

Stocked Product

FG3000S 45 Minute X 14 Foot



PemkoContinuous Hinges

Stocked Product

Model Size FinishCFM83 83” Clear Anodized AluminumCFS83 83” Clear Anodized Aluminum



PemkoW60 Series - Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System for Wood Doors

Features:• Made of 304 stainless steel• Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation• For Sliding Panels up to 176 lbs. capacity• 5 year warranty

Configurations:• Bi-parting• Single

Installation: Side Wall Mount (only)

Kits Include:• BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track (1 ea)• BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets (1 ea)• 62 Stainless Steel Hangers (2 ea)• WOODGUIDE Stainless Steel Guide (1 ea)• STOP2 Stainless Steel Stops (2 ea)• Mounting Hardware

Stocked Product Track Door Model Length Width FinishW60/6 78-3/4” 36” Brushed Stainless SteelW60/8 98-7/16” 48” Brushed Stainless SteelW60D/6 78-3/4” 36” Dark BronzeW60D/8 98-7/16” 48” Dark Bronze

SPLICEROD Required for bi-parting



PemkoW100 Series - Stainless Steel Sliding Track Hardware System for Wood Doors

Features:• Made of 304 stainless steel• Nylon coated stainless steel wheel for smooth operation• For Sliding Panels up to 198 lbs. capacity• 5 year warranty

Configurations:• Bi-parting• Single

Installation: Side Wall Mount (only)

Kits Include:• BAR/_ Stainless Steel Track (1 ea)• BRACKET2 Stainless Steel Wall Brackets (1 ea)• 111 Stainless Steel Hangers (2 ea)• WOODGUIDE Stainless Steel Guide (1 ea)• STOP2 Stainless Steel Stops (2 ea)• Mounting Hardware

Stocked Product Track Door Model Length Width FinishW100/6 78-3/4” 36” Brushed Stainless SteelW100/8 98-7/16” 48” Brushed Stainless SteelW100D/6 78-3/4” 36” Dark BronzeW100D/8 98-7/16” 48” Dark Bronze

SPLICEROD Required for bi-parting



PemkoRustic Sliding Barn Door Hardware

Barn Door Hardware with an Industrial Make.A true rustic style, the Industrial Hanger is characterized by its metal hanger strap that loops completely over the top of the wheel, leaving the sides of the wheel visible as it rolls along the track. A substantial looking roller strap with a straight bottom edge and unique industrial look. The hanger mounts to the face of the door.

Features:• Color/Finish: Flat Black• Wheel Type: Black Nylon• Track & Hardware Pack is for 1 door.• Weight Limit: 500 pounds Per Hanger Pair

Kits Include:• Hanger Assembly• Track pre-drilled for mounting hardware• Stops• Floor mount door guide• Mounting Hardware

Stocked Product Track Model Length Finish RUSBARN BLK 6 6’ BlackRUSBARN BLK 8 8’ Black

"8/7 -1

"4/1 -11

1"

"4/1 -3

2"

Ø2-7/8"

3/16"

"61/7 -2

1/4"

"2/1 -3



Pemko



Stocked ProductStocked Product

Stocked Product

Rockwood

These pull plates are .050” thick wrought, stocked in standard architec-tural finishes,and meet ANSI 156.6 standards.

The push plates are a standard .050” thick. They meet ANSI 156.6 standards. Plates can be mated with most any door pull of your choice.

No. Pull CTC Plate Size Finish106x70B 6” 3-1⁄2” x 15” 605, 613, 630 106x70C 6” 4” x 16” 613, 630107x70C 8” 4” x 16” 605, 613, 630132x70C 5-1⁄2” 4” x 16” 613, 630

No. Size Finish70B 3-1⁄2” x 15” 605, 613, 63070C 4” x 16” 605, 613, 630

Pull Plates

Push Plates



Stocked Product

Stocked Product

Stocked Product

Rockwood406 - Wrought Wall Stops

409 - Wrought Wall Stops

441 - Low Dome Stop

Wrought brass, bronze, and stainless steel with DuraFlex bumper.

Features: • Concealed mounting, convex bumper. Back plate prevents damage to wall.• #8 x 1-1⁄4” TH SMS, plastic toggle fastener• 3⁄4” Projection

Wrought brass, bronze, and stainless steel with DuraFlex bumper.

Features: • Concealed mounting, concave bumper. Back plate prevents damage to wall.• #8 x 11⁄4” TH SMS, plastic toggle fastener• 3⁄4” Projection

Options: DuraFlex bumper available in standard gray or optional black.

Solid cast brass with DuraFlex bumper.

Features: • For doors without thresholds (not undercut).• Fastener: #12 x 1-1⁄4” fh ws, plastic anchor• No. 441 is packed with both WS and MS fasteners.

#12 - 24 x 1” FH MS, lead anchor

Options: Exterior pack screw packs, stainless steel plated to match — use EXP suffix (440 x EXP) when ordering.

No. Size Finish406 2-1⁄2” dia. 613, 626

No. Size Finish409 2-1⁄2” dia. 605, 613, 625, 626, 630

No. Base Height Finish441 1⁄4” h x 1-7⁄8” dia. 1-1⁄8” 605, 613, 625, 626



Stocked Product

Stocked Product

Stocked Product

Rockwood443 - High Dome Stops

449 - Door Stop Riser

461L - Kick Down Door Stop


Features: • For doors with thresholds or undercut doors.• Fastener: #12 x 1-1⁄2” FH WS, plastic anchor

Options: Exterior pack screw packs, stainless steel plated to match — use EXP suffix (442 x EXP) when ordering.


Features: • DuraFlex bumper provides reliable grip on floor.• A unique assembly design that conceals the axle in the base.• For use with doors up to 3” door-to-floor clearance.• Uses replacement bumper No. 461B.• Fastener: 4 ea. #8 x 3⁄4” OH SMS

Aluminum.Full size carpet riser provides sturdy base for mounting the No. 440 orNo. 442 dome stop.Specify finish and thickness; 1⁄4”, 3⁄8”, 1⁄2”, 5⁄8”, 3⁄4”, 1”.Fastener: #12 WS, plastic anchor

No. Base Height Finish449 1-7⁄8” dia. 3⁄8” 626

No. Base Projection Finish461L 2-1⁄4” x 1-1⁄4” 4-5⁄8” 613, 626

No. Base Height Finish443 1⁄4” h x 1-7⁄8” dia. 1-1⁄2” 605, 613, 625, 626



Rockwood

Stocked Product

463 - Heavy Duty Door StopFlame resistant high impact bumper.5⁄8” x 2-1⁄2” Mounting Bolt

No. Size Finish463 2” dia. x 1-1⁄2” h. 626

Stocked Product

Stocked Product

470, 471 - Door Stops

473 - Door Stop with Keepers

Cast brass with DuraFlex bumper.

Features: • For doors without thresholds (not undercut).• Fastener: 470:3 ea. #12 x 11⁄4” FH WS; 3 ea. plastic anchors

471: 1 ea. 5⁄16 - 18 x 13⁄4” stud, lead anchor; #8 x 3⁄4” OH SMS, plastic anchor

Options: Exterior pack screw packs, stainless steel plated to match – use EXP suffix (470 x EXP) when ordering.

Cast brass with DuraFlex bumper.

Features: • Fastener: 5⁄16 - 18 x 13⁄4” stud, lead anchor;

#8 x 3⁄4” OH SMS, plastic anchor Keeper: 2 ea. #12 x 11⁄4” FH WS; 2 ea. plastic anchors

• Options: Exterior pack screw packs, stainless steel plated to match – use EXP suffix (472 x EXP) when ordering.

No. Size Finish470 2-1⁄2” dia. base, 3” Height 626471 2-1⁄2” dia. base, 3” Height 626

No. Size Finish473 2-1⁄2” dia. base, 3-3⁄4” Height 613, 626



Rockwood

Stocked Product

Stocked Product

481H - Door Stop

483 - Door Stop

Solid cast brass with DuraFlex bumper

Features: • Heavy duty and ideal for use on heavy doors or in high traffic areas.• Fastener: 3 ea. #12 - 24 x 1” FH MS, 3 ea. lead anchors• Uses replacement bumper 461B.

Options: • DuraFlex bumper available in standard gray or optional black.• Exterior pack screw packs, stainless steel plated to match – use EXP suffix (481H x EXP) when ordering.

Solid cast brass with DuraFlex bumper

Features: • Heavy duty and ideal for use on heavy doors or in high traffic areas.• Fastener: 5⁄16 - 18 x 1-3⁄4” stud, lead anchor; #12 x 1-1⁄4” FH WS,

plastic anchor

Options: • DuraFlex bumper available in standard gray or optional black.• Exterior pack screw packs, stainless steel plated to match – use EXP suffix (483 x EXP) when ordering.

No. Size Finish481H 2-1⁄2” x 1-3⁄4” base 626 2-1⁄4” Height

No. Size Finish483 1-5⁄8” x 2-5⁄8” base 613, 626 2-3⁄4” Height



Rockwood

Stocked Product

Stocked Product

555 - Lever Extension Flush Bolt

557 - Lever Extension Flush Bolt

Brass.

Features: • For Fire Rated Hollow Metal Swinging Doors measuring

up to 4’w x 10’h rated up to and including 3 Hours.• Fits ANSI A115 door and frame preparation.• 3⁄4” bolt throw, 3⁄4” rod backset.• 12” rod length (center of face to bolt end - retracted).• 11⁄2” adjustable bolt head.• Exterior pack screw packs, stainless steel plated to match

– use EXP suffix (481H x EXP) when ordering.

Cast brass.

Features: • For Fire Rated Plastic & Wood Covered Doors measuring up to 4’w x

10’h rated up to and including 1-1/2 Hours.• 3⁄4” bolt throw, 3⁄4” backset; door strength maintained by corner

reinforcing plate.

Options: Use No. 570 Dust Proof Strike to prevent dirt blocking bottom strike.

No. Size Finish555 Face plate: 1” x 6-3⁄4” 605, 613, 625, 626 Strike: 15⁄16” x 2-1⁄4” Guide: 1” x 2”

No. Size Finish557 Face plate: 1” x 6-3⁄4” 605, 613, 626 Strike: 15⁄16” x 2-1⁄4”



Rockwood

Stocked Product

Stocked Product

570 - Dust Proof Strike

580 - Surface Bolt

Brass.

Features: • Works with all Rockwood manual and automatic flush bolts.• Removable face plate for use with thresholds.• Adjustable height for carpeted areas.• Fastener: Adjustment nut. Spanner wrench. 2 ea. #8 x 1 OH SMS, 2 ea. plastic anchors. 2 ea. #8 - 32 x 3⁄4” OH MS, 2 ea. lead anchors.

Steel, stainless steel.

Features: • UL listed for use on inactive leaf of a pair of 3-hour labeled fire doors.• Includes a universal top strike and a mortise bottom strike.• Fastener: 8 ea. #10 x 11⁄4” FH SMS, 8 ea. #10 - 24 x 1” FH MS.

No. Size Finish570 Face plate: 13⁄8” x 27⁄8” 613, 625, 626 Barrel: 7⁄8” dia. x 2” depth

No. Bolt Length Finish580-8 8” 626



Rockwood

Stocked Product

Stocked Product

Stocked Product

608, 609 - Door Silencers

622 - 190˚ Door Viewer

594 - Roller Latch with No. 161 Strike

DuraFlex gray rubber.

Brass.For 1-3⁄8” to 2-1⁄8” Doors

Cast brass.

Features: • Solid nylon roller for durable silent operation.• Simple adjustment for roller projection.• Fastener: Body: 2 ea. #8 x 3⁄4” FH combo screws. Strike: 2 ea. #8 x 3⁄4” FH combo screws.

No. Size Frame type608 1⁄2” dia. x 5⁄8” Metal609 3⁄8” x 3⁄4” Wood

No. Finish622 626

No. Latch Face Strike Finish594 1-1⁄8” x 2-⁄4” 1-1⁄8” x 2-3⁄4” 613, 626

608 609



Rockwood

Stocked Product

Stocked Product

2601AB, 2601C - Mounting Brackets (for Soffit Applied Hardware)

2672, 2696 - Door Coordinators

Aluminum.

Features: • Used for stop applied hardware. Prevents the inaverdent disabling of

the coordinator by fasteners passing through the housing.• Fastener: 4 ea. 1⁄4 - 20 x 1⁄2” FH MS, 4 ea. #12 - 24 x 2” FH MS.

Steel.

Features: • Non-handed. Override protection to prevent damage in case of

abnormal force on door. Mechanism and filler bar completely fill width of opening and when painted to match frame it becomes virtually invisible

• Fastener: 7 ea. #12 - 24 x 11⁄4 TH type C tapping screws.

No. Soffit Size Length Finish2601AB 7⁄8” - 2-1⁄4” 5” Black prime coat 2601C Over 21⁄4” 5” Black prime coat

No. Opening Finish2672 72” Black prime coat2696 96” Black prime coat

2601AB

2601C

Stocked Product

1700- Universal Door CoordinatorSteel, aluminum.

Features: • Fastener: 6 ea. #10 x 13⁄4” TH SMS, 6 ea. #10 - 32 x 11⁄2” TH MS.

No. Size Finish1700 1-1⁄2” x 20-1⁄8” x 5⁄8”5” Black prime coat



Rockwood

Stocked Product

Stocked Product

2842 - Automatic Flush Bolt

2942 - Automatic Flush Bolt

Brass, stainless steel.

Features: • For Fire Rated Metal Doors labeled A, B, C, D & E up to 4’w x 8’h.• Non-handed.• Fully automatic– opening active door retracts top and bottom bolts.• Override feature prevents damage to doors or bolts if bolt heads are

blocked from entering strikes.• Bolt head rods are adjustable up to 1-1⁄2”.• Thermal lock automatically locks the inactive door under high heat

conditions due to fire.

Brass, stainless steel.

Features: • For Wood Doors labeled B, C, D & E up to 4’w x 9’h.• Non-handed.• Fully automatic—opening active door retracts top and bottom bolts.• Override feature prevents damage to doors or bolts if bolt heads are

blocked from entering strikes.• Bolt head rodis adjustable up to 1⁄2”.• Thermal lock automatically locks the inactive door under high heat

conditions due to fire.

No. Size Finish2842 1” x 6-3⁄4” 613, 630ANSI A156.3: Type 25

No. Size Finish2942 1” x 8-1⁄2” 613, 630ANSI A156.3: Type 25



Schlage - AL Series

4/24/06SchlagePage 11


SCHLAGE - A & AL Functions

A10S / AL10S ANSI F75Passage LatchBoth levers always unlocked.

AL40S ANSI F76Bath/Bedroom Privacy LockPush-button locking. Can beunlocked from outside with smallscrewdriver. Turning inside lever orclosing door released button.

AL170Simple Dummy TrimDummy trim for one side of door.Used for door pull or as matchinginactive trim.

AL50PD ANSI F82Entrance/Office LockPush-button locking. Push-buttonlocks outside lever until unlockedwith key or by rotating inside lever.

AL53PD ANSI F109Entrance LockTurn/push-button locking; pushingand turning button locks outsidelever requiring use of key untilbutton is manually unlocked.Push-button locking; pushingbutton locks outside lever untilunlocked by key or by turninginside lever.

AL70PD ANSI F84Classroom LockOutside lever locked and un-locked by key. Inside lever alwaysunlocked.

AL80PD ANSI F86Storeroom LockOutside lever fixed. Entrance bykey only. Inside lever alwaysunlocked.

AL25DExit LockBlank plate outside. Inside leveralways unlocked.

AL10S ANSI F75Passage LatchBoth levers always unlocked.






AL70PD ANSI F84Classroom LockOutside lever locked and unlockedby key. Inside lever alwaysunlocked.















































































Standard FeaturesCertification ANSI A156.2, 1996, Series 4000, Grade 2, UL Listed for

3 hour fire door

Latch 1-1/8” x 2-1/4”, Square corner faceplate, 1” housing diameter, 1/2” throw

Strike 1-1/4” x 4-7/8” ANSI, Square corner, no box

Backset Standard 2-3/4”, optional 2-3/8” BS available

Door Range 1-3/8” - 1-7/8”

Keyed locks Classic C keyway, KD - also available Everest C123

Stocked Product

Stocked Functions: AL10S, AL170,AL40S, AL50P,AL53P, AL70P,AL80PStocked Finishes: 613,626Stocked Designs: Saturn and Neptune

Stocked Functions: AL25D, Stocked Finishes: 626Stocked Designs Saturn, Neptune

Stocked Function: AL53J,for large format Recore, Less CoreStocked Finishes: 626Stocked Designs: Saturn

Stocked Function: AL53BSAT, Small format interchangeable Core, Less CoreStocked Finishes: 626Stocked Designs: Saturn

Stocked Function: AL80BSAT, Small format interchangeable Core, Less CoreStocked Finishes: 626Stocked Designs: Saturn



SCHLAGE

SATURN

Standard FeaturesCertification ANSI A156.2, 1996, Series 4000, Grade 2, UL Listed for 3 hour fire doorLatch 1-1/8" x 2-1/4", Square corner faceplate, 1" housing diameter, 1/2" throwStrike 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" ANSI, Square corner, no boxBackset Standard 2-3/4", optional 2-3/8" BS availableDoor Range 1-3/8" - 1-7/8"Keyed locks Class C keyway, KD - also available Everest C123

NEPTUNE

FUNCTIONNON KEYED 626 605, 606, 613, 625

AL10S PASSAGE $ 149.00 $ 159.00

AL170 DUMMY $ 85.00 $ 90.00

AL25D EXIT $ 165.00

AL40S PRIVACY $ 169.00 $ 179.00

KEYEDAL50PD $ 217.00 $ 227.00

AL53PD $ 217.00 $ 227.00

AL70PD $ 217.00 $ 227.00

AL80PD $ 217.00 $ 227.00

SATURN ONLYAL53B ENTRY SMALL FORMAT $ 217.00

I.C. LESS CORE

AL80B STOREROOM SMALL $ 217.00

FORMAT I.C. LESS CORE

03

FINISHES

SATURN

Small format interchangeableCore - Less Core

SATURN



SCHLAGE

SATURN


NEPTUNE


AL10S PASSAGE $ 149.00 $ 159.00

AL170 DUMMY $ 85.00 $ 90.00

AL25D EXIT $ 165.00

AL40S PRIVACY $ 169.00 $ 179.00

KEYEDAL50PD $ 217.00 $ 227.00

AL53PD $ 217.00 $ 227.00

AL70PD $ 217.00 $ 227.00

AL80PD $ 217.00 $ 227.00


I.C. LESS CORE



03

FINISHES

SATURN

Small format interchangeableCore - Less CoreSATURN



SCHLAGE

SATURN


NEPTUNE


AL10S PASSAGE $ 149.00 $ 159.00

AL170 DUMMY $ 85.00 $ 90.00

AL25D EXIT $ 165.00

AL40S PRIVACY $ 169.00 $ 179.00

KEYEDAL50PD $ 217.00 $ 227.00

AL53PD $ 217.00 $ 227.00

AL70PD $ 217.00 $ 227.00

AL80PD $ 217.00 $ 227.00


I.C. LESS CORE



03

FINISHES

SATURN

Small format interchangeableCore - Less Core

NEPTUNE



Schlage - B250 Deadlatch LocksSchlage - AL Parts

Stocked Product

11-068 Spring Latch 2-3/8” BS, 1” X 2-1/4” Face, 7/8” hsg 613,62611-085 Dead Latch 2-3/8” BS, 1”X 2-1/4” Face7/8” hsg 613,62610-001 T Strike, 1-1/8” X 2-3/4” Square Corner 613,62641-005 5” Backset Link -A501-878 Faceplate Adapter Black



11-0962-3/4" DL

11-104CIRCULARDRIVE-IN DL

11-1162-3/4" SL

SCHLAGE

A & AL PARTS

11-0852-3/8"

11-0682-3/8"

A SeriesScrews

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH11068605 SPRING LATCH, 2-3/8" BS 605 $ 31.40

9SCH11068613 SPRING LATCH, 2-3/8" BS 613 $ 31.40


9SCH11085605 DEADLATCH, 2-3/8" BS 605 $ 31.40

9SCH11085613 DEADLATCH, 2-3/8" BS 613 $ 31.40

9SCH11085626 DEADLATCH, 2-3/8" BS 626 $ 31.40

9SCHA501161 MOUNTING SCREWS FOR "A" SERIES - $ 0.54

008

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH11091605 DEAD LATCH 2-3/4BS 1" X 2-1/4" FACE PLATE 605 $ 31.40

9SCH11091613 DEAD LATCH 2-3/4BS 1" X 2-1/4" FACE PLATE 613 $ 31.40

9SCH11091626 DEAD LATCH 2-3/4BS 1" X 2-1/4" FACE PLATE 626 $ 31.40

9SCH11096605 DEADLATCH, 2-3/4" BS 605 $ 31.40

9SCH11096613 DEADLATCH, 2-3/4" BS 613 $ 31.40

9SCH11096626 DEADLATCH, 2-3/4" BS 626 $ 31.40

9SCH11103626 DEAD LATCH, 3-3/4" DL 626 $ 33.80

9SCH11104626 CIRCULAR DRIVE-IN, 2-3/8" DL 626 $ 31.40

9SCH11105626 CIRCULAR DRIVE-IN, 2-3/4" DL 626 $ 31.40




009

11-0682-3/8”SL

11-0852-3/8”DL



SCHLAGEAL PARTS

10-001 10-025ASA

10-027

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH10001605 SQUARE CORNER T STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 605 $ 6.00

9SCH10001613 SQUARE CORNER T STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 613 $ 6.00


9SCH10025605 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" 605 $ 9.40

9SCH10025613 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" 613 $ 9.40

9SCH10025626 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" 626 $ 9.40

9SCH10027605 RADIUS FULL LIP STRIKE, 1-5/8" X 2-1/4" 605 $ 5.90



010

A501-878FACEPLACEADAPTER

41-0055" BACKSET LINK

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCHA501878 ADAPTER TO ADAPT 1" FACEPLATE TO 1-1/8" DOOR PREP. $ 0.42

9SCH41005 5" BACKSET EXTENSION LINK $ 11.90

011

T - STRIKE



SCHLAGEAL PARTS

10-001 10-025ASA

10-027

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH10001605 SQUARE CORNER T STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 605 $ 6.00



9SCH10025605 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" 605 $ 9.40

9SCH10025613 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" 613 $ 9.40

9SCH10025626 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" 626 $ 9.40




010

A501-878FACEPLACEADAPTER

41-0055" BACKSET LINK

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCHA501878 ADAPTER TO ADAPT 1" FACEPLATE TO 1-1/8" DOOR PREP. $ 0.42

9SCH41005 5" BACKSET EXTENSION LINK $ 11.90

011

FACEPLATE





SCHLAGEB250 SERIES

B250PDSingle Cylinder Night LatchDeadlocking latchbolt retracted by keyfrom outside or by inside turn unit.Rotating turn unit and activating hold-back feature keeps latch retracted.

B252PDDouble Cylinder DeadlatchDeadlocking latchbolt retracted bykey from either side. No hold-backfeature.

12-10012-103

• C keyway• 2-3/8" backset standard, optional 2-3/4" backset available• Strike square corner T strike 10-001

FUNCTION626 605, 613

B250PD $ 149.00 $ 161.00

B252PD $ 163.00 $ 175.00

05

FINISHES

12-100 - 2-3/8" BS square corner 1-1/8" x 2-1/4"12-103 - 2-3/4" BS square corner 1-1/8" x 2-1/4"

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH12100605 DEADLATCH ONLY - 2-3/8" BS 605 $ 44.10

9SCH12100613 DEADLATCH ONLY - 2-3/8" BS 613 $ 44.10





9SCHB520086605 MOUNTING SCREW - 2-1/4" 605 $ 0.52


9SCHB520267 MOUNTING SCREW F/B252 - $ 1.00

9SCHB520271 DRIVE PIN ONLY - $ 0.52

015



SCHLAGEB250 SERIES

B250PDSingle Cylinder Night LatchDeadlocking latchbolt retracted by keyfrom outside or by inside turn unit.Rotating turn unit and activating hold-back feature keeps latch retracted.


12-10012-103

• C keyway• 2-3/8" backset standard, optional 2-3/4" backset available• Strike square corner T strike 10-001

FUNCTION626 605, 613

B250PD $ 149.00 $ 161.00

B252PD $ 163.00 $ 175.00

05

FINISHES

12-100 - 2-3/8" BS square corner 1-1/8" x 2-1/4"12-103 - 2-3/4" BS square corner 1-1/8" x 2-1/4"

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH12100605 DEADLATCH ONLY - 2-3/8" BS 605 $ 44.10








9SCHB520267 MOUNTING SCREW F/B252 - $ 1.00

9SCHB520271 DRIVE PIN ONLY - $ 0.52

015

B250 SeriesB250PDSingle Cylinder Night LatchDeadlocking latchbolt retracted by keyfrom outside or by inside turn unit.Rotating turn unit and activating holdbackfeature keeps latch retracted.


• C keyway• 2-3/8” backset standard, optional 2-3/4” backset available• square corner T strike 10-001 StandardStocked Product

B250P 613,626B252P 613,626

Schlage - B250 Deadlatch LocksSchlage - AL Parts



B500 SERIES DEADBOLTCertifications: ANSI A156.5, 2001, Grade 2. Available UL Listed for three-hour fire door.

Door range: 1-3/8” to 1-3/4” thick (35 mm to 44 mm) standard. Available for over 1-3/4” to 2-1/4” and over 2-1/4’ to 4” assembled to order. Special Order.

Backset: 2-3/8” (60 mm) or 2-3/4” (70 mm) adjustable backset standard.

Deadbolts: 1” x 2-1/4” (25 mm x 57 mm) square corner.

Strikes: Square corner 1-1/8” x 2-3/4” (29 mm x 70 mm) strike, no lip, furnished with metal dust box standard.

Adapter Rings: Trim ring with anti-pry shield standard, 2-1/2” (63 mm) outer diameter. Removable to fit 1-1/2” crossbore door preps.

Schlage - B500 Deadbolts

Specifications:

©2007 Ingersoll-Rand Company SC-5209

Applications: Auxiliary and primary locking for commercial and

residential buildings. B500 Series locks are designed to meet

various security door preparations and functional requirements

determined by local codes and life safety regulations.

Certifications: ANSI A156.5, 2001, Grade 2. Available UL

Listed for three-hour fire door.

Exposed Trim: Wrought brass or bronze, reinforced with steel

security insert.

Keying: 6-pin tumbler standard with two keys per lock. Stock

locks are keyed 5- or 6-pin. Other keying options for B500 Series

available from the factory include master keying, grand master

keying and construction keying.

Door range: 1-3/8” to 1-3/4” thick (35 mm to 44 mm)

standard. Available for over 1-3/4” to 2-1/4” and over 2-1/4’

to 4” assembled to order.

Backset: 2-3/8” (60 mm) or 2-3/4” (70 mm) adjustable

backset standard. 5” fixed set also available.

Deadbolts and Strikes: B500 Series deadbolts and strikes

have brass bronze or steel faceplates, furnished in compatible

lock trim finishes.

Deadbolts: 1” x 2-1/4” (25 mm x 57 mm) square corner. 1”

(25 mm) throw standard. Circular drive-in, round corner, 1-1/8”

square corner, and Triple Option deadbolts also available.

Strikes: Square corner 1-1/8” x 2-3/4” (29 mm x 70 mm)

strike, no lip, furnished with metal dust box standard. ANSI

1-1/4” x 4-7/8” with 1-3/16” (30 mm) lip, drive-in and

full lip strikes also available.

Adapter Rings: Trim ring with anti-pry shield standard,

2-1/2” (63 mm) outer diameter. Removable to fit 1-1/2”

crossbore door preps.

Finishes:

Door Frame Reinforcer

All B500 Series deadbolt locks are furnished standard with the

metal dust box reinforcer. This unit significantly strengthens a

wood jamb against “kick-in” attack and greatly increases the

security effectiveness of the lock. The reinforcer is concealed

under the strike and is deeply anchored to the jamb with

three 3” (76 mm) long screws.

Door Preparation

1-1/2˝ or 2-1/8˝38 mm or 54 mm

2-3/8˝ or 2-3/4˝60 mm or 70 mm1˝

25 mm

1˝ dia.25 mm

2-1/4˝57 mm

se requiere para

2 ³⁄₄

Wood DoorPuerta de maderaPorte en bois

Metal DoorPuerta de metalPorte en métal

B520-649 (for B560 and B562)

B520-650 (for interchangeable cores)

Frame Preparation

B-500 Series Functions:

• B560 - Single Cylinder Deadbolt Lock

• B561 - One-Way Deadbolt Lock

• B562 - Double Cylinder Deadbolt Lock

• B563 - Classroom Deadbolt Lock

• B571 - Door Bolt Occupancy Indicator

• B580 - Door Bolt (no outside trim)

• B581 - Door Bolt (with outside blank plate)

605 Bright Brass

609 Antique Brass

612 Satin Bronze

613 Oil Rubbed

Bronze

619 Satin Nickel

625 Bright Chrome

626 Satin Chrome

716 Aged Bronze

Single Cylinder Deadbolt LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted by key from outside or by inside turn unit. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown.

Double Cylinder Deadbolt Lock*Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key from either side. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown.

Door Bolt Occupancy IndicatorDeadbolt thrown or retracted by turn unit. Occupancy indicator on outside (reads either in use or vacant).

Door BoltDeadbolt thrown or retracted by turn unit only. No outside trim. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown.

Functions:

Stocked Product

B560P 613, 626B562P 613, 626B571 613, 626B580 613, 626

Stocked Product10-094 Square Corner Strike 1-1/8” X 2-3/4” 613, 626

38-031 G00F Ring, 2-1/2” Diameter for 2-1/8” Door prep 613, 626

B 500 Series Strikes, Bolts and Accessories



SCHLAGE

10-064

10-094STANDARD

B SERIES

12-268 12-270

38-031GOOF RING

A501-566A501-565

12-274

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH10064 THIMBLE STRIKE, 1-3/16" DIAMETER 626 $ 9.209SCH10094605 SQUARE CORNER STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 605 $ 9.509SCH10094613 SQUARE CORNER STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 613 $ 9.509SCH10094626 SQUARE CORNER STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 626 $ 9.509SCH12268 CIRCULAR DRIVE-IN DEADBOLT, 2-3/8, OR 2-3/4 BS 626 $ 11.509SCH12270605 TRIPLE OPTION DEADBOLT, 1/4 RADIUS 605 $ 14.20

WITH 1" X 2-1/4" SQUARE FACEPLATE,CIRCULAR FACEPLATE 2-3/8" OR 2-3/4" BS

9SCH12270613 TRIPLE OPTION DEADBOLT, 1/4 RADIUS 613 $ 14.20WITH 1" X 2-1/4" SQUARE FACEPLATE,CIRCULAR FACEPLATE 2-3/8" OR 2-3/4" BS


9SCH12274605 SQUARE CORNER, 2-3/8" or 2-3/4BS, 1" X 21/4" 605 $ 11.509SCH12274613 SQUARE CORNER, 2-3/8" or 2-3/4BS, 1" X 21/4" 613 $ 11.509SCH12274626 SQUARE CORNER, 2-3/8" or 2-3/4BS, 1" X 21/4" 626 $ 11.50

013

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH38031605 2-1/2" DIAMETER RING FOR 2-1/8" DOOR PREP. 605 $ 7.109SCH38031609 2-1/2" DIAMETER RING FOR 2-1/8" DOOR PREP 609 $ 8.609SCH38031613 2-1/2" DIAMETER RING FOR 2-1/8" DOOR PREP. 613 $ 8.609SCH38031625 2-1/2" DIAMETER RING FOR 2-1/8" DOOR PREP 625 $ 8.609SCH38031626 2-1/2" DIAMETER RING FOR 2-1/8" DOOR PREP. 626 $ 7.109SCHA501565 REINFORCER FOR 1-3/8" THICK METAL DOORS $ 6.10

FITS BOTH 7/8" & 1" DIAMETER HOUSING9SCHA501566 REINFORCER FOR 1-3/4" THICK METAL DOORS $ 6.10

FITS BOTH 7/8" & 1" DIAMETER HOUSING

014



SCHLAGE

10-064

10-094STANDARD

B SERIES

12-268 12-270

38-031GOOF RING

A501-566A501-565

12-274

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH10064 THIMBLE STRIKE, 1-3/16" DIAMETER 626 $ 9.209SCH10094605 SQUARE CORNER STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 605 $ 9.509SCH10094613 SQUARE CORNER STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 613 $ 9.509SCH10094626 SQUARE CORNER STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 626 $ 9.509SCH12268 CIRCULAR DRIVE-IN DEADBOLT, 2-3/8, OR 2-3/4 BS 626 $ 11.509SCH12270605 TRIPLE OPTION DEADBOLT, 1/4 RADIUS 605 $ 14.20

WITH 1" X 2-1/4" SQUARE FACEPLATE,CIRCULAR FACEPLATE 2-3/8" OR 2-3/4" BS



9SCH12274605 SQUARE CORNER, 2-3/8" or 2-3/4BS, 1" X 21/4" 605 $ 11.509SCH12274613 SQUARE CORNER, 2-3/8" or 2-3/4BS, 1" X 21/4" 613 $ 11.509SCH12274626 SQUARE CORNER, 2-3/8" or 2-3/4BS, 1" X 21/4" 626 $ 11.50

013

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH38031605 2-1/2" DIAMETER RING FOR 2-1/8" DOOR PREP. 605 $ 7.109SCH38031609 2-1/2" DIAMETER RING FOR 2-1/8" DOOR PREP 609 $ 8.609SCH38031613 2-1/2" DIAMETER RING FOR 2-1/8" DOOR PREP. 613 $ 8.609SCH38031625 2-1/2" DIAMETER RING FOR 2-1/8" DOOR PREP 625 $ 8.609SCH38031626 2-1/2" DIAMETER RING FOR 2-1/8" DOOR PREP. 626 $ 7.109SCHA501565 REINFORCER FOR 1-3/8" THICK METAL DOORS $ 6.10

FITS BOTH 7/8" & 1" DIAMETER HOUSING9SCHA501566 REINFORCER FOR 1-3/4" THICK METAL DOORS $ 6.10

FITS BOTH 7/8" & 1" DIAMETER HOUSING

014

B560P E2152

B562P E2142

B571

B580 E2192



Schlage - B500 Deadbolts ABS - AMERICAN BUILDING SUPPLY, INC.


B660P ANSI E2151Single Cylinder Deadbolt LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted by keyfrom outside or by inside turn unit.Bolt automatically deadlocks whenfully thrown.

B661P ANSI E2161One-way Deadbolt LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted by keyonly. Blank plate inside. Bolt auto-matically deadlocks when fullythrown.

B662P ANSI E2141Double Cylinder Deadbolt LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted by keyfrom either side. Bolt automaticallydeadlocks when fully thrown.

B664P ANSI E2101Cylinder LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted by keyfrom one side. No inside trim. Boltautomatically deadlocks when fullythrown.

SCHLAGEB600 SERIESFeature:

Certification ANSI A156.5 Grade 1, UL Listed for 3 hour doorDeadbolt 1-1/8" x 2-1/4" square corner faceplate, 1" housing 1" throwBackset Standard 2-3/4", also available 2-3/8"Cylinder Standard classic "C" also available C123 Everest

For Everest keyway specify suffix EV after part number i.e. 9SCHB660P605EVDoor preparation 1-1/2" or 2-1/8" bore size

B663P ANSI E2111Classroom Deadbolt LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted by keyoutside. Inside turn unit will retractbolt only. Bolt automatically deadlockswhen fully thrown.

FUNCTION626 605, 606, 613, 625

B660P SINGLE CYLINDER $ 120.00 $ 126.00

B661P SINGLE CYLINDER WITH BLANK PLATE $ 120.00

B662P DOUBLE CYLINDER $ 152.00 $ 158.00

B663P SINGLE CYLINDER, CLASSROOM TURN $ 124.00

B664P CYLINDER BOLT, NO TURN UNIT $ 120.00

06

FINISHES

B600 SERIES DEADBOLT

Feature:Certification ANSI A156.5 Grade 1, UL Listed for 3 hour doorDeadbolt 1-1/8” x 2-1/4” square corner faceplate, 1” housing 1” throwBackset Standard 2-3/4”, also available 2-3/8”Cylinder Standard classic “C” also available C123 Everest

Option• Available prepped for Removable Core ( RC) less core; specify “J”

Stocked Product:B660P 613,626B660J 626B662P 613,626B662J 626B663P 626B663J 626B664P 626











FUNCTION626 605, 606, 613, 625






06

FINISHES











FUNCTION626 605, 606, 613, 625






06

FINISHES





Schlage - B600 Deadbolts



ND LEVERSStandard FeaturesCertification Exceeds ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1, UL Listed for 3 hour fire door. Meets A117.IFeature Tested to exceed three million cyclesLatch 1-1/8” x 2-1/4”, Square corner faceplate, 1” housing diameter, 1/2” throwStrike 1-1/4” x 4-7/8”, ANSI, Square corner, no boxBackset 2-3/4” standard, other backsets availableCylinder Classic C keyway, also available C123 Everest Keyway Door Range 1-5/8” - 2-1/8”

Options:• Available prepped for Removable Core ( RC) less core; specify “J”• Available prepped F/ Best IC Core (Small Format) less core specify “B”



SCHLAGEND LEVERS

Standard FeaturesCertification Exceeds ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1, UL Listed for 3 hour fire door. Meets A117.IFeature Tested to exceed three million cyclesLatch 1-1/8" x 2-1/4", Square corner faceplate, 1" housing diameter, 1/2" throwStrike 1-1/4" x 4-7/8", ANSI, Square corner, no boxBackset 2-3/4" standard, other backsets availableCylinder Classic C keyway, also available C123 Keyway EverestDoor Range 1-5/8" - 2-1/8"

ND10S ANSI F75Passage LatchBoth levers always unlocked.

ND53PD ANSI F109Entrance LockTurn/push-button locking; pushingand turning button locks outsidelever, requiring use of key untilbutton is manually unlocked. Push-button locking; pushing button locksoutside lever until unlocked by key orby turning inside lever.

ND170Single Dummy TrimDummy trim for one side of door.Used for door pull or as matchinginactive trim.

ND40S ANSI F76Bath/Bedroom Privacy LockPush-button locking. Can be openedfrom outside with small screwdriver.Turning inside lever or closing doorreleases button.

ND50PD ANSI F82Entrance/Office LockPush-button locking. Push-buttonlocks outside lever until unlocked withkey or by turning inside lever.

ND60PD ANSI F88Vestibule/Classroom Security LockLatch retracted by key from outsidewhen outside lever is locked by keyin inside lever. Inside lever is alwaysunlocked.

ND66PD ANSI F91Store LockKey in either lever locks or unlocksboth levers.

ND70PD ANSI F84Classroom LockOutside lever locked and unlocked bykey. Inside lever always unlocked.

RHODES SPARTA OMEGA

Schlage - ND LocksABS - AMERICAN BUILDING SUPPLY, INC.


SCHLAGEND LEVERS










RHODES SPARTA OMEGA

Stocked Products

FUNCTION DESIGN FINISHND170 Rhodes, Sparta 613, 626ND10S Rhodes, Sparta 613, 626ND40S Rhodes, Sparta 613, 626ND50P Rhodes, Sparta 613, 626ND53P Rhodes, Sparta 613, 626ND70P Rhodes, Sparta 613, 626ND80P Rhodes, Sparta 613, 626

ND75PND80EU/EL Rhodes, Sparta 626

ND82 Rhodes 613, 626

FOR “J” PREP OPTION:ND50J Rhodes, Sparta 613, 626ND53J Rhodes, Sparta 613, 626ND70J Rhodes, Sparta 613, 626ND80J Rhodes, Sparta 613, 626



Schlage - ND Locks



SCHLAGEND LEVERS

ND80PD ANSI F86Storeroom LockOutside lever fixed. Entrance by keyonly. Inside lever always unlocked.

ND92PD F109Entrance LockTurn/push-button locking; pushingand turning button disengagesoutside lever, requireing use of keyuntil button is manually unlocked.Push-button locking; pushing buttondisengages outside lever until un-locked by key or by turning insidelever. Vandlgard is designed todisengage outside spindle from latchwhen in locked condition.

ND80PDELElectrically Locked (Fail Safe)Outside lever continuously lockedelectrically. Unlocked by key outsideor by switch or power failure. Auxil-iary latch deadlocks latchbolt whendoor is closed. Inside lever alwaysfree for immediate exit.

ND80PDEUElectrically Unlocked (Fail Secure)Outside lever continuously lockeduntil unlocked by key or electriccurrent. Auxiliary latch deadlockslatchbolt when door is closed. Insidelever always free for immediate exit.

ND93PD ANSI F88Classroom Security LockLatch retracted by key from outsidewhen outside lever is disengaged bykey in inside lever. Inside lever isalways unlocked. Vandlgard isdesigned to disengage outsidespindle from latch when in lockedposition.

ND94PD F84Classroom LockOutside lever disengaged and un-locked by key. Inside lever alwaysunlocked. Vandlgard is designed todisengage outside spindle from latchwhen in locked condition.

ND96DP F86Store LockOutside lever always disengaged.Entrance by key only. Inside leveralways unlocked. Vandlgard isdesigned to disengage outsidespindle from latch when in lockedcondition.

ND85PDHotel/Motel LockOutside lever fixed. Entrance by keyonly. Push-button in inside leveractivates visual occupancy indicator,allowing only emergency masterkeyto operate. Turning inside lever orclosing door releases visual occu-pancy indicator. Rotation of insidespanner-button provides lock-outfeature by keeping indicator thrown.

ND91PDEntrance/Office LockPush-button locking. Push-buttondisengages outside lever until un-locked with key or by turning insidelever. Vandlgard is designed todisengage outside spindle from latchwhen in locked condition.

ND75PD ANSI FIlOClassroom Security LockKey in either lever locks or unlocks outside lever. Inside lever is always unlocked. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress.

ND80PD ANSI F86Storeroom LockOutside lever fixed. Entrance by key only. Inside lever always unlocked. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress.

ND80PDELElectrically Locked (Fail Safe)Outside lever continuously locked electrically. Unlocked by key outside or by switch or power failure. Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt when door is closed. Inside lever always free for immediate exit. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress.

ND80PDEUElectrically Unlocked (Fail Secure)Outside lever continuously locked until unlocked by key or electric current. Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt when door is closed. Inside lever always free for immediate exit. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress.

ND82PD ANSI F87Institution LockBoth levers fixed. Entrance by key in either lever.

Schlage - ND Locks



SCHLAGEND LEVERS












SCHLAGEND LEVERS












SCHLAGEND LEVERS










RHODES SPARTA OMEGA

ND10S ANSI F75Passage LatchBoth levers always unlocked. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress.

ND170Single Dummy TrimDummy trim for one side of door. Used for door pull or as matching inactive trim.

ND40S ANSI F76Bath/Bedroom Privacy LockPush-button locking. Can be opened from outside with small screwdriver. Turning inside lever or closing door releases button. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress.

ND50PD ANSI F82Entrance/Office LockPush-button locking. Push-button locks outside lever until unlocked with key or by turning inside lever. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress.

ND53PD ANSI F109Entrance LockTurn/push-button locking; pushing and turning button locks outside lever, requiring use of key until button is manually unlocked. Push-button locking; pushing button locks outside lever until unlocked by key or by turning inside lever. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress.

ND70PD ANSI F84Classroom LockOutside lever locked and unlocked by key. Inside lever always unlocked. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress.



SCHLAGEND LEVERS










RHODES SPARTA OMEGA



SCHLAGEND LEVERS










RHODES SPARTA OMEGA



SCHLAGEND LEVERS










RHODES SPARTA OMEGA



SCHLAGEND LEVERS










RHODES SPARTA OMEGA



SCHLAGEND LEVERS










RHODES SPARTA OMEGA



Schlage - ND Series Parts140-47LATCH 2-3/8DL



SCHLAGED LEVER OPTION "J" - Full Size Interchangeable Core - Less Core

RHODES - RHO

10-013

D SERIES PARTS

14-019Latch

43-005 Link

10-025ANSI Strike

K510-066Dust Box

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH10013605 SQUARE CORNER STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 605 $ 6.009SCH10013613 SQUARE CORNER STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 613 $ 6.009SCH10013626 SQUARE CORNER STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 626 $ 6.009SCH10025605 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" STANDARD 605 $ 9.409SCH10025613 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" STANDARD 613 $ 9.409SCH10025619 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" STANDARD 619 $ 9.409SCH10025626 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" STANDARD 626 $ 9.409SCH14001613 SPRING LATCH, 2-3/4 BS 613 $ 47.109SCH14001626 SPRING LATCH, 2-3/4 BS 626 $ 47.109SCH14019605 DEAD LATCH, 2-3/4" BS SQUARE CORNER 605 $ 47.109SCH14019613 DEAD LATCH, 2-3/4" BS SQUARE CORNER 613 $ 47.109SCH14019626 DEAD LATCH, 2-3/4" BS SQUARE CORNER 626 $ 47.109SCH14028613 DEAD LATCH, 3-3/4" BS SQUARE CORNER 613 $ 56.509SCH14028626 DEAD LATCH, 3-3/4" BS SQUARE CORNER 626 $ 56.509SCH14047605 DEAD LATCH, 2-3/8" BS SQUARE CORNER 605 $ 61.309SCH14047613 DEAD LATCH, 2-3/8" BS SQUARE CORNER 613 $ 61.309SCH14047626 DEAD LATCH, 2-3/8" BS SQUARE CORNER 626 $ 61.309SCH43005 5" EXTENSION LINK - $ 16.609SCHK510066 DUST BOX F/ANSI STRIKE - $ 3.80

025



SCHLAGED LEVER OPTION "J" - Full Size Interchangeable Core - Less Core

RHODES - RHO

10-013

D SERIES PARTS

14-019Latch

43-005 Link

10-025ANSI Strike

K510-066Dust Box

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH10013605 SQUARE CORNER STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 605 $ 6.009SCH10013613 SQUARE CORNER STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 613 $ 6.009SCH10013626 SQUARE CORNER STRIKE, 1-1/8" X 2-3/4" 626 $ 6.009SCH10025605 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" STANDARD 605 $ 9.409SCH10025613 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" STANDARD 613 $ 9.409SCH10025619 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" STANDARD 619 $ 9.409SCH10025626 ANSI STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" STANDARD 626 $ 9.409SCH14001613 SPRING LATCH, 2-3/4 BS 613 $ 47.109SCH14001626 SPRING LATCH, 2-3/4 BS 626 $ 47.109SCH14019605 DEAD LATCH, 2-3/4" BS SQUARE CORNER 605 $ 47.109SCH14019613 DEAD LATCH, 2-3/4" BS SQUARE CORNER 613 $ 47.109SCH14019626 DEAD LATCH, 2-3/4" BS SQUARE CORNER 626 $ 47.109SCH14028613 DEAD LATCH, 3-3/4" BS SQUARE CORNER 613 $ 56.509SCH14028626 DEAD LATCH, 3-3/4" BS SQUARE CORNER 626 $ 56.509SCH14047605 DEAD LATCH, 2-3/8" BS SQUARE CORNER 605 $ 61.309SCH14047613 DEAD LATCH, 2-3/8" BS SQUARE CORNER 613 $ 61.309SCH14047626 DEAD LATCH, 2-3/8" BS SQUARE CORNER 626 $ 61.309SCH43005 5" EXTENSION LINK - $ 16.609SCHK510066 DUST BOX F/ANSI STRIKE - $ 3.80

025

Stocked Product:

43-005 N/A14-047 605,613,626K510-066 N/A14-028 626

14-028 Latch



Schlage - ND Series Parts



SCHLAGEL LOCKS

Standard FeaturesCertification L9000: ANSI A156.13, 1994, Series 1000, Grade 1 Operational, Grade 1 Security, UL Listed for 3

hour fire door (except L9076 and L9077). With Interchangeable Core Cylinders: Grade 2 SecurityCase Size L9000: 4-7/16" x 6-1/6" x 1"; L400: 4-7/16" x 3-5/8" x 1"Armor Front L9000: 1-1/4" x 8"; L400: 1-1/4" x 5-19/32"Deadbolt 1" Throw stainless steelLatchbolt 3/4" Throw stainless steel with anti-friction tongueStrike L9000: 1-1/4" x 4-7/8" Square Corner, 1-3/16" lip, boxBackset 2-3/4"Cylinder To be classic C keyway with solid brass cylinders keyed 6-pin, KD and will be provided with two

nickel silver 6-pin keys having a "C" key section. Also available in Schlage Everest C123 keyway.Door Range 1-3/4"

L9010 ANSI F01Passage LatchLatchbolt retracted by knob/lever from eitherside at all times.

L9040 ANSI F22Bath/Bedroom Privacy LockLatchbolt retracted by knob/lever from eitherside unless outside is locked by inside turnpiece. Turning inside knob/lever or closing doorunlocks outside knob/lever. To unlock fromoutside, remove emergency button, insertemergency turn (furnished in access hole androtate.)

L9080 ANSI F07Storeroom LockLatchbolt retracted by key outside or byknob/lever inside. Outside knob/lever alwaysinoperative. Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchboltwhen door is closed.

L9453 ANSI F20Entrance LockLatchbolt retracted by knob/lever from either sideunless outside is locked by 20° rotation orthumbturn. Deadbolt thrown or retracted by 90°rotation of thumbturn. When locked, key outside orknob/lever inside retracts deadbolt and latchboltsimultaneously. Outside knob/lever remains lockeduntil thumbturn is restored to vertical position.Throwing deadbolt automatically locks outsideknob/lever. Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchboltwhen door is closed.L9050 ANSI F04

Office and Inner Entry LockLatchbolt retracted by knob/lever from eitherside unless outside is made inoperative by keyoutside or by turning inside thumbturn. Whenoutside is locked, latchbolt is retracted by keyoutside or by knob/lever inside. Outside knob/lever remains locked until thumbturn is returnedto vertical or unlocked by key. Auxiliary latchdeadlocks latchbolt when door is closed.

L9070 ANSI F05Classroom LockLatchbolt retracted by knob/lever from eitherside unless outside is locked by key. Unlockedfrom outside by key. Inside knob/lever alwaysfree for immediate exit. Auxiliary latchdeadlocks latchbolt when door is closed.

L9456 ANSI F13Corridor LockLatchbolt retracted by knob/lever from either side.Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key outside orinside thumbturn. Throwing deadbolt locksoutside knob/lever. Turning inside knob/leversimultaneously retracts deadbolt and latchbolt anunlocks outside knob/lever.

L9465Closet/Storeroom LockLatchbolt retracted by knob/lever from either side.Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key outside.



SCHLAGEL LOCKS














SCHLAGEL LOCKS












Schlage - L LocksStandard FeaturesCertification L9000: ANSI A156.13, 1994, Series 1000, Grade 1 Operational, Grade 1 Security, UL Listed for 3hour fire door (except

L9076 and L9077). With Interchangeable Core Cylinders: Grade 2 SecurityCase Size L9000: 4-7/16” x 6-1/6” x 1”; L400: 4-7/16” x 3-5/8” x 1”Armor Front L9000: 1-1/4” x 8”; L400: 1-1/4” x 5-19/32”Deadbolt 1” Throw stainless steelLatchbolt 3/4” Throw stainless steel with anti-friction tongueStrike L9000: 1-1/4” x 4-7/8” Square Corner, 1-3/16” lip, boxBackset 2-3/4”Cylinder Cassic C keyway

Also available in Schlage Everest C123 keyway.Door Range 1-3/4”



L9453 ANSI F20Entrance LockLatchbolt retracted by knob/lever from either sideunless outside is locked by 20° rotation orthumbturn. Deadbolt thrown or retracted by 90°rotation of thumbturn. When locked, key outside orknob/lever inside retracts deadbolt and latchboltsimultaneously. Outside knob/lever remains lockeduntil thumbturn is restored to vertical position.Throwing deadbolt automatically locks outsideknob/lever. Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchboltwhen door is closed.



L9050 ANSI F04Office and Inner Entry LockLatchbolt retracted by knob/lever from eitherside unless outside is made inoperative by keyoutside or by turning inside thumbturn. Whenoutside is locked, latchbolt is retracted by keyoutside or by knob/lever inside. Outside knob/lever remains locked until thumbturn is returnedto vertical or unlocked by key. Auxiliary latchdeadlocks latchbolt when door is closed.



SCHLAGEL LOCKS
















SCHLAGEL LOCKS

03A & 03BA ROSE 2-1/8" DIA.B ROSE 2-9/16" DIA


STOCK FINISHES AVAILABLE 613, 625, 626


STOCK FINISHES AVAILABLE613, 625, 626

03L 06L

17L

STOCK FINISHES AVAILABLE 626

STOCK FINISHES AVAILABLE626



SCHLAGEL LOCKS






03L 06L

17L



Schlage - L Locks

03A A ROSE 2-1/8” DIA.




SCHLAGEL LOCKS






03L 06L

17L






SCHLAGEL LOCKS PARTS

10-072STANDARD STRIKE

L283-040SPRING CAGE

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH10072605 STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" SQUARE 605 $ 11.70

9SCH10072613 STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" SQUARE 613 $ 11.70


9SCHL283040 SPRING CAGE FOR LEVER $ 5.20

028

PL SERIES PADLOCK

FEATURES:• Solid brass body 1-3/4" x 2-1/8" x 3/4"• Shackle 5/16" diameter; hardened steel• Shackle clearance 1-1/8"• Finish 452 brass• Keyways stocked: C, E

PART NO. DESCRIPTION KEYWAY LIST PRICE9SCHPL1001C PADLOCK, 1-18" SHACKLE CLEARANCE C $ 52.009SCHPL1001E PADLOCK, 1-18" SHACKLE CLEARANCE E $ 52.00

044



SCHLAGEL LOCKS PARTS

10-072STANDARD STRIKE

L283-040SPRING CAGE

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH10072605 STRIKE, 1-1/4" X 4-7/8" SQUARE 605 $ 11.70



9SCHL283040 SPRING CAGE FOR LEVER $ 5.20

028

PL SERIES PADLOCK

FEATURES:• Solid brass body 1-3/4" x 2-1/8" x 3/4"• Shackle 5/16" diameter; hardened steel• Shackle clearance 1-1/8"• Finish 452 brass• Keyways stocked: C, E

PART NO. DESCRIPTION KEYWAY LIST PRICE9SCHPL1001C PADLOCK, 1-18" SHACKLE CLEARANCE C $ 52.009SCHPL1001E PADLOCK, 1-18" SHACKLE CLEARANCE E $ 52.00

044

L Locks Parts

10-0721-1/2 EXTENDED LIPSTANDARD STRIKE

L283-040SPRING CAGE

L583-363THUMBTURN

Stocked Product613, 626

Stocked Products:ITEM # FUNCTION FINISHL283-040 Spring Cage for LeversL583-363 Thumbturn 613, 62610-072 112 Strike,1-1/2” X 4-7/8” 613, 626

L Locks

Schlage - CS210 Locks



Schlage - L Locks Schlage - CS210 Locks CS210PD LOCKS

Stocked Product:Design Finishes Camelot x Saturn 626, 643e

Standard Features Certification: ANSI/BHMA Certified A156.12-2005, Grade 2, UL listed for 3-hour fire doorDeadbolt: 1 X 2-1/4”, dual option faceplate, (square corner standard, round corner included in package), 1” housing diameter, 1” throwLatch 1” x 2-1/4” dual option faceplate (square corner standard, round corner included in package). 1” edge bore requiredStrikes: 1-1/8” X 2-3/4”, Square corner (deadbolt) and 1-5/8” X 2-1/4”, Square corner, full lip (deadlatch)Backset: Adjustable backset, fits 2-3/8” or 2-3/4”Cylinders: 6-pin upper cylinder, solid brass, keyed 6-pin, C123 keyway, keyed different (KD)Door Range: 1-3/4” to 2”Keys: Nickel silver cut keys, 6-pin, C123 sectionCenter to Center: Fits 4” or 5-1/2” center to center door preps * * 5-1/2” center-to-center default set-up from factory

CS210PD F95 Entrance, Single LockingDeadbolt operated by key from outside or by turn unit from inside.Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown. Latch retracted by lever from either side. Turning inside lever retracts deadbolt and latch simultaneously for immediate exit.



Schlage - S200 Locks



SCHLAGES 200 LOCKS - ANSI A156.12, 1992, GRADE 2

S210D ANSI F95Entrance, Single LockingDeadbolt operated by key from outside or by turn unit from inside. Bolt automaticallydeadlocks when fully thrown. Latch retracted by lever from either side. Turning insidelever retracts deadbolt and latch simultaneously for immediate exit.

S251PD ANSI F97Entrance, Double LockingDeadbolt operated by key from outside or by turn unit from inside. Bolt automaticallydeadlocks when fully thrown. Outside lever unlocked by key from outside when lockedby turn button in inside lever. Turning inside lever retracts deadbolt and latch simulta-neously for immediate exit. Latch automatically deadlocks when door is closed.

All S200 stocked standard. 2-3/4" backset, optional 2-3/8" backset available.UL Listed for 3 hours fire door.

Strike 1-1/8" x 2-1/4" square corner faceplateDoor Range 1-3/8" - 2" thicknessKeyway Classic "C", Everset available upon request

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCHS210PNEP626 ENTRY LOCK, SINGLE LOCKING, NEPTUNE 626 $ 245.00

9SCHS210PSAT613 ENTRY LOCK, SINGLE LOCKING, SATURN 613 $ 252.00


9SCHS251PNEP626 ENTRY LOCK, DOUBLE LOCKING, NEPTUNE 626 $ 306.00

9SCHS251PSAT613 ENTRY LOCK, DOUBLE LOCKING, SATURN 613 $ 313.00


040

Deadbolt12-073 2-3/8" BS12-076 2-3/4" BS

Standard Deadlatch2-3/8" or 2-3/4" BS

PART NO. FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH12073613 616 $ 30.70

9SCH12073626 626 $ 30.70

9SCH12076613 613 $ 30.70

9SCH12076626 626 $ 30.70

019


9SCH16228626 626 $ 19.60

020

S 200 Locks - Ansi A156.12, 1992, Grade 2

Standard FeaturesAll S200 stocked standard. 2-3/4” backset, optional 2-3/8” backset available.UL Listed for 3 hour fire door.Strike 1-1/8” x 2-1/4” square corner faceplate/T StrikeDoor Range 1-3/8” - 2” thicknessKeyway Classic “C”, Everest available upon request Center to Center 4” CTC

S210D ANSI F95Entrance, Single LockingDeadbolt operated by key from outside or by turn unit from inside. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown. Latch retracted by lever from either side. Turning inside lever retracts deadbolt and latch simultaneously for immediate exit.

S251PD ANSI F97Entrance, Double LockingDeadbolt operated by key from outside or by turn unit from inside. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown. Outside lever unlocked by key from outside when locked by turn button in inside lever. Turning inside lever retracts deadbolt and latch simultaneously for immediate exit. Latch automatically deadlocks when door is closed.



SCHLAGES 200 LOCKS - ANSI A156.12, 1992, GRADE 2

S210D ANSI F95Entrance, Single LockingDeadbolt operated by key from outside or by turn unit from inside. Bolt automaticallydeadlocks when fully thrown. Latch retracted by lever from either side. Turning insidelever retracts deadbolt and latch simultaneously for immediate exit.

S251PD ANSI F97Entrance, Double LockingDeadbolt operated by key from outside or by turn unit from inside. Bolt automaticallydeadlocks when fully thrown. Outside lever unlocked by key from outside when lockedby turn button in inside lever. Turning inside lever retracts deadbolt and latch simulta-neously for immediate exit. Latch automatically deadlocks when door is closed.

All S200 stocked standard. 2-3/4" backset, optional 2-3/8" backset available.UL Listed for 3 hours fire door.

Strike 1-1/8" x 2-1/4" square corner faceplateDoor Range 1-3/8" - 2" thicknessKeyway Classic "C", Everset available upon request

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCHS210PNEP626 ENTRY LOCK, SINGLE LOCKING, NEPTUNE 626 $ 245.00



9SCHS251PNEP626 ENTRY LOCK, DOUBLE LOCKING, NEPTUNE 626 $ 306.00



040

Deadbolt12-073 2-3/8" BS12-076 2-3/4" BS

Standard Deadlatch2-3/8" or 2-3/4" BS


9SCH12073626 626 $ 30.70

9SCH12076613 613 $ 30.70

9SCH12076626 626 $ 30.70

019


9SCH16228626 626 $ 19.60

020

Stocked Product S210,S251

Design Finishes Saturn 613,626Neptune 613,626

S251 NEP

S251 SAT

Schlage



Schlage - S200 Locks



CYLINDER WITHCOMPRESSION RINGSPRING

B502-191CAM

L583-254CAM

20-001 WITH B502-191 CAM09-485 WITH L583-254 CAM

SCHLAGECYLINDERS & TOOLS

CYLINDER TYPE LENGTH KEYWAY FINISHES LIST20-001 1-1/8", 1-1/4" C, E 605, 613, 625, 626 $ 45.00

20-001 1-3/8" C, E 613, 626 $ 45.00

09-485 1-1/8", 1-1/4" C, E 605, 613, 625, 626 $ 45.00

MCYL118EV (09-485) 1-1/8" C123 EVEREST (EV) 605, 613, 625, 626 $ 45.00

18

TO ORDER:

SPECIFY 9SCH + CYLINDER TYPE + KEYWAY+ FINISHEXAMPLE 9SCH + 20001 + 118C + 626

9SCH + 90485 + 118C + 626EVEREST 9SCHMCYL118EV626

20-001 MORTISE CYLINDER WITH B502-191 CAM

CYLINDER WITHCOMPRESSION RINGSPRING

B502-191CAM

Stocked ProductCYLINDER TYPE LENGTH KEYWAY FINISHES20-001 1-1/8”,1-1/4” C 613,62620-001 1-1/4” E 613,626

Stocked ProductCYLINDER TYPE KEYWAY FINISHES20-022 C 613,626

Stocked ProductCYLINDER TYPE KEYWAY FINISHES40-100 C, E, C123 605,62640-100 CE, EF, F, FG, G 626

Schlage



SCHLAGE

HORIZONTAL TAILPIECE (NO 2 BAR)

UNIVERSAL CYLINDERS FOR A, AL, D, H & ND SERIES

CYLINDERS & TOOLS

CYLINDER TYPE KEYWAY FINISHES LIST20-022 C, E 605, 613, 626, 626 $ 40.00

20-022 C123 (EV) EVEREST 613, 626 $ 40.00

19

TO ORDER:

SPECIFY 9SCH20022 + KEYWAY + FINISHEXAMPLE 9SCH20022 + C + 626

20-022 - Rim Cylinders

• A-series (all designs)• AL-series• D-series knobs• D-series levers• H-series knob (all designs)• ND-series leversCylinders are furnished 0-bitted with two (2) blank keys

CYLINDER TYPE KEYWAY FINISHES LIST40-100 C, E, C123 606, 626 $ 38.00

40-100 CE, EF, F, FG, G 626 $ 38.00

20

40-100 Universal Cylinders For A, AL, D, H & ND Series

• A-series (all designs)• AL-series• D-series knobs• D-series levers• H-series knob (all designs)• ND-series leversCylinders are furnished 0-bitted

with two (2) blank keys



SCHLAGE

HORIZONTAL TAILPIECE (NO 2 BAR)

UNIVERSAL CYLINDERS FOR A, AL, D, H & ND SERIES

CYLINDERS & TOOLS

CYLINDER TYPE KEYWAY FINISHES LIST20-022 C, E 605, 613, 626, 626 $ 40.00

20-022 C123 (EV) EVEREST 613, 626 $ 40.00

19

TO ORDER:

SPECIFY 9SCH20022 + KEYWAY + FINISHEXAMPLE 9SCH20022 + C + 626


• A-series (all designs)• AL-series• D-series knobs• D-series levers• H-series knob (all designs)• ND-series leversCylinders are furnished 0-bitted with two (2) blank keys

CYLINDER TYPE KEYWAY FINISHES LIST40-100 C, E, C123 606, 626 $ 38.00

40-100 CE, EF, F, FG, G 626 $ 38.00

20

Horizontal tailpiece (# 2 bar)


Cylinders & Tools



Schlage ABS - AMERICAN BUILDING SUPPLY, INC.


SCHLAGECYLINDERS - INTERCHANGEABLE CORES

23-030

MORTISE CYLINDERFULL SIZE INTERCHANGEABLE CORE

RIM CYLINDERFULL SIZE INTERCHANGEABLE CORE

20-057

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH20057C613 COMPLETE CYLINDER, C KEYWAY * "I" BITTED 613 $ 72.00

9SCH20057C626 COMPLETE CYLINDER, C KEYWAY * "I" BITTED 626 $ 72.00

9SCH20079613 RIM HOUSING ONLY, LESS CORE 613 $ 33.00


* NOTE: COMPLETE RIM CYLINDER EXCLUDES CONTROL KEY 035

ITEM CONTAINS APPLICATION26-090 Less compression ring & sping Von Duprin straight cam26-091 With compression ring & spring Von Duprin straight cam30-007 With compression ring & spring L lock, L escutcheon30-137 With compression ring & spring L lock, A & B rose

and 3/8" blocking ring

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH26090613 MORTISE HOUSING ONLY, LESS CORE 613 $ 33.00

9SCH26090626 MORTISE HOUSING ONLY, LESS CORE 626 $ 33.00



9SCH30007626 MORTISE HOUSING FOR L LOCK L TRIM 626 $ 39.00

9SCH30137626 MORTISE HOUSING FOR L LOCK A TRIM 626 $ 45.00

* NOTE: COMPLETE MORTISE CYLINDER EXCLUDES CONTROL KEY 034

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH23030C626 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE C KEYWAY 626 $ 39.00

9SCH23030C123626 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE C123 KEY WAY 626 $ 39.00

9SCH23030CE626 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE CE KEYWAY 626 $ 39.00

9SCH23030E626 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE E KEYWAY 626 $ 39.00

9SCH23030F626 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE F KEYWAY 626 $ 39.00

9SCH23030G626 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE G KEYWAY 626 $ 39.00

9SCH23030A622 INTERCHANGEABLE CORE TEMP KEYING 622 $ 39.00

NOTE: CONTROL KEY NOT INCLUDED 033




23-030



20-057


























23-030



20-057























23-030 Interchangeable Core

Mortise Cylinder - Full Size Interchangeable Core

Rim Cylinder - Full Size Interchangeable Core

Stocked Product: 23-030 Keyways C,E 606,62623-030 Keyway C123 62623-030 Keyway CE 62623-030 Keyway E 62623-030 Keyway F 62623-030 Keyway G 62623-030 A622 Temp Core 62248-056A Temp Control Key48-101A Temp Operating Key

Cylinders & Tools

ITEM CONTAINS APPLICATION26-090 Housing only less compression ring & sping Von Duprin straight cam26-091 Complete with compression ring & spring Von Duprin straight cam30-137 Housing only with compression ring & spring L lock, A & B rose and 3/8” blocking ring

20-057

Stocked Product: 20-057 Keyway C 613,62620-079 Rim Housing Only less core 613,62680-129 Rim Housing Only, SFIC format 613,626

Stocked Product: 26-090 Mortise Housing only 62626-091 Complete Cylinder, “C” “1” Bitted 613,626 Excludes Control Keys30-137 Mortise Housing only F/Lock A Trim 613,62680-108 Mortise Housing only, SFIC, With L Cam 613,626



Schlage Schlage



SCHLAGEKEY BLANKS

35-1005 PIN STANDARD


35-1305 PIN UNEMBOSSED


35-009EVEREST

35-056INTERCHANGEABLECORECONTROL KEY BLANK

35-003CONTROL KEYBLANKEVEREST

SPECIFY: 9SCH + KEYBLANK + KEYWAY

EXAMPLE 9SCH35100C

35-102EMERGENCYKEY BLANK

KEYBLANK KEYWAY LIST PRICE35003 C123 $ 2.60

35100 C, E, F $ 0.86

35101 E, CE, E, EF, F, FG ,G $ 1.10

35130 C, E $ 0.86

35131 C, E $ 1.10

35009 C123 $ 1.40

35056 C, CE, E, EF, F ,G $ 2.60

35102 C, E, F $ 2.80

039



SCHLAGECYLINDERS PARTS

B502-191CAM

L583-254CAM

C603-524TAILPIECE

TOP PINS SPECIFY 9SCH: 34101, 34102, 34103MASTER PINS SPECIFY 9SCH: 34202 THRU 34209BOTTOM PINS SPECIFY 9SCH: 34300 THRU 34309SPRING SPECIFY 9SCHC503113CYLINDER CAP SPECIFY 9SCHC503118 $ 0.78 EACH

SPECIFY: 9SCH33006 + KEYWAY + FINISH

AVAILABLE KEYWAYS C, E, CE, EF, F, FG, G, C123AVAILABLE FINISHES 606, 626

33-006

DESCRIPTION LIST PRICEPLUG: KEY-IN-LEVER, RIM & KEY-IN-KNOB $ 21.90

038

PART NO. DESCRIPTION LIST PRICE9SCHB502191 STANDARD STRAIGHT CAM $ 1.80

9SCHL583254 CLOVERLEAF CAM - (FOR L MORTISE LOCK) $ 1.80

9SCHB502468 CAM SCREW ONLY $ 0.12

9SCHC603524 TAILPIECE FOR D LEVER CYLINDER $ 0.86

036

DESCRIPTION LIST PRICE PER BAGTOP PINS, MASTER PINS, BOTTOM PINS (100 PER BAG) $ 18.00

SPRING : C503-113 (100 PER BAG) $ 10.00

CONTRUCTION BALLS: 34-401 (100 PER BAG) $ 2.79

037

Cylinders PartsL583-254CAM

Key Blanks

35-1005 Pin Standard

35-1016 Pin Standard

35-1305 Pin Unembossed

35-1316 Pin Unembossed

35-009Everest

35-056Interchangeable CoreControl Key Blank

35-003Control KeyblankEverest

35-102EmergencyKey Blank



SCHLAGEKEY BLANKS





35-009EVEREST




EXAMPLE 9SCH35100C



35100 C, E, F $ 0.86

35101 E, CE, E, EF, F, FG ,G $ 1.10

35130 C, E $ 0.86

35131 C, E $ 1.10

35009 C123 $ 1.40

35056 C, CE, E, EF, F ,G $ 2.60

35102 C, E, F $ 2.80

039



SCHLAGEKEY BLANKS





35-009EVEREST




EXAMPLE 9SCH35100C



35100 C, E, F $ 0.86

35101 E, CE, E, EF, F, FG ,G $ 1.10

35130 C, E $ 0.86

35131 C, E $ 1.10

35009 C123 $ 1.40

35056 C, CE, E, EF, F ,G $ 2.60

35102 C, E, F $ 2.80

039



SCHLAGEKEY BLANKS





35-009EVEREST




EXAMPLE 9SCH35100C



35100 C, E, F $ 0.86

35101 E, CE, E, EF, F, FG ,G $ 1.10

35130 C, E $ 0.86

35131 C, E $ 1.10

35009 C123 $ 1.40

35056 C, CE, E, EF, F ,G $ 2.60

35102 C, E, F $ 2.80

039



SCHLAGEKEY BLANKS





35-009EVEREST




EXAMPLE 9SCH35100C



35100 C, E, F $ 0.86

35101 E, CE, E, EF, F, FG ,G $ 1.10

35130 C, E $ 0.86

35131 C, E $ 1.10

35009 C123 $ 1.40

35056 C, CE, E, EF, F ,G $ 2.60

35102 C, E, F $ 2.80

039

Stocked Product:

Stocked ProductKEYBLANK KEYWAY 35003 C123 35100 C, E35101 C, CE, E, EF, FG35130 E35131 C, E, F35009 C12335056 C, CE, E, EF, F, G, FG35102 C, E, F

DESCRIPTIONK510-711 A/R cam for I/C mortise housingL583-254 “L” Lock cam for standard mortise cylinder



SCHLAGETOOLS & KITS

40-119Metal keying kitwith tools

40-133Home secure keying kit

40-134Plastic keying kit

40-10440-128 SFICKey gage

• Bottom pins • Master pins• Top pins • Pin springs• Retainer caps • Retainer cap pins• Retainer cap pin springs• Shim stock • Tweezers• Follower bar • Removal tool

• Bottom pins • Master pins• Top pins • Follower bar• Removal tool • Key gage• Cylinder springs • tweezers• Retaining rings • Retainer caps• Retainer cap pin springs• B-series cylinder bars• B-series drivers • Shim stock• Construction balls • Retainer cap pins

• Bottom pins • Pin springs• Top pins • Retainer cap pins• Follower bar • Key gage

40-080Thru bolt jig

39-029Finish selection kit

PART NO. DESCRIPTION LIST PRICE9SCH39029 Finish selector kit $ 30.509SCH40080 Thru bolt jig, for AL&D series locks $ 9.809SCH40119 Keying Kit, Metal Box $ 248.009SCH40133 Keying Kit, Home Secure $ 272.009SCH40134 Keying Kit, Plastic Case $ 66.009SCH40104 Gage, Standard $ 10.409SCH40128 Gage, SFIC Format $ 10.209SCHM540051 Tool, Follower $ 3.709SCHM540056 Tool, Cap Removal $ 37.50

053

40-080Thru bolt jig

Tools



Schlage - Electronic Locks

Standard Features• Manually Programmable• Up to 500 unique 3-6 digit PIN codes stored on the lock• ANSI/BHMA A156.25 Grade 1 certified and UL 294 listed• Classroom/Storeroom function and Office function available• Chassis options include cylindrical, and exit trim• Compatible with most major brands of key systems and exit devices• Normal, toggle, pass through, and freeze credential attributes available

CO 100 - Offline Electronic Lock

Stocked Products

ITEM # DESCRIPTION FINISHCO-100-CY-70-KP-RHO KEYPAD,STORAGE/CLASSROOM CYLINDER 626CO-100-CY-50-KP-RHO KEYPAD,OFFICE CYLINDER 626

Images shown are not to scale.



Schlage - Electronic Locks Schlage - Electronic LocksCO-Series Exit Trim

Stocked Products

ITEM # DESCRIPTION FINISHCO-100-993R-70-KP-RHO EXIT TRIM, RIM/CVR 626 CO-100-993S-70-KP-RHO EXIT TRIM, SVR 626

Standard Features• Multiple Credential Reader Options• A wide variety of finishes and lever styles• Powered by 4 AA batteries*• Compatible with most Standard, FSIC or SFIC keyways from major brands of master key

systems including Schlage, Sargent, Corbin, Medeco and Yale• UL 294 listed and ANSI/BHMA 156.25 Grade 1 certified***Excluding 993DT**UL 294 does not apply to dummy trim devices



Schlage - NDE Locks



SCHLAGEND LEVERS










NDE Series - Wireless LockStandard Features:Certification ANSI ANSI/BHMA A156.25-2013, A156.2-2011, Series 4000, Grade 1, UL 294, UL 10CLatch 1-1/8” x 2-1/4”, Square corner faceplate, 1” housing diameter, 1/2” throwStrike 1-1/4” x 4-7/8”, ANSI, Square corner, with DPS magnets, no boxBackset 2-3/4” Cylinder Classic C keyway Door Range 1-5/8” - 2”Users Up to 5,000Audits Up to 2,000

NDE Series wireless locks utilize the standard ND cylindrical door prep

Options:• Available prepped for Removable Core ( RC) less core; specify “J”• Available prepped for Best IC Core (Small Format) less core specify “B”

Stocked ProductNDE 80P Rho/Spa 626, 643E

NDE 80B Rho 626

NDE80PD F86 Storeroom Lock with VandlgardLockset is normally secure with outside lever disengaged. Valid credential or key momen-tarily unlocks door. Valid credential may be used to change to a passage or secured state. Inside lever always allows free egress.

3.59”

7.20”

3.66”

4.94”



Deadbolt Locks - ANSI A156.5, 1992 GRADE 3• C keyway 5 pin, 1-3/8” - 1-3/4” thick door• Provided double option: square corner, or 1/4” radius Adjustable 2-3/8” - 2-3/4” backset• 2-1/8” bore size



DEXTER RESIDENTIAL BY SCHLAGE

LOCKS HANDLESETS - ANSI A156.2, 1969, SERIES 4000, GRADE 3

• C key way 5 pin, 1-3/8" - 1-3/4" thick door• Provided double option: square corner, or 1/4" radius• Adjustable 2-3/8" - 2-3/4" backset

JH60Entrance LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted bykey from outside or by insideturn unit. Latch retracted bythumbpiece from outside or byinside knob/lever.

Consist of:JH58 - outside trimJH59 - inside trim

JH193Outside and Inside Dummy TrimFor use as door pull or as dummytrim on inactive leaf of pair of doors.Dummy cylinder with inside plate.Stocked complete only.Limited selection stocked complete.

J10 ANSI F75Passage LatchBoth knobs/levers alwaysunlocked.

J40 ANSI F76Bath/Bedroom Privacy LockTurn-button locking. Can beopened from outside by turningoutside turn mechanism. Turninginside turn button releasesinside knob/lever.

J54 ANSI F81Entrance LockUnlocked by key from outsidewhen outer knob is locked byturn-button in inside knob.Inside knob/lever is locked andunlocked by turn button.

J170Single Dummy TrimDummy trim for one side ofdoor. Used for door pull or asmatching inactive trim.




DEADBOLT LOCKS - ANSI A156.5, 1992 GRADE 3

• C key way 5 pin, 1-3/8" - 1-3/4" thick door• Provided double option: square corner, or 1/4" radius• Adjustable 2-3/8" - 2-3/4" backset• 2-1/8" bore size

JD60 ANSI E2153Single Cylinder DeadboltDeadbolt thrown or retracted by key from outside or by insideturn unit. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown.

JD60Single Cylinder Deadbolt

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9DEXJD60605 SGL CYL DEADBOLT-TRIPACK FACE PLATES ADJ BS 605 $ 23.50

9DEXJD60609 SGL CYL DEADBOLT-TRIPACK FACE PLATES ADJ BS 609 $ 25.50





041

Schlage ResidentialDexter

JD60 ANSI E2153Single Cylinder DeadboltDeadbolt thrown or retracted by key from outside or by insideturn unit. Bolt automatically deadlocks when fully thrown.

JD60Single Cylinder Deadbolt

Stocked ProductFinishes: 605,619,630,716

LOCKS HANDLESETS - ANSI A156.2, 1969, Series 4000, Grade 3• C keyway 5 pin, 1-3/8” - 1-3/4” thick door• Provided double option: square corner, or 1/4” radius Adjustable 2-3/8” - 2-3/4” backset

JH60 - Entrance LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted bykey from outside or by insideturn unit. Latch retracted bythumbpiece from outside or byinside knob/lever.

Consist of:JH58 - outside trim - ordered separatelyJH59 - inside trim - ordered separately




















































J10 ANSI F75

Passage LatchBoth knobs/levers always unlocked.

J40 ANSI F76

Bath/Bedroom Privacy LockTurn-button locking. Can beopened from outside by turningoutside turn mechanism. Turninginside turn button releasesinside knob/lever.

J54 ANSI F81

Entrance LockUnlocked by key from outsidewhen outer knob is locked byturn-button in inside knob.Inside knob/lever is locked andunlocked by turn button.

J170

Single Dummy TrimDummy trim for one side ofdoor. Used for door pull or asmatching inactive trim.

OUTSIDE TRIM HANDLESETS ACTIVE - JH58 outside trim only

Stocked ProductBarcelona JH58 619,716

Paris JH58 619,716

PARISSymbol PAR

BARCELONASymbol BAR




Handleset Inside Trim - JH59 Active onlyCORONASymbol CNA

LASALLESymbol LAS (Handed) TORINO

Symbol TOR

Stocked ProductsCorona JH59 619,716La Salle JH59 619,716Seville 619,716Stratus 619,716Torino JH59 619,716

©2007 Ingersoll-Rand Company MR-1730

SEVILLESymbol SEV (Handed)

STRATUSSymbol STR




DOVERSymbol DOV

LASALLESymbol LAS (Handed)

TORINOSymbol TOR

MARINSymbol MAR

CORONASymbol CNA

Stocked ProductStocked FunctionsJ170,J10,J40 and J54

Designs FinishesCorona 619,630,716Dover 630La Salle 619,716Marin 619Seville 619,716Stratus 619,716Torino 619,716

©2007 Ingersoll-Rand Company MR-1730

SEVILLESymbol SEV (Handed)

STRATUSSymbol STR



B60 Series Deadbolt

Schlage Residential

Available Functions:B60 - Single cylinder dead bolt lockB62 - Double cylinder dead bolt lockB80 - Door boltB81 - Door bolt with trim (Special Order)

Standard Strike



• C keyway 5 Pin• Triple option face plates, square corner, round corner and circular• Adjustable 2-3/8” or 2-3/4” BS• Standard square corner 10-094 strike• Door preparation 1-1/2” or 2-1/8”

Schlage ResidentialABS - AMERICAN BUILDING SUPPLY, INC.


SCHLAGE

B300 BORE DEADBOLT LOCKS - ANSI A156.5, 1992, GRADE 2

• C keyway 5 Pin• Triple option face plates, square corner, round corner and circular• Adjustable 2-3/8" or 2-3/4" BS• Standard square corner 10-094 strike• Door preparation 1-1/2" or 2-1/8"

B360N ANSI E2152Single Cylinder Deadbolt LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted by keyfrom outside or by inside turn unit.Bolt automatically deadlocks whenfully thrown.

B362N ANSI E2142DoubleCylinder Deadbolt LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted by keyfrom either side. Bolt automaticallydeadlocks when fully thrown.

B380 ANSI E2192Door BoltDeadbolt thrown or retracted by turnunit only. No outside trim. Boltautomatically deadlocks when fullythrown.

B360 - Parts

12-301Square Corner

12-3021/4" Round Corner

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9SCH12301 + FINISH SQUARE CORNER DEAD BOLT, 2-3/8"-2-3/4"BS 605, 613, 619, 620, 626 $ 11.00

9SCH12302 + FINISH ROUND CORNER DEAD BOLT, 2-3/8"-2-3/4"BS 605, 613, 619, 620, 626 $ 11.00

9SCH12306 + FINISH SQUARE CORNER DEAD BOLT, 5" BS 605, 626 $ 17.16

005

FUNCTION505 605 609 613 619 620 625 626 716

B360N $ 46.20 $ 42.00 $ 44.60 $ 49.80 $ 49.80 $ 49.80 $ 47.80 $ 45.90 $ 49.80

B362N $ 62.00 $ 58.30 $ 60.90 $ 66.90 $ 66.90 $ 66.90 $ 65.20 $ 62.30 $ 66.90

B380 $ 27.50 $ 29.50 $ 37.80 $ 37.80 $ 37.80 $ 32.70 $ 29.90

022

FINISHES



SCHLAGE






B360 - Parts

12-301Square Corner





005

FUNCTION505 605 609 613 619 620 625 626 716

B360N $ 46.20 $ 42.00 $ 44.60 $ 49.80 $ 49.80 $ 49.80 $ 47.80 $ 45.90 $ 49.80

B362N $ 62.00 $ 58.30 $ 60.90 $ 66.90 $ 66.90 $ 66.90 $ 65.20 $ 62.30 $ 66.90

B380 $ 27.50 $ 29.50 $ 37.80 $ 37.80 $ 37.80 $ 32.70 $ 29.90

022

FINISHES

B60 ANSI E2152Single Cylinder Deadbolt LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted by keyfrom outside or by inside turn unit.Bolt automatically deadlocks whenfully thrown.




SCHLAGE






B360 - Parts

12-301Square Corner





005

FUNCTION505 605 609 613 619 620 625 626 716

B360N $ 46.20 $ 42.00 $ 44.60 $ 49.80 $ 49.80 $ 49.80 $ 47.80 $ 45.90 $ 49.80

B362N $ 62.00 $ 58.30 $ 60.90 $ 66.90 $ 66.90 $ 66.90 $ 65.20 $ 62.30 $ 66.90

B380 $ 27.50 $ 29.50 $ 37.80 $ 37.80 $ 37.80 $ 32.70 $ 29.90

022

FINISHES

Stocked Product:Item Description FinishB60 Single Cylinder 505, 605, 609, 613,

619, 620, 622, 625, 626, 716

B62 Double Cylinder 605, 613, 619, 626, 716

B80 Door Bolt 613, 619, 626, 716

B Series Deadbolt Locks - ANSI A156.5, 1992, GRADE 2

B60 - Deadbolts Series






SCHLAGE

F FUNCTIONS - ANSI A156.2, SERIES 4000, GRADE 2

• Triple option faceplates: Square, radius, or circular• Six pin solid brass cylinder, keyed 5 pin• Universal backset either 2-3/8" or 2-3/4"• 1-3/8" - 1-3/4" thick door

F360Entrance LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted bykey from outside or by inside turnunit. Latch retracted bythumbpiece from outside or byinside knob/lever.

Consists of:F358 Outside trimF359 Inside trim

F393Outside and Inside Dummy TrimFor use as door pull or as dummytrim on inactive leaf of pair of doors.Fixed thumbpiece and inside knob/lever. Dummy cylinder with insideplate


F10 ANSI F75Passage LatchBoth knobs/levers always unlocked.

F40 ANSI F76Bath/Bedroom Privacy LockPush-button locking. Can be opened from outside with small circular tool.Turning inside knob/lever releases button.

F170Single Dummy TrimDummy trim for one side of door. Used for door pull or as matchinginactive trim.

F51 ANSI F81Entrance LockUnlocked by key from outside when outer knob is locked by turn-buttonin inside knob. Inside knob/lever always unlocked.



SCHLAGE













SCHLAGE











F Lock - Functions - ANSI A156.2, SERIES 4000, GRADE 2• Radius and circular face plates for F10/F40 functions• Radius, square, and circular face plates for F51, F358 function• 6 pin solid brass cylinder, keyed 5 pin• Universal backset either 2-3/8” or 2-3/4”• 1-3/8” - 1-3/4” thick door

F60Entrance LockDeadbolt thrown or retracted bykey from outside or by inside turnunit. Latch retracted bythumbpiece from outside or byinside knob/lever.Consists of:F58 Outside trimF59 Inside trim

F93Dummy TrimOutside and Inside Dummy TrimFor use as door pull or as dummytrim on inactive leaf of pair of doors.Fixed thumbpiece and inside knob/lever. Dummy cylinder with inside plate.Consists of:F92 Outside trimF94 Inside trim



SCHLAGE












F40 ANSI F76 Bath/Bedroom Privacy Lock Push-button locking. Can be opened

from outside with small circular tool. Turning inside knob/lever releases

button.

F170 Single Dummy Trim Dummy trim for one side of door.

Used for door pull or as matching inactive trim.

F51A ANSI F81 Entrance Lock Unlocked by key from outside when

outer knob is locked by turn-button in inside knob. Inside knob/lever

always unlocked.

Schlage ResidentialABS - AMERICAN BUILDING SUPPLY, INC.


SCHLAGE













SCHLAGE













Schlage ResidentialF Locks - Handlesets F58-OUTSIDE KEYED F92-OUTSIDE DUMY TRIM

CAMELOTSymbol CAM

CENTURYSymbol CEN

PLYMOUTHSymbol PLY

Stocked Product:

F58 Camelot 609,613,619,622,716F58 Century 619F58 Plymouth 505,605,609,613,619,716F58 Addison 619,716

F92 Camelot 619,716F92 Plymouth 613,619,716

ADDISONSymbol ADD



F Locks - Handlesets Inside Trim

Schlage Residential

F59 - INSIDE F94 - DUMMY

GEORGIANSymbol GEO

ORBITSymbol ORB

PLYMOUTHSymbol PLY



SCHLAGEF LOCKS HANDLESETS INSIDE TRIM F359 INSIDE

F394 DUMMY

ACCENTSymbol ACC HANDED

FLAIRSymbol FLA HANDED

GEORGIANSymbol GEO

ORBITSymbol ORB

PLYMOUTHSymbol PLY

TO ORDERSpecify 9SCH + FUNCTION + DESIGN (SYMBOL) + FINISH

R = RH L = LH FOR ACCENT & FLAIR DESIGNSExample 9SCHF359ACC605R

SIENASymbol SIE

AVANTISymbol AVA

FUNCTION DESIGN605 609 613 619 620 625 626 716

F359 ACCENT $ 81.50 $ 81.50 $ 89.70 $ 89.70 $ 89.70 $ 89.70 $ 89.70

F359 AVANTI $ 87.00 $ 96.40 $ 96.40 $ 96.40 $ 96.40 $ 96.40

F359 FLAIR $ 77.60 $ 77.60 $ 89.70 $ 89.70 $ 89.70 $ 77.60 $ 77.60 $ 89.70

F359 GEORGIAN $ 68.10 $ 68.10 $ 75.00 $ 75.00 $ 75.00

F359 ORBIT $ 68.10 $ 75.00 $ 75.00 $ 75.00 $ 68.10

F359 PLYMOUTH $ 68.10 $ 75.00 $ 75.00 $ 75.00 $ 68.10 $ 75.00

F359 SIENA $ 77.60 $ 77.60 $ 85.80 $ 85.80 $ 85.80 $ 85.80 $ 85.80

F394 ACCENT $ 47.50 $ 47.50 $ 52.20 $ 52.20 $ 52.20 $ 52.20 $ 52.20

F394 AVANTI $ 50.30 $ 55.30 $ 55.30 $ 55.30 $ 55.30 $ 55.30

F394 FLAIR $ 45.20 $ 45.20 $ 52.20 $ 52.20 $ 52.20 $ 45.20 $ 52.20

F394 GEORGIAN $ 35.70 $ 35.70 $ 39.50 $ 39.50 $ 39.30

F394 ORBIT $ 35.70 $ 39.30 $ 39.30 $ 39.30 $ 35.70

F394 PLYMOUTH $ 35.70 $ 39.30 $ 39.30 $ 39.30 $ 35.70 $ 39.30

F394 SIENA $ 45.20 $ 45.20 $ 49.90 $ 49.90 $ 49.90 $ 49.90 $ 49.90

030

FINISHES

SIENASymbol SIE

Stocked Product: F59 Accent 605,609,613,619,620,621,622,625,716F59 Avanti 619,716F59 Flair 605,609,613,619,716F59 Georgian 605,609,619,716F59 Manhattan 619F59 Orbit 605,619F59 Plymouth 605,613,619,716F59 Siena 613,619,716F59 Latitude 619F94 Accent 619,716

MANHATTAN Symbol MNH (Handed)

LATITUDESymbol LAT

ACCENTSymbol ACC (Handed)

AVANTISymbol AVA (Handed)

FLAIRSymbol FLA (Handed)



Schlage ResidentialF Locks - Knob Complete

F Locks - Lever Complete

F10,F170,F40 and F51A Functions: (F170 Function is Handed)Accent 605,609,613,619,620,622, 625, 716Avanti 613,619,620,716Elan 605, 626Flair 605,609,613,619,620,625,716Georgian 605,609,619,716Lattitude 619Manhattan 619,626Orbit 605,609,613,619,626Plymouth 605,613,619,625,626,716Siena 613,619,716

GEORGIANSymbol GEO

ORBITSymbol ORB

PLYMOUTHSymbol PLY

SIENASymbol SIE

ELANSymbol ELA

FLAIRSymbol FLA

LATITUDESymbol LAT

ACCENTSymbol ACC

AVANTISymbol AVA

Stocked Products

MANHATTAN Symbol MNH



Schlage Residential

Stocked Products F series Levers and KnobsF170, F10, F40, F51A(F170 Function is Handed) Lever x Rose Finish

Accent x Addison 619 (F170 Handed)

Accent x Camelot 619, 716 (F170 Handed)

Georgian x Brookshire 609

Andover x Andover 613,619,716

Champagne x Andover 605,613,619,716(F170 Handed)

Accent x CamelotGeorgian x Brookshire

Champagne x Andover

Andover x Andover

Accent x Addison



LEVERS & KNOBS - Dummy Levers Handed

Champagne - CHP Callington - CLT

St. Annes - STA Danbury - DNB Andover- AND

FUNCTION DESIGN ABBR

505 605 613 619 620 625 716FA170 DUMMY ANDOVER AND $ 13.90 $ 13.90

FA170 DUMMY CHAMPAGNE CHP $ 24.40 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50

FA170 DUMMY CALLINGTON CLT $ 24.40 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50

FA170 DUMMY DANBURY DNB $ 20.20 $ 22.30 $ 22.30 $ 22.30

FA170 DUMMY ST. ANNES STA $ 24.40 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50

FA10 PASSAGE ANDOVER AND $ 32.00 $ 32.00

FA10 PASSAGE CHAMPAGNE CHP $ 51.20 $ 46.00 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50

FA10 PASSAGE CALLINGTON CLT $ 51.20 $ 46.00 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50

FA10 PASSAGE DANBURY DNB $ 44.10 $ 39.90 $ 44.60 $ 44.60 $ 44.60

FA10 PASSAGE ST. ANNES STA $ 51.20 $ 46.00 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50

FA40 PRIVACY ANDOVER AND $ 36.20 $ 36.20

FA40 PRIVACY CHAMPAGNE CHP $ 49.10 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80

FA40 PRIVACY CALLINGTON CLT $ 49.10 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80

FA40 PRIVACY DANBURY DNB $ 43.10 $ 48.80 $ 48.80 $ 48.80

FA40 PRIVACY ST. ANNES STA $ 49.10 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80

FA51 ENTRY ANDOVER AND $ 53.00 $ 53.00

FA51 ENTRY CHAMPAGNE CHP $ 100.60 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10

FA51 ENTRY CALLINGTON CLT $ 100.60 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10

FA51 ENTRY DANBURY DNB $ 75.60 $ 79.30 $ 79.30 $ 79.30

FA51 ENTRY ST. ANNES STA $ 100.60 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10

027

FINISHES



LEVERS & KNOBS - Dummy Levers Handed


St. Annes - STA Danbury - DNB Andover- AND

FUNCTION DESIGN ABBR

505 605 613 619 620 625 716FA170 DUMMY ANDOVER AND $ 13.90 $ 13.90

FA170 DUMMY CHAMPAGNE CHP $ 24.40 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50

FA170 DUMMY CALLINGTON CLT $ 24.40 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50

FA170 DUMMY DANBURY DNB $ 20.20 $ 22.30 $ 22.30 $ 22.30

FA170 DUMMY ST. ANNES STA $ 24.40 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50 $ 26.50

FA10 PASSAGE ANDOVER AND $ 32.00 $ 32.00

FA10 PASSAGE CHAMPAGNE CHP $ 51.20 $ 46.00 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50

FA10 PASSAGE CALLINGTON CLT $ 51.20 $ 46.00 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50

FA10 PASSAGE DANBURY DNB $ 44.10 $ 39.90 $ 44.60 $ 44.60 $ 44.60

FA10 PASSAGE ST. ANNES STA $ 51.20 $ 46.00 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50 $ 52.50

FA40 PRIVACY ANDOVER AND $ 36.20 $ 36.20

FA40 PRIVACY CHAMPAGNE CHP $ 49.10 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80

FA40 PRIVACY CALLINGTON CLT $ 49.10 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80

FA40 PRIVACY DANBURY DNB $ 43.10 $ 48.80 $ 48.80 $ 48.80

FA40 PRIVACY ST. ANNES STA $ 49.10 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80 $ 57.80

FA51 ENTRY ANDOVER AND $ 53.00 $ 53.00

FA51 ENTRY CHAMPAGNE CHP $ 100.60 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10

FA51 ENTRY CALLINGTON CLT $ 100.60 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10

FA51 ENTRY DANBURY DNB $ 75.60 $ 79.30 $ 79.30 $ 79.30

FA51 ENTRY ST. ANNES STA $ 100.60 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10 $ 107.10

027

FINISHES



LEVERS & KNOBS

REVERSIBLE LEVERS


St. Annes - STA Danbury - DNB

Reversible Levers

F Locks - Collection Series (concealed screws)



SOSS - Invisible HingesModels 216 & 218Features• Security- When closed, the SOSS Invisible Hinge cannot be seen or tampered with. When opened, the riveted hinge pin is non-removable.• Safety- The moving pivot point remains inside the hinge during travel until fully opened, eliminating an external pinch point on the back side of the door.• Strength- The installed hinge is firmly anchored in a deep, full mortise, which assists the screws in supporting the door, assuring a stronger, more rigid installation.

Stocked ProductItem Finish216 US4, US26D218 US4, US26D

Specifications 216 - 1-3/8” Doors 218 - 1-3/4” DoorsA 1”(25.40mm) 1-1⁄ 8”(28.58mm) B 23⁄ 32”(18.26mm) 7⁄ 8”(22.23mm) C 4-5⁄ 8”(117.48mm) 4-5⁄ 8”(117.48mm) D 7⁄ 32”(5.56mm) 3⁄ 8”(9.53mm) E 1⁄ 4”(6.35mm) 1⁄ 4”(6.35mm) F 2-19⁄ 32”(65.88mm) 2-7⁄ 16”(61.91mm) G 1⁄ 16”(1.59mm) 1⁄ 16”(1.59mm)H 1-7⁄ 16”(36.51mm) 1-41⁄ 64”(41.67mm) I 15⁄ 32”(11.91mm) 13⁄ 32”(10.32mm)



4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 1


VON DUPRIN22 - Rim Device

22 rim device for all types of single and double doors with mullion, UL listed for accident hazard installa-tions. Covers stock hollow metal doors with 161 cutouts. Fits door stiles as narrow as 3-13/16" (97mm),.

FEATURES• Nonhanded • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • Hex key dogging• 3/4" (19mm) thrown latch bolt • 299 strike included

DIMENSIONSTouchbar height to finished floor 39-13/16" (1011mm) at center)Touchbar projection

neutral 3-3/4" (95mm)depressed 3" (76mm)

Center case 4-3/16" x 2-3/8" x 2-3/4" (106mm x 60mm x 70mm)Device length short 3' (914mm) 2'6" to 3' (762mm to 914mm) door size

long 4' 3'1" to 4' (940mm to 1219mm) door size

22-F fire exit rim device for all types of 4' x 8' (1219mm x 2438mm) single doors and 8' x 8' (2438mmx 2438mm) double doors with 9854 or 9954 mullion, UL listed for up to 3 hour fire labeled installations.Fits door stiles as narrow as 4-3/8" (111mm)

FEATURES• Nonhanded • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • 3/4" (19mm) thrown latch bolt

• 299 strike included

22-F - Fire Exit Device

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON22EOFSP28 FIRE RATED, 3' LENGTH EXIT ONLY SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 414.00

9VON22EOFSP28L FIRE RATED, 4' LENGTH EXIT ONLY SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 426.00

9VON22EOFSP313 FIRE RATED, 3' LENGTH EXIT ONLY SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 414.00

9VON22EOFSP313L FIRE RATED, 4' LENGTH EXIT ONLY SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 426.00

002

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON22EOSP28 3' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 325.00

9VON22EOSP28L 4' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 337.00

9VON22EOSP313 3' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 325.00

9VON22EOSP313L 4' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 337.00

001

Features• Non-handed • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • Hex key dogging• 3/4” (19mm) thrown latch bolt • 299 strike included

22 - Rim Device22 rim device for all types of single and double doors with mullion, UL listed for accident hazard installations.Covers stock hollow metal doors with 161 cutouts. Fits door stiles as narrow as 3-13/16” (97mm),.

DimensionsTouchbar height to finished floor 39-13/16” (1011mm) at center)Touchbar projection neutral 3-3/4” (95mm) depressed 3” (76mm)Center case 4-3/16” x 2-3/8” x 2-3/4” (106mm x 60mm x 70mm)Device length short 3’ (914mm) 2’6” to 3’ (762mm to 914mm) door size long 4’ 3’1” to 4’ (940mm to 1219mm) door size

22-F - Fire Exit Device22-F fire exit rim device for all types of 4’ x 8’ (1219mm x 2438mm) single doors and 8’ x 8’ (2438mmx 2438mm) double doors with 9854 or 9954 mullion, UL listed for up to 3 hour fire labeled installations.Fits door stiles as narrow as 4-3/8” (111mm)

Features• Non-handed • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • 3/4” (19mm) throw latch bolt• 299 strike included

Von Duprin

Stocked Product22EO/22EOF 3’ and 4’ Sprayed Aluminum and Dark Bronze




4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 2

VON DUPRIN2227 - Surface Mounted Vertical Rod Device

2227 surface mounted vertical rod device for all types of single or double doors, ULlisted for accident hazard installations. Covers stock hollow metal doors with 161 cutoutand fits door stiles as narrow as 3-5/8" (92mm).

FEATURES• Nonhanded • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • Hex key dogging• 5/8" (16mm) thrown latch bolt

DIMENSIONSTouchbar height to finished floor 39-13/16" (1011mm) at centerTouchbar projection

neutral 3-3/4" (95mm)depressed 3" (76mm)

Center case 4-3/16" x 2-3/8" x 2-3/4" (106mm x 60mm x 70mm)Device length short 3' (914mm) 2'6" to 3' (762mm to 914mm) door size

long 4' 3'1" to 4' (940mm to 1219mm) door sizeTop & bottom latch case 4-1/2" x 2-1/8" x 1-1/2" 114mm x 54mm x 38mmVertical rods 1/2" (13mm) square tubing

2227-F surface mounted vertical rod device for all types of 8' x 8' (2438mm x 2438mm) doubledoors, UL listed for use on up to 3 hour fire labeled installations. Fits door stiles as narrow as 3-5/8"(92mm)FEATURES• Nonhanded • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • 5/8" (16mm) thrown latch bolt

2227-F - Surface Mounted Vertical Rod Device

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON2227EOSP28 3' X 7' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 552.00

9VON2227EOSP28L 4' X 7' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 564.00

9VON2227EOSP313 3' X 7' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 552.00

9VON2227EOSP313L 4' X 7' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 564.00

003

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON2227EOFSP28 FIRE RATED, 3' X 7' LENGTH, EXIT ONL SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 735.00

9VON2227EOFSP313 FIRE RATED, 3' X 7' LENGTH, EXIT ONL SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 735.00

004

2227 - Surface Mounted Vertical Rod Device

Features• Non-handed • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • Hex key dogging• 5/8” (16mm) thrown latch bolt

2227-F - Surface Mounted Vertical Rod Device2227-F surface mounted vertical rod device for all types of 8’ x 8’ (2438mm x 2438mm) double doors, UL listed for use on up to 3 hour fire labeled installations. Fits door stiles as narrow as 3-5/8” (92mm)

Features• Non-handed • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • 5/8” (16mm) throw latch bolt

Stocked Product2227EO 3’ X 7’ Sprayed Aluminum and Dark Bronze2227EOF 3’ X 7’ Sprayed Aluminum and Dark Bronze2227EO* 4’ X 7’ Sprayed Aluminum only

2227 surface mounted vertical rod device for all types of single or double doors, ULlisted for accident hazard installations. Covers stock hollow metal doors with 161 cutoutand fits door stiles as narrow as 3-5/8” (92mm).

DimensionsTouchbar height to finished floor 39-13/16” (1011mm) at centerTouchbar projection neutral 3-3/4” (95mm) depressed 3” (76mm)Center case 4-3/16” x 2-3/8” x 2-3/4” (106mm x 60mm x 70mm)Device length short 3’ (914mm) 2’6” to 3’ (762mm to 914mm) door size long 4’ 3’1” to 4’ (940mm to 1219mm) door sizeTop & bottom latch case 4-1/2” x 2-1/8” x 1-1/2” 114mm x 54mm x 38mmVertical rods 1/2” (13mm) square tubing

Von Duprin



Stocked Product210NL Sprayed Aluminum and Dark Bronze230L-BE Sprayed Aluminum and Dark Bronze230L Sprayed Aluminum and Dark Bronze230NL Sprayed Aluminum and Dark Bronze230TP Aluminum


4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 4

VON DUPRIN22 SERIES - Trim (priced less cylinder)

STRIKE FOR 22 SERIES

For rim / vertical rod combination - not fire rated

PART NO. DESCRIPTION CYL. REQ. FINISH LIST PRICE9VON210DTSP28 DUMMY PULL TRIM NONE SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 39.00

9VON210DTSP313 DUMMY PULL TRIM NONE SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 39.00

9VON210NLSP28 PULL TRIM RIM SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 46.00

9VON210NLSP313 PULL TRIM RIM SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 46.00

9VON230DTSP28 DUMMY PULL LEVER NONE SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 80.00

9VON230DTSP313 DUMMY PULL LEVER NONE SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 80.00

9VON230LBESP28 LEVER TRIM BLANK ESCUTCHEON NONE SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 180.00

9VON230LBESP313 LEVER TRIM BLANK ESCUTCHEON NONE SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 180.00

9VON230LSP28 LOCKING LEVER TRIM, SPECIFY HAND MORTISE 1-1/4" SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 180.00

9VON230LSP313 LOCKING LEVER TRIM, SPECIFY HAND MORTISE 1-1/4" SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 180.00

9VON230NLSP28 NL FUNCTION HANDLE RIM SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 88.00

9VON230NLSP313 NL FUNCTION HANDLE RIM SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 88.00

9VON230TPSP28 THUMB PIECE TRIM MORTISE 1-1/4" SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 172.00

9VON230TPSP313 THUMB PIECE TRIM MORTISE 1-1/4" SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 172.00

005

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON160919 RIM STRIKE BLACK $ 60.00

9VON160926D RIM STRIKE US26D $ 66.00

9VON29926D RIM STRIKE US26D $ 43.00

9VON299BLACK RIM STRIKE BLACK $ 35.00

006

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 3


VON DUPRIN22 SERIES - Trim (All trim less cylinder)

210DT10 gauge stainlesssteel escutcheondummy pull

230DTstamped 10gauge steeldummy pullhandle

210NL10 gauge stainlesssteel escutcheonpull trim

230NL10 gaugestainlesssteel escutch-eon. NLfunctionspecify rimcylinder

230Llever trim has a cast alumi-num 3/4" depth escutcheon06 trim standard (pictured)standard operator key locksunlocks lever

230TPheavy 10 gauge steel thumb piecetrim

230L 230L-BE

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 3









230L 230L-BE

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 3









230L 230L-BE

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 3









230L 230L-BE

210NL10 gauge stainlesssteel escutcheonpull trim(Rim cylinder not included)

230NL10 gauge stainlesssteel escutcheon.NL functionspecify (Rim cylinder not included)

230TPHeavy 10 gauge steel thumb piecetrim(1-1/4” Mortise cylinder not included)

230L Standard Operation, key locks and unlocks lever.(1-1/4” Mortise cylinder not included)

230L-BE Blank escutcheon, lever always active. Use BE suffix, e.g., 230L-BE.

299 1609

22 SERIES - Trim (All trim less cylinder)

STRIKE FOR 22 SERIES

Stocked Product1609 Black, 26D299 Black

Von Duprin

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 3









230L 230L-BE

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 3









230L 230L-BE

230LLever trim has a cast aluminum 3/4” depth escutcheon06 trim standard (pictured) standard operator key locksunlocks lever(1-1/4” Mortise cylinder not included)



22 ALK - Exit Alarm Kit (supplied less cylinder)The 22ALK battery alarm kit is a simple yet effective way to monitor the use of an exit device. While still a means of egress, the unit contains an internal horn. When the touchbar is depressed, the horn sounds to provide an audible means of signaling that the opening has been violated. The key switch uses a standard 1-1/4” (32mm) mortise cylinder. The unit operates on one standard 9-volt transistor battery. When the battery is weak the horn will emit an intermittent signal. Alarm kits are available with a choice of two switch kits, S1 or S2. S1 monitors the touch pad and is furnished standard. S2 optional latchbolt monitoring is recommended for use with surface vertical rod exit devices. Specify ALK-S2 special order.

MINIMUM DOOR SIZESDevice 3’ (914mm) Length 22 / 22-F 29” (832mm) 2227 / 2227-F 2’8” (813mm)

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 5


VON DUPRIN22 ALK - Exit Alarm Kit (supplied less cylinder)

The 22ALK battery alarm kit is a simple yet effective way to monitor the use of an exit device. While stilla means of egress, the unit contains an internal horn. When the touchbar is depressed, the horn soundsto provide an audible means of signaling that the opening has been violated.The key switch uses a standard 1-1/4" (32mm) mortise cylinder. The unit operates on one standard 9-volttransistor battery. When the battery is weak the horn will emit an intermittent signal.Alarm kits are available with a choice of two switch kits, S1 or S2. S1 monitors the touch pad and isfurnished standard. S2 optional latchbolt monitoring is recommended for use with surface vertical rod exitdevices. Specify ALK-S2 special order.

MINIMUM DOOR SIZESDevice 3' (914mm) Length 4' (1219mm) Length22 / 22-F 29" (832mm) 3'3" (989mm)2227 / 2227-F 2'8" (813mm) 3'2" (965mm)

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON22ALKSP28 BATTERY ALARM KIT SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 371.00

9VON22ALKSP313 BATTERY ALARM KIT SPRAYED DARK BRONZE $ 371.00

007Stocked ProductSprayed Aluminum and Dark Bronze

22 Series - Parts


4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 6

VON DUPRIN22 SERIES - Parts

900894 971249collar

971974locking nut

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON900894 TAIL PIECE AND GUIDE - $ 8.50

9VON971249SP28 CYLINDER COLLAR ALUMINUM $ 10.50

9VON971249SP313 CYLINDER COLLAR DARK BRONZE $ 10.50

9VON971974 LOCKING NUT - $ 6.50

020

F/2227, 9927bottom latch case less cover

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON11924 BOTTOM LATCH CASE - $ 73.00

9VON11925 TOP LATCH CASE - $ 73.00

021

2227/32" HEX KEY - OLD STYLE

2275/32" HEX KEY - NEW STYLE

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON222 7/32" HEX KEY - $ 5.00

9VON227 5/32" HEX KEY - $ 4.00

9VON22EXTSP2812 VON, EXT ROD, F/22 SP28 12" ALUMINUM $ 15.00

9VON22EXTSP31312 VON, EXT ROD, F/22 SP313 12" DARK BRONZE $ 15.00

018

F/2227extension rods


4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 6

VON DUPRIN22 SERIES - Parts

900894 971249collar

971974locking nut

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON900894 TAIL PIECE AND GUIDE - $ 8.50

9VON971249SP28 CYLINDER COLLAR ALUMINUM $ 10.50

9VON971249SP313 CYLINDER COLLAR DARK BRONZE $ 10.50

9VON971974 LOCKING NUT - $ 6.50

020

F/2227, 9927bottom latch case less cover



021

2227/32" HEX KEY - OLD STYLE

2275/32" HEX KEY - NEW STYLE

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON222 7/32" HEX KEY - $ 5.00

9VON227 5/32" HEX KEY - $ 4.00

9VON22EXTSP2812 VON, EXT ROD, F/22 SP28 12" ALUMINUM $ 15.00

9VON22EXTSP31312 VON, EXT ROD, F/22 SP313 12" DARK BRONZE $ 15.00

018

F/2227extension rods

971974 locking nut F/2227 extension rods

Stocked Product971974 Locking Nut22EXT 12” Extension Rod Aluminum and Dark Bronze

Von Duprin



Von Duprin

33A - Rim Exit Device33A rim devices for all types of single and double doors with mullion, UL listed for Panic Exit Hardware. Fits door stiles as narrow as 1 3|4” (44mm).

Features• Non-handed • Field sizeable• 3/4” (19mm) molydag© coated latch bolt• Hex key dogging• Latch bolt deadlocking• One piece center case cover

Strikes and FastenersDevice is furnished standard with 1439 roller strike in dull black finish. Sex bolts are furnished for standard mounting on 1 3/4” (44mm) and 2 1/4 (57mm) thick doors.

DimensionsPushpad height to finished floor 39 13/16” (1011 mm) at centerPushpad projection — neutral 3 13/16” (97 mm) depressed 3 1/16” (78 mm) Center case 8 3/16” x 2 13/32” x 1 9/16” (208mm x 62mm x 40mm) Device length — Short 3’ (914mm) 2’6” to 3’ (762mm to 914mm) door size Long 4’ (1219mm) 3’1” to 4’ (940mm to 1219mm) door size

Stocked Product33AEO 3’ 260, 313

33A Series - Trim

360LStandard operationkey locks orunlocks lever(Mortise cylinder 1-1/4” not included)

Lever trim stocked with 06 Lever

Part # Cylinder Required Function Finishes 360L Mortise Cylinder 1-1/4” Entry Mortise 26D,10B

Stocked Product



4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 7


VON DUPRIN2670 GUARD - Exit Alarm (supplied less cylinder)

FEATURES• Complies with NFPA101 life safety• UL Listed for panic exit hardware ANSI A156.3 Grade 1• Armed and unarmed by using standard rim cylinder (not supplied)• Non handed • Recommended exterior trim 210DT or 230DT

PART NO. DESCRIPTION CYLINDER REQ. FINISH LIST PRICE9VON267028 EXIT ALARM RIM US28 $ 370.00

022

2670 GUARD - Exit Alarm (supplied less cylinder)

Features• Complies with NFPA101 life safety• UL Listed for panic exit hardware ANSI A156.3 Grade 1• Armed and unarmed by using standard rim cylinder (not supplied)• Non handed • Recommended exterior trim 210DT or 230DT

Stocked ProductUS28 Aluminum

Von Duprin



Von DuprinABS - AMERICAN BUILDING SUPPLY, INC.

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 20

VON DUPRIN

5100 - Electric Strike

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON51003FP ELECTRIC STRIKE, 3 FACE PLATES 689 ALUM $ 158.00

029

FEATURES• Three faceplates included for hollow metal, wood or alumimum frames• Internal 12/24 dual voltage solenoid• Adjustable keeper• Available with both fail safe / fail secure options

5100 - Electric Strike

Features• Three faceplates included for hollow metal, wood or aluminum frames• Internal 12/24 VDC dual voltage solenoid• Adjustable keeper• Available with both fail safe / fail secure options

6211 - Electric StrikeElectric strike for use on new installations with mortice locks without deadbolt or cylindrical locks on single door, hollow metal frame applications.

Features• Non-handed• Furnished 12VDC or 24VDC• Furnished fail secure (FSE) or fail safe (FS).• Strike box is adjustable to compensate for any misalignment of the door or frame.• Two piece plug connectors are furnished for ease of installation and for removal during strike servicing.• Heavy-duty stainless steel construction.

6211

32mm

32mm13mm

22mm

49mm

86mm 52mm

3m m

43mm

124m m305m mMinimu m Clearance




4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 8

VON DUPRIN98 - Rim Exit Device Smooth Mechanism Case99 - Rim Exit Device

99 rim exit devices for all types of single doors and double doors with mullion, ULlisted for accident hazard installations. Covers stock hollow metal doors with 86 or 161cutouts.

FEATURES• Nonhanded • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • Hex key dogging• 3/4" (19mm) thrown latch bolt

DIMENSIONSTouchbar height to finished floor 39-13/16" (935mm) at center)Touchbar projection

neutral 3-13-16" (97mm)depressed 3-1/16" (78mm)

Center case 8" x 2-1/4" x 2-3/4" (203mm x 57mm x 70mm)Device length short 3' 2'6" to 3' (762mm to 914mm) door size

long 4' 3'1" to 4' (940mm to 1219mm) door size

99-F - Fire Exit Rim Exit DeviceFor all types of 4' x 8' single doors or 8' 8' double doors with mullions. UL listed for fire exit hard-ware, 3 hour rating.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON98EO26D 3' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US26D $ 817.00

9VON98EO26DL 4' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US26D $ 837.00

9VON99EO26D 3' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US26D $ 817.00

9VON99EO26DL 4" LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US26D $ 837.00

9VON99EO3 3' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US3 $ 950.00

9VON99EO313 3' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY 313AN $ 756.00

CD - CYLINDER DOGGING KIT ADD $37.50 NET 008

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON98EOF26D FIRE RATED, 3' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US26D $ 927.00

9VON98EOF26DL FIRE RATED, 4' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US26D $ 947.00

9VON99EOF26D FIRE RATED, 3' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US26D $ 927.00

9VON99EOF26DL FIRE RATED, 4' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US26D $ 947.00

9VON99EOF313 FIRE RATED, 3' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY 313AN $ 915.00

009

98 - Rim Exit Device Smooth Mechanism Case99 - Rim Exit Device

99 rim exit devices for all types of single doors and double doors with mullion, UL listed for accident hazard installations. Covers stock hollow metal doors with 86 or 161 cutouts.

Features• Non-handed • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • Hex key dogging• 3/4” (19mm) thrown latch bolt

99 & 99F DIMENSIONSTouchbar height to finished floor 39-13/16” (935mm) at center)Touchbar projection neutral 3-13-16” (97mm) depressed 3-1/16” (78mm)Center case 8” x 2-1/4” x 2-3/4” (203mm x 57mm x 70mm)Device length short 3’ 2’6” to 3’ (762mm to 914mm) door size long 4’ 3’1” to 4’ (940mm to 1219mm) door size

99-F - Fire Exit Rim Exit Device98-F and 99-F fire exit rim devices for all types of 4’ x 8’ (1219mm x 2438mm) single door or 8’ x 8’ (2438mm x 2438mm) double doors with 9954 9854 mullion, UL listed for fire exit hardware, 3 hour rating.

Stocked Product98EO/99EO 3’ and 4’ 26D99EO 3’ and 4’ 31399NLOP 3’ 26D

Stocked Product98EOF/99EOF 3’ and 4’ 26D99EOF 3’ 313

Option:• 98/99 NLOP Night Latch Cylinder Assembly

Von Duprin

Features• Non-handed • Field sizeable • Latch bolt deadlocking• 3/4” (19mm) thrown latch bolt




4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 12

VON DUPRIN9947WDC - Wood Concealed Vertical Rod Devices

9947 wood concealed vertical rod for use on single or double wood doors. ULListed for accident hazard installations.

SCALP PLATEDevice is furnished standard with an 8" (203mm) long scalp plate for easy access torods. NOTE: Do not use on pair of doors with 9975

FEATURES• Nonhanded • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • Hex key dogging• 5/8" (16mm) thrown, latch bolt• Adjustable rods

DIMENSIONSTouchbar height to finished floor 39-13/16" (1011mm) at center,

adjusts as low as 35-5/8" (905mm)Touchbar projection

neutral 3-13/16" (97mm)depressed 3-1/16" (76mm)

Center case 8" x 2-1/4" x 2-3/4" (203mm x 57mm x 70mm)Device length short 3' (914mm) 2'6" to 3' (762mm to 914mm) door size

long 4' 3'1" to 4' (940mm to 1219mm) door sizeVertical Rods - round Two piece adjustable rods,

doors 6'8" (2027mm) to 8'4" (2533mm)

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON9947EOWDC26D WOOD APPLICATION, 3' X 7' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US26D $ 1,358.00

014

9827 - Surface Mounted Vertical Rod with Smooth Mechanism Case

9927 - Surface Mounted Vertical Rod

9927-F - Fire Exit Surface Mounted Vertical Rod9827-F and 9927-F fire exit surface mounted vertical rod devices for all types of 8’ x 8’ (2438mm x 2438mm) double doors, UL listed fire exit hardware, 3 hours.

99 surface mounted vertical rod for all types of single or double doors. UL Listed for accident hazard installations. Covers stock hollow metal doors with 86 or 161 cutouts.

Features• Non-handed • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • Hex key dogging• 5/8” (16mm) thrown, latch bolt • Available LBR (less bottom rod)

Option Available LBR ( less bottom rod)

9827 & 9927F DIMENSIONSTouchbar height to finished floor 39-5/8” (1006mm) at centerTouchbar projection neutral 3-13/16” (97mm) depressed 3-1/16” (76mm)Center case 8” x 2-1/4” x 2-3/4” (203mm x 57mm x 70mm)Device length short 3’ (914mm) 2’6” to 3’ (762mm to 914mm) door size long 4’ 3’1” to 4’ (940mm to 1219mm) door sizeTop & bottom latch case 4-1/2” x 2-1/8” x 1-1/2” (114mm x 54mm x 38mm)Vertical rods 1/2” (13mm) square tubing

Stocked Product

9827EO/9927EO 3’ X 7’ 313, 26D9927EO LBR/9827EO LBR 3’ X 7’ 26D9827EO/9927EO 4’ X 7’ 26D* P9927EOF LBR 3’ X 7’ 26D

* Less Bottom Rod, Fire Device Sold in Sets (2) only

Von Duprin

Features• Non-handed • Field sizeable • Latch bolt deadlocking• 5/8” (16mm) anti-friction latch bolt



4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 11


VON DUPRIN9947 - Concealed Vertical Rod Devices

Concealed vertical rod devices for all types of single or double doors. UL Listed foraccident hazard installations. Covers stock hollow metal doors with 86 or 161 cutouts.


DIMENSIONSTouchbar height to finished floor 39-5/8" (1006mm) at centerTouchbar projection



long 4' 3'1" to 4' (940mm to 1219mm) door sizeTop & bottom latch case 4-1/2" x 2-1/8" x 1-1/2" (114mm x 54mm x 38mm)Vertical rods Two piece adjustable rods, doors 6'8" (2027mm) to 8'4" (2533mm)

9947-F - Fire Exit Concealed Vertical Rod DevicesFire exit concealed vertical rod devices for use on double metal doors. UL Listedfire exit hardware. 3 hours.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON9947EO26D 3' X 8' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US26D $ 1,207.00

012

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON9947EOF26D FIRE RATED, 3' X 7' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US26D $ 1,389.00

013

9947 - Concealed Vertical Rod Devices

Concealed vertical rod devices for all types of single or double doors. UL Listed for accident hazard installations. Covers stock hollow metal doors with 86 or 161 cutouts.

9947 & 9947-F DIMENSIONSTouchbar height to finished floor 39-5/8” (1006mm) at centerTouchbar projection neutral 3-13/16” (97mm) depressed 3-1/16” (76mm)Center case 8” x 2-1/4” x 2-3/4” (203mm x 57mm x 70mm)Device length short 3’ (914mm) 2’6” to 3’ (762mm to 914mm) door size long 4’ 3’1” to 4’ (940mm to 1219mm) door sizeTop & bottom latch case 4-1/2” x 2-1/8” x 1-1/2” (114mm x 54mm x 38mm)Vertical rods Two piece adjustable rods, doors 6’8” (2027mm) to 8’4” (2533mm)

Features• Non-handed • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • Hex key dogging• 5/8” (16mm) thrown, latch bolt• Adjustable rods

9947-F - Fire Exit Concealed Vertical Rod Devices9947-F fire exit concealed vertical rod devices for use on 8’ x 8’ (2438mm x 2438mm) double metal doors, UL listed fire exit hardware, 3 hours.

Stocked Product9947 3’ X 8’ 26D9947-F 3’ X 7’ 26D

Von Duprin

Features• Non-handed • Field sizeable • Adjustable rods• 5/8” (16mm) thrown, latch bolt



Stocked Product9947 3’ X 8’ 26D9947-F 3’ X 7’ 26D

9949 - Concealed Vertical Cable Device

Von Duprin

Stocked Product - California ONLY

NUMBER DESCRIPTION FINISH CS49-80 CABLE SYSTEM 8”0”CS49-70 CABLE SYSTEM 7’0” CS49-68 CABLE SYSTEM 6’8”9949EOLSF313 9949EO F LESS CABLE 3139949EOLS313 9949EO LESS CABLE 3139949EOLSF26DL 9949EO F LESS CABLE 48” 26D 9949EOLS26DL 9949EO LESS CABLE 48” 26D9949EOLSF26D 9949EO F LESS CABLE 26D9949EOLS26D 9949EO LESS CABLE 26DCS49LBL-80 CABLE SYSTEM LBL 8”0” CS49LBL-70 CABLE SYSTEM LBL 7’0”CS49LBL-68 CABLE SYSTEM LBL 6’8”

Features• Non-handed • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • Hex key dogging• 1/2” (13mm) thrown, latch bolt• Use with 99 trims

DIMENSIONSTouchbar height to finished floor 39-5/8” (1006mm) at center, Touchbar projection neutral 3-13/16” (97mm) depressed 3-1/16” (76mm)Center case 8” x 2-3/4” x 2-3/8” (203mm x 70mm x 60mm)Device length short 3’ 2’4” to 3’ (711mm to 914 mm) door size long 4’ 2’10” to 4’ (864 mm to 1219 mm) door size

NOTE: Fire rated openings less bottom latch. Requires Fire Pin Latch

Stocked Product

49FPK FIRE PIN KIT



Von Duprin

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 13


VON DUPRIN9975 - Mortise Lock9975 F - Mortise Device, Fire Rated UL Listed for Fire Exit Hardware

9975 mortise lock device for all types of single or double doors. UL Listed foraccident hazard installations. Covers stock hollow metal doors with 86 cutout and doorstiles as narrow as 4-3/4"


DIMENSIONSTouchbar height to finished floor 39-5/8" (1006mm) at centerLatch bolt height to finished floor 40-3/32" (1018mm) at centerTouchbar projection



long 4' 3'1" to 4' (940mm to 1219mm) door sizeLock case 4-5/8" x 5-3/4" x 1" (117mm x 146mm x 25mm)Faceplate 1-1/4" x 8" x 7/32" (32mm x 2438mm x 6mm)Cylinder backset 2-3/4" (70mm)

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON9975EO26D 3' LENGTH, EXIT ONLY US26D $ 1,114.00

9VON9975EOF26D FIRE RATED, 3' LENGTH EXIT ONLY US26D $ 1,241.00

015

DIMENSIONSTouchbar height to finished floor 39-5/8” (1006mm) at centerLatch bolt height to finished floor 40-3/32” (1018mm) at centerTouchbar projection neutral 3-13/16” (97mm) depressed 3-1/16” (76mm)Center case 8” x 2-1/4” x 2-3/4” (203mm x 57mm x 70mm)Device length short 3’ (914mm) 2’6” to 3’ (762mm to 914mm) door size long 4’ 3’1” to 4’ (940mm to 1219mm) door sizeLock case 4-5/8” x 5-3/4” x 1” (117mm x 146mm x 25mm)Faceplate 1-1/4” x 8” x 7/32” (32mm x 2438mm x 6mm)Cylinder backset 2-3/4” (70mm)

9975 - Mortise Lock9975 F - Mortise Device, Fire Rated UL Listed for Fire Exit Hardware

9975 mortise lock device for all types of single or double doors. UL Listed for accident hazard installations. Covers stock hollow metal doors with 86 cutout and door stiles as narrow as 4-3/4”

Features• Nonhanded • Latch bolt deadlocking• Field sizeable • Hex key dogging 9975 only• 3/4” (19mm) thrown, latch bolt• Adjustable rods

Stocked Product9975EO/9975EOF 3’ 26D




4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 14

VON DUPRIN99 Series - Trim (All trim supplied less cylinder)

990NLPull trim withcylinderKey retracts bolt

990DTDummy Trim

990TPPull trim with thumbpieceKey locks orunlocks latch

996LWith 06 leverKey locks &unlocks lever

994L / 996L Series

Break away lever, allows lever to break away & drop into down position when abused.It can easily be reset to operating position by up lift motion

994LStandard operationkey locks orunlocks lever

994L-NL 994L-BE 994L-DT

All lever trim stocked with 06 Lever996L also available in 03 & 17 lever - 26D only


4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 14



990DTDummy Trim



994L / 996L Series



994L-NL 994L-BE 994L-DT



4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 14



990DTDummy Trim



994L / 996L Series



994L-NL 994L-BE 994L-DT



4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 14



990DTDummy Trim



994L / 996L Series



994L-NL 994L-BE 994L-DT



4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 14



990DTDummy Trim



994L / 996L Series



994L-NL 994L-BE 994L-DT


990NLPull trim withcylinder Key retracts bolt(Rim cylinder not included)

99 Series - Trim (All trim supplied less cylinder)

990DTDummy Trim

990TPPull trim with thumb pieceKey locks orunlocks latch(Rim cylinder not included)

996LWith 06 leverKey locks &unlocks lever(Rim cylinder not included)

996L SeriesBreak away lever, allows lever to break away & drop into down position when abused.It can easily be reset to operating position by up lift motion

All lever trim stocked with 06 Lever996L also available in 03 lever - 26D only& 17 lever - 313, 26D

996L-NL 996L-BE 996L-DT

Part # Cylinder Required Function Finishes 990DT no cylinder required Dummy 26D

990NLM Mortise cylinder 1-1/4” NL Function Mortise 26D

990NLR Rim Cylinder NL Function Rim 313,26D

990TPR Rim Cylinder TP Function Rim/vertical 26D

996L Rim cylinder Entry Rim/Vertical 26D

996LM Mortise Cylinder 1-1/4” Entry Mortise 26D

996L DT none Dummy 26D

996L NL Rim NL function Rim/Vertical 313,26D

Stocked Product

(Rim cylinder not included)

Von Duprin



4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 15



99 ALK - Exit alarm kit (supplied less cylinder)

FEATURES• Contains internal horn, when touch bar is depressed horn sounds• Key switch uses a standard 1-1/4" mortise cylinder. Note: 99ALK supplied less cylinder• 9 volt battery• When battery is weak, the horn will sound intermitent signal• Includes "EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY. ALARM WILL SOUND" decal

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON99ALK28 BATTERY EXIT ALARM SPRAYED ALUMINUM $ 421.00

9VON99ALK313 BATTERY EXIT ALARM DARK BRONZE $ 421.00

025

PART NO. DESCRIPTION CYLINDER REQ. FINISH LIST PRICE9VON990DT26D DUMMY TRIM NONE US26D $ 144.00

9VON990DT313 DUMMY TRIM NONE SP313 $ 155.00

9VON990NLM26D NIGHT LATCH FUCTION, MORTISE MORTISE 1-1/4" US26D $ 154.00

9VON990NLR26D NIGHT LATCH FUCTION, RIM / VERT RIM US26D $ 154.00

9VON990NLR313 NIGHT LATCH FUCTION, RIM / VERT RIM SP313 $ 160.00

9VON990TPR26D THUMB PIECE TRIM, RIM / VERT RIM US26D $ 207.00

9VON990TPR313 THUMB PIECE TRIM, RIM / VERT RIM SP313 $ 214.00

017

PART NO. FUNCTION DESCRIPTION CYLINDER REQ.SP313 26D

994LM/996LM STANDARD LEVER TRIM MORTISE MORTISE 1-1/4" $ 348.00

994L/996L STANDARD LEVER TRIM RIM/VERTICLE RIM $ 358.00 $ 348.00

996LCV STANDARD LEVER TRIM CONCEALED VERTICLE RIM $ 348.00

994L/996L BE LEVER TRIM BLANK ESCUTCHEON NONE $ 358.00 $ 348.00

994L/996L DT LEVER TRIM DUMMY NONE $ 278.00 $ 271.00

994L/996L NL LEVER TRM NIGHT LATCH RIM/VERTICLE RIM $ 278.00 $ 271.00

026

FINISH

99 ALK - Exit alarm kit (supplied less cylinder)Features• Contains internal horn, when touch bar is depressed horn sounds• Key switch uses a standard 1-1/4” mortise cylinder. Note: 99ALK supplied less cylinder• 9 volt battery• When battery is weak, the horn will sound intermittent signal• Includes “EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY. ALARM WILL SOUND” decal• 98/99 CD-Kit-Cylinder Dogging AL

Stocked ProductSprayed Aluminum


4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 16

MullionRemovable mullions provide single door performance in double door openings withrim devices. Mullions are easily removed by loosening bottom set screw and remov-ing top fitting cover. The top mullion fitting is attached to the frame and is con-cealed by the fitting cover.Mullions are shipped presized, with mounting screws, and prepared for strike. Strikenot included.

4954 - standard door application. Prepared for two 264 or 299 strikes for use withall Von Duprin panic rim exit devices.

VON DUPRIN

Keyed Removable Mullion (supplied less cylinder)

Keyed Removable mullions makes removal faster and easier by a single operationof the mortise cylinder. Mullions provide single door performance and security ondouble door applications. Once the mullion is removed, large equipment or furniturecan freely pass through the opening. The unit will self lock when re-installed, withoutuse of the cylinder key.

KR 4954 - key removable option supplied less cylinder - mortise cylinder 1-1/4"

9954 - UL Fire label mullion for up to 3 hour. Opening using Von Duprin fire exitrim devices.

MT54 - Wall mounted storage kit with floor and wall brackets for storage of keyremovable mullion description.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VONMT5428 STORAGE KIT ALUMINUM $ 96.00

9VON495428 STANDARD MULLION, 7' 2" ALUMINUM $ 366.00

9VON495428L STANDARD MULLION, 8' 2" ALUMINUM $ 393.00

9VON4954313 STANDARD MULLION, 7' 2" DARK BRONZE $ 366.00

9VON4954313L STANDARD MULLION, 8' 2" DARK BRONZE $ 393.00

9VONKR495428 KEY REMOVABLE MULLION, 7' 6" ALUMINUM $ 670.00

9VONKR495428L KEY REMOVABLE MULLION, 8' 6" ALUMINUM $ 697.00

9VON995428 STANDARD MULLION, FIRE LABEL, 7'3" ALUMINUM $ 563.00

9VON995428L STANDARD MULLION, FIRE LABEL, 8' ALUMINUM $ 593.00

9VON9954313 STANDARD MULLION, FIRE LABEL, 7'3" DARK BRONZE $ 563.00

9VON9954313L STANDARD MULLION, FIRE LABEL, 8' DARK BRONZE $ 593.00

016


4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 16

MullionRemovable mullions provide single door performance in double door openings withrim devices. Mullions are easily removed by loosening bottom set screw and remov-ing top fitting cover. The top mullion fitting is attached to the frame and is con-cealed by the fitting cover.Mullions are shipped presized, with mounting screws, and prepared for strike. Strikenot included.

4954 - standard door application. Prepared for two 264 or 299 strikes for use withall Von Duprin panic rim exit devices.

VON DUPRIN

Keyed Removable Mullion (supplied less cylinder)

Keyed Removable mullions makes removal faster and easier by a single operationof the mortise cylinder. Mullions provide single door performance and security ondouble door applications. Once the mullion is removed, large equipment or furniturecan freely pass through the opening. The unit will self lock when re-installed, withoutuse of the cylinder key.

KR 4954 - key removable option supplied less cylinder - mortise cylinder 1-1/4"

9954 - UL Fire label mullion for up to 3 hour. Opening using Von Duprin fire exitrim devices.

MT54 - Wall mounted storage kit with floor and wall brackets for storage of keyremovable mullion description.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VONMT5428 STORAGE KIT ALUMINUM $ 96.00

9VON495428 STANDARD MULLION, 7' 2" ALUMINUM $ 366.00

9VON495428L STANDARD MULLION, 8' 2" ALUMINUM $ 393.00

9VON4954313 STANDARD MULLION, 7' 2" DARK BRONZE $ 366.00

9VON4954313L STANDARD MULLION, 8' 2" DARK BRONZE $ 393.00

9VONKR495428 KEY REMOVABLE MULLION, 7' 6" ALUMINUM $ 670.00

9VONKR495428L KEY REMOVABLE MULLION, 8' 6" ALUMINUM $ 697.00

9VON995428 STANDARD MULLION, FIRE LABEL, 7'3" ALUMINUM $ 563.00

9VON995428L STANDARD MULLION, FIRE LABEL, 8' ALUMINUM $ 593.00

9VON9954313 STANDARD MULLION, FIRE LABEL, 7'3" DARK BRONZE $ 563.00

9VON9954313L STANDARD MULLION, FIRE LABEL, 8' DARK BRONZE $ 593.00

016

Removable mullions provide single door performance in double door openings withrim devices. Mullions are easily removed by loosening bottom set screw and removingtop fitting cover. The top mullion fitting is attached to the frame and is concealedby the fitting cover.Mullions are shipped presized, with mounting screws, and prepared for strike. Strikenot included.4954 - standard door application. Prepared for two 264 or 299 strikes for use withall Von Duprin panic rim exit devices.VON DUPRIN

Mullion

Keyed Removable Mullion (supplied less cylinder)Keyed Removable mullions makes removal faster and easier by a single operation of the mortise cylinder. Mullions provide single door performance and security on double door applications. Once the mullion is removed, large equipment or furniture can freely pass through the opening. The unit will self lock when re-installed, without use of the cylinder key.KR 4954 - key removable option supplied less cylinder - mortise cylinder 1-1/4”9954 - UL Fire label mullion for up to 3 hour opening using Von Duprin fire exit rim devices.MT54 - Wall mounted storage kit with floor and wall brackets for storage of key removable mullion description.

Stocked ProductMT54 Storage Kit Aluminum4954 7’2” and 8’ 2” AluminumKR4954 7’ 6’ and 8’ 6” AluminumKR54 Removable kit for 4954KR54F Removable kit for 9954154 Stabilizer US28

Stocked Product9954 7’3” Aluminum

Von Duprin



4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 17


VON DUPRIN

Glass Bead KitsGlass bead conversion kits are available for 99 and22 series devices for use on doors with raisedglass beads. Each kit consists of 1/4" shim sets

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VON22GBKR28 GLASS BEAD KIT RIM ALUMINUM $ 40.00

9VON22GBKR313 GLASS BEAD KIT RIM DARK BRONZE $ 40.00

9VON22GBKV28 GLASS BEAD KIT VERTICAL ALUMINUM $ 57.00

9VON22GBKV313 GLASS BEAD KIT VERTICAL DARK BRONZE $ 57.00

9VON99GBKR28 GLASS BEAD KIT RIM ALUMINUM $ 40.00




023

425 - SEX BOLTS

VON DUPRIN99 Series - Parts F/9927

bottom/top case less cover

9927extension rods



9VON425SP28 SEX BOLTS - FEMALE ONLY ALUMINUM $ 12.00

9VON425SP313 SEX BOLTS - FEMALE ONLY DARK BRONZE $ 12.00

9VON99EXT26D12 VON, EXT ROD F/99 26D 12" US26D $ 15.00

9VON99EXT31312 VON, EXT ROD F/99 313 12" 313 $ 15.00

024

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 17


VON DUPRIN










023

425 - SEX BOLTS



9927extension rods







024

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 17


VON DUPRIN










023

425 - SEX BOLTS



9927extension rods







024

Glass bead conversion kits are available for 99 and22 series devices for use on doors with raisedglass beads. Each kit consists of 1/4” shim sets

99 Series - Parts

F/9927bottom/top case less cover

425sex bolts

Glass Bead Kits

Stocked Product22GBK for Rim and Vertical Aluminum and Dark Bronze99GBK for Rim Aluminum425 Sex Bolts Female only (pk.of 2) Aluminum and Dark Bronze99EXT 12” Extension Rod Aluminum and Dark Bronze99EXT36 36” Extension Rod Aluminum110WDNL Wood Door Kit 26D110MDNL Metal Door Kit 26DRX Switch, request to exit


4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 18

VON DUPRIN

Electric Exit Devices - Electric Latch Retraction (EL)

• EL99EO Solenoid Specifications:• EL33EO • continous duty - 24 VDC• 3/4" (19mm) thrown latch bolt • current inrush - 16 Amps

• currnet holding - 0.3 Amps

To order, specifyStandard - use prefix EL, example EL99LHex key dogging - use prefix HD-EL, example HD-EL99LSpecial center case dogging - use prefix SD-EL, example SD-EL99L

EL Conversion Kit

• The EL kit allows existing exit devices to be convertedto EL devices except fire rated devices

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VONEL99EO26D36 VON, ELECTRIFIED 99, US26D US26D/626 $ 1,402.00

9VONEL99EO26D48 VON, ELECTRIFIED 99, US26D, 48" US26D/626 $ 1,422.00

9VONEL99EO10B36 VON, ELECTRIFIED 99, 313 313AN $ 1,341.00

9VONEL99EO10B48 VON, ELECTRIFIED 99, 313, 48" 313AN $ 1,361.00

9VONEL33AEO26D36 VON, ELECTRIFIED 33, US26D US26D $ 1,666.00

9VONEL33AEO26D48 VON, ELECTRIFIED 33, US26D, 48" US26D $ 1,686.00

9VONELCONVKIT36 VON, ELECTRIFIED CONVERSION KIT, 36" - $ 585.00


027


4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 18

VON DUPRIN


• EL99EO Solenoid Specifications:• EL33EO • continous duty - 24 VDC• 3/4" (19mm) thrown latch bolt • current inrush - 16 Amps

• currnet holding - 0.3 Amps


EL Conversion Kit

• The EL kit allows existing exit devices to be convertedto EL devices except fire rated devices

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VONEL99EO26D36 VON, ELECTRIFIED 99, US26D US26D/626 $ 1,402.00

9VONEL99EO26D48 VON, ELECTRIFIED 99, US26D, 48" US26D/626 $ 1,422.00

9VONEL99EO10B36 VON, ELECTRIFIED 99, 313 313AN $ 1,341.00

9VONEL99EO10B48 VON, ELECTRIFIED 99, 313, 48" 313AN $ 1,361.00

9VONEL33AEO26D36 VON, ELECTRIFIED 33, US26D US26D $ 1,666.00

9VONEL33AEO26D48 VON, ELECTRIFIED 33, US26D, 48" US26D $ 1,686.00



027


Solenoid Specifications:• continous duty - 24 VDC• current in-rush - 16 Amps• current holding - 0.3 Amps

• EL99EO • 3/4” (19mm) thrown latch bolt

EL Conversion KitThe EL kit allows existing exit devices to be converted to EL devices except fire rated devices


Stocked Product:EL99EO 36” US26DELCONVKIT 36” Conversion Kit

Von Duprin



Stocked ProductPS902PS914-2EPT10 Aluminum

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 19


VON DUPRIN

Series PS873 - Power Supply

• The series PS873 power supply is designed to operatea wide variety of electrical products. EL panics require871-2 PCB minimum.

• The regulated output power is field selectable for either24VDC @ 2 ampere or 12VDC @ 4 ampere.

• Standard input 120VAC @ 1.0 ampere• PS873X2 comes complete for 2 doors.


• The series PS861 power supply is designed for electromagneticlocks and electric strikes on single door applications. The outputpower is field selectable for either 24VDC @ 1 ampere or12VDC @ 2 ampere. Standard input 120VAC @ 0.6 ampere and240VAC @ 0.3 ampere available. Terminal block will accept upto 14 gauge stranded wire.

EPT10 - Electrical Power Transfer

• Electric power transfer provides a means of transferringelectrical power from a door frame to the edge of aswinging door. The units are completed concealed whenthe door is in the closed position, and are ideally suitefor installations involving abuse or heavy traffic.

• Door applications; up to 5" buttHinges - 180° swing, 5-1/2" buttHinges - 130° swing, 6" buttHinges - 110° swing, and 3/4" offset pivots 180° swing.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH LIST PRICE9VONPS861 POWER SUPPLY - $ 228.00

9VONPS873X2 POWER SUPPLY 2 DOORS - $ 641.00

9VONEPT10SP28 ELECTRICAL POWER TRANSFER SP28 (ALUM) $ 368.00

028

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 19


VON DUPRIN













028

4/24/06Von Duprin

Page 19


VON DUPRIN













028

Series PS902 - Power Supply• The series PS902 power supply is designed for electromagnetic locks

and electric strikes on single door applications. The output power is field selectable for either 24VDC @ 1 ampere or 12VDC @ 2 ampere. Standard input 120VAC @ 0.6 ampere and 240VAC @ 0.3 ampere available. Terminal block will accept up to 14 gauge stranded wire.

Series PS914 - Power Supply• The series PS873 power supply is designed to operate a wide variety of

electrical products. EL panics require 871-2 PCB minimum.• The regulated output power is field selectable for either 24VDC @ 2 ampere

or 12VDC @ 4 ampere.• Standard input 120VAC @ 1.0 ampere• PS873X2 complete for 2 doors.

EPT10 - Electrical Power Transfer• Electric power transfer provides a means of transferring electrical power

from a door frame to the edge of a swinging door. The units are completly concealed when the door is in the closed position, and are ideally suited for installations involving abuse or heavy traffic.

• Door applications; up to 5” buttHinges - 180° swing, 5-1/2” buttHinges - 130° swing, 6” buttHinges - 110° swing, and 3/4” offset pivots 180° swing.

Von Duprin

to download complete black and white catalog

Documents

Transcript of to download complete black and white catalog